October 14 – 20, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on why we must oppose the city’s Prohousing Designation reapplication… Steinbruner… state review of BESS projects… Brown Act violations… Hayes… Your community and prescribed fire… Patton… Talking to eachother less… Matlock… ready…aim…pander… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Golden Gate Park… Quotes on… “Conversation”

...

SELECTIVE TREE HARVESTING IN THE SANTA CRUZ MOUNTAINS. As the now historic “SELECTIVE” harvesting goes they SELECT all the trees they can make big bucks from and strip the mountain sides.

photo credit: Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


Dateline: October 14, 2026

CONVERSATION. I read the article that Gary Patton links to this week. You can read it for free if you sign up for a free account, which takes a couple of clicks, but is not that bad. It’s about how we talk to one another less, and it made me think of my absolute favorite part of a train ride Brian and I took to New Orleans a few years back. We got a sleeperette, where the opposing chairs folded down to a bed at night, and there was an upper bunk that you pulled down to sleep in. The price included breakfast, lunch, and dinner in the dining car, which was easily my favorite part of the journey!

How they did it all was come around and sign you up for a time slot. At the appropriate time, they called you to the dining car and seated you with two complete strangers! You had to have polite conversation with someone you didn’t know at all, and it was amazing! This was 3 times a day for 2 days, and with different people each time. Some conversations were super interesting, and some people were less captivating, but you can share a table with pretty much anyone for the duration of a meal. It was very liberating and exciting to be reminded of this, and I can’t recommend it enough.

Now I want to take a train somewhere…

~Webmistress

...

BELOW. Netflix. Series. (6.3 IMDb) ***

Below keeps threatening to be a deep sea eldritch horror movie, but it soon becomes plain who the real monster is, and, like anyone who grew up here, we know the townies are the real heroes. Set in the severe beauty of a Newfoundland fishing village wrestling with something …below. Below features a solid cast, bleakly beautiful cinematography, and a mystery that rises and falls with the sea, on various fronts. Not brilliant, but a solid enough tale. Worth a watch.
~Sarge

MONSTER MOVIE ORIGINS ****

IT’S SPOOKY SEASON! Let’s step back from the Universal canon: Karloff, Lugosi, Chaney Jr., and company. Go back just a couple of decades and you’ll find essentially the same lineup, only quieter.

As a kid in the early ’70s, I devoured movie history books, falling in love with films I’d never actually seen. They certainly weren’t showing up on TV. For years I assumed Edison’s “Frankenstein” existed only as that one tantalizing photograph in the history books.

Then came the internet, and suddenly I could watch a film I’d wanted to see since childhood. A hole in my heart I hadn’t even realized was there had finally been filled.

And there’s the original “Nosferatu”, an unauthorized adaptation of Bram Stoker’s “Dracula”. Stoker’s estate sued and won an order to destroy the film. Fortunately, prints had already circulated abroad, or we’d have lost this masterpiece entirely.

So here’s the original monster lineup, before Universal made them household names:

Frankenstein

J. Searle Dawley’s “Frankenstein” (1910), produced by Edison. [Watch]

Dracula

F. W. Murnau’s “Nosferatu” (1922). [Watch]

Wolf(wo)Man

Henry MacRae’s “The Werewolf” (1913), written by Ruth Ann Baldwin. Sadly, a lost film.

The Mummy

Georges Méliès’s “Le Monstre” (1903). [Watch]

Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde

John S. Robertson’s “Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde” (1920), starring John Barrymore. [Watch]

The Phantom of the Opera

Rupert Julian’s “The Phantom of the Opera” (1925), starring Lon Chaney. [Watch]

The Hunchback of Notre Dame

Wallace Worsley’s “The Hunchback of Notre Dame” (1923), also starring Chaney. [Watch]

YouTube is a treasure trove of early cinema. If you’re inclined to explore the roots of spooky movies, there’s also *Häxan* (1922), *Metropolis* (1927), *Vampyr* (1932), and plenty more.

They’re not just historical curiosities. They’re worth watching.

~Sarge

STEPHEN KING: A NECESSARY EVIL. Prime Video, Magellan TV. Movie. (7 IMDb) ****

Stephen King: A Necessary Evil – welcome to Spooky Season!

“Quadriplegic … unwed mother … telekinesis… waffle hut… and drat, aliens again” – Stephen King with his plotting dartboard.

Stephen King is one of those authors whom I enjoy as a person, but who makes my teeth itch as a writer. Which is why I really enjoyed “Stephen King: A Necessary Evil”- all about King and how/why he thinks about things. Behind the mind of the Shining, Misery, IT!, Stand By Me, the Green Mile, Shawshank Redemption, etc. Not spooky at all, except in just how much he has written (over 200 short stories alone), and impacted readers around the world for the last 5 decades. Fully worth a watch (and no surprise aliens at the end)

~Sarge

PRACTICAL MAGIC 2. In theatres. Movie. (6.3 IMDb) **-

Practical Magic 2: Magical Boogaloo… The romantically cursed Owens sisters are back, along with the principal cast: Sandra Bullock, Nicole Kidman, Stockard Channing, and Dianne Wiest. Joining them are Joey King and Maisie Williams as Sally’s daughters, who have inherited both the family gift and its rather unfortunate fine print.

The basic premise, for those who missed the original: an Owens ancestor, determined to protect herself from the heartbreak of love, cast a curse that has plagued the family for generations. Any man who falls in love with an Owens woman dies. This time around, it’s the younger generation’s turn to deal with the problem.

Unfortunately, the story has been so drastically truncated from Alice Hoffman’s novel (The Book of Magic) that both the plot and the characters suffer. Maisie Williams, in particular, is completely wasted. It’s fun to see everyone together again, but the whole thing feels fragmented, as though large chunks of the story were left on the cutting-room floor.

A pleasant bit of fluff if you’ve got the time. Otherwise, wait for the streaming release. Worth a casual watch, but hardly worth a trip to the theater.

~Sarge

OBSESSION. Peacock. Movie. (7.8 IMDb) ***

Obsession is less a “be careful what you wish for” story than a warning to be careful what someone else wishes about you. What begins as desire curdles into something far more complicated, until it becomes difficult to tell who is really the villain and who is simply the victim of a wish that has gone badly wrong. The result is a modest but effective little story about longing, control, and the danger of getting exactly what someone thinks they want. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

KATLA. Netflix. Movie. (7 IMDb) ***

Katla is bleak in the best possible way, set beneath the ash-gray skies of a small Icelandic town, Vik, where everyone seems to have learned to survive by saying as little as possible. But when the volcano begins returning people who should not be there, it does more than produce doppelgangers; it drags old grief, guilt, resentment, and buried secrets out of lives already worn thin. What begins as a supernatural mystery gradually becomes something more unsettling, asking whether identity is really a matter of being the “original,” or whether the person who loves more deeply, suffers less damage, or makes better choices might have the stronger claim to that life. Quiet, strange, and relentlessly melancholy, Katla makes its frozen landscape feel like an extension of the people living in it: apparently still, but with something hot and dangerous moving underneath. Worth a watch.

~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

October 12, 2026

Drop the ProHousing Designation

If you have no idea what a Prohousing Designation is, you are likely in the majority.  Behind the scenes, it is one of the main drivers accelerating the speed with which large housing projects are being approved by the city with unwelcome additions such as no parking and no public hearings.

Prohousing Designation was voted in under Assembly Bill 101 in 2019. The aim was to encourage CA cities and counties to adopt local policies and programs that support housing production beyond existing statutory requirements.

We’ve all heard the rhetoric from city officials. Yes, this or that project is huge, has no parking, has no setbacks, was approved with no public hearings and we know it takes away your privacy, your sunlight, your neighborhood character but our hands are tied. It’s all due to state housing laws! Except that is not quite true.

Cities apply for a Prohousing Designation to the state HCD (Housing and Community Development) department. HCD then evaluates the applications and selects those who will receive the designation. The designation allows a city or county to have priority processing for state funding. The HCD website states that “The Prohousing Designation seeks to reward jurisdictions for going above-and-beyond what is required by state housing laws in accelerating housing production.”

The city of Santa Cruz applied for the designation in 2023 and scored the fifth highest out of 30 jurisdictions. It was the only city in the tri-county area to get its Housing Element in on time, a pre-requisite for application. The city was approved for a Prohousing Designation. With that competitive edge the city applied for and was granted $500,000 which went to the Community Action Board to help with rent relief for low-income households. A worthy cause.

What did the city have to offer in return to be competitive for such grants? Ay, there’s the rub. Here’s a few of the 48-line items:

  • Identify sufficient building sites to accommodate 150% or greater than the current RHNA sites
  • Permit duplexes, triplexes and fourplexes by right (no public hearings) in low-density (single family) residential zones
  • Adopt density bonus programs that allow additional density for additional affordability beyond the minimum statutes
  • Eliminate minimum parking requirements for residential developments
  • Allow ministerial approval (no public hearings) for multiple housing types
  • Eliminate public hearings for projects consistent with zoning and the General Plan
  • Make publicly owned land available for affordable housing

All this was voluntarily made policy by the city. The handwringing over the loss of local control is disingenuous.

The designation ends on January 1, 2027, and the city must apply well before then for renewal. The item went before council on June 23 and the approval for the reapplication was an enthusiastic unanimous vote. Council appeared oblivious to what was being traded.

For some unstated reason, after that vote, in September there was a revised application posted online with a 7-day comment period. It has not yet been put on a council agenda, but time is running out.

September was the first time the public could see what policies the city is agreeing to beyond existing statutes. Some commenters, including myself, expressed concern and opposition to the above bulleted actions. The city’s response was to reassure the public that “this action does not approve any new housing projects, or change zoning, or adopt new policies.” This was a head-scratcher since the bulleted list sure sounds like new polices and new zoning. Then the penny dropped. By “this action” the city wordsmiths cleverly were referencing only the council’s vote to approve the reapplication. And there are “no new policies” since the city has already agreed to them in its 2023 application. Slick, huh?

So, the agents of overbuilding in the city turn out to be the city staff and council. No hiding behind state laws. Sure, there is the RHNA (Regional Housing Needs Allocation) but way beyond that are the actions of the council and staff to fast track, densify, remove parking and public hearings from the equation. Rezoning single-family neighborhoods is policy in the reapplication and if the city gets its reapplication approved, nothing we can do to oppose or change that policy.

Given the impact on neighborhoods, on local businesses, on our infrastructure I think it’s time to remove the veil of innocence and demand the city not reapply for a further prohousing status.

The grant monies that may flow our way (Santa Cruz was not a recipient of the most recent grant allocation) do not offset the negative impacts. Plus, we are way ahead in provision of affordable housing (with still no evidence it is benefitting locals and local workers.)

Let’s rest on our laurels and allow other cities and counties to catch up. Let other cities apply for funding to accelerate their housing development. The  city’s affordable housing development data demonstrate we do not need to be on the fast track. We need to slow down.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org  Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
THANK YOU VERY MUCH?

When Director Jennifer Balboni sharply denied my ability to speak during the Soquel Creek Water District Public Advisory Committee, even though the printed agenda said I could, she violated the Brown Act, in addition to being extremely arrogant and rude.  I was the only member of the public there.

I attended the Soquel Creek Water District Advisory Committee meeting this week to learn more about what is happening with local water management.  There were only three of the seven public Committee members there, but four high-paid staff and two Directors from the Board, Jennifer Balboni and Tom LaHue, attended.  

Director Balboni ran the meeting.  

During public comment, I thanked the District for the GeoTracker on the website that enables the public to view all reports submitted to the State regarding operation and monitoring of the PureWater Soquel Project injection of advanced treated wastewater into the aquifer. Reports & Studies | Soquel Creek Water District, CA   I also thanked the District for replacing unsightly metal storage containers at the water treatment facility on Soquel Avenue Frontage Road, and commented how nicely the vines on the fence are growing to improve aesthetics from the street and sidewalk.
 
However, when I asked to make a comment on a later agenda item about the continued collaboration between the District and City of Santa Cruz for regional water management, Ms. Balboni stopped me.  “NO, but thank you for your interest!”    The printed agenda stated that members of the public could comment on each item and would have two minutes to do so, however, I did not argue.  

During a presentation soon after, General Manager Melanie Mow-Schumacher walked over to Ms. Balboni and whispered something to her.  The two left the room for awhile.  Upon returning, the meeting progressed with no call for public comment until the very end, when Ms. Balboni hurriedly asked if Committee members or public had comments?   Without taking a breath, she continued “No. Okay, let’s move on.”

After the meeting adjourned, I approached Ms. Balboni with the printed agenda in hand.   When I politely greeted her twice she did not respond.  Finally, I just started speaking, holding the agenda in front of her and pointing out the wording that stated the public could comment on each agenda item as it was discussed.  Without looking at me, she quickly said, “Yeah. That’s why I asked for ‘public’ at the end.”  

“But you shut me down on all the other items in the meeting,” I replied. 

“Sorry!” she blurted, and turned away to leave.  

So much for supporting the Mission of the only remaining Standing Committee to “provide an opportunity for community members to communicate, collaborate, and guide transparent decision-making to ensure safe and sustainable water resources for the community and environment.”

Public Advisory Committee | Soquel Creek Water District, CA
 
I think Director Balboni needs to leave her ego at the door and brush up on the Brown Act.
 
To the credit of General Manager Melanie Mow-Schumacher, she asked if I had questions that she could answer.  We talked about how the District plans to charge the City of Santa Cruz for having the water transfer intertie at the O’Neill Ranch Well in Soquel, but that so far, the City is not imposing a similar charge on the District.  Water can be sent in either direction in times of need.  She also said the water transfer from the City to the District that would allow potable water from the City to be sold to District customers when it is plentiful in the winter, allowing the District’s wells to rest and recover, was on hold and under review.  

She said that will be part of the MOU discussed at a future District Board meeting on November 17.  Stay tuned for that discussion, and participate – if you can.

CHANGING THE RULES FOR STATE REVIEW OF BESS PROJECTS
The California Energy Commission (CEC) is changing the rules and requirements for review of grid-scale battery energy storage system (BESS) projects, such as the Seahawk BESS Project proposed for 90 Minto Road in Watsonville.

Learn more about this at the Remote-Only Workshop, November 2, 1pm-4pm 
 

The draft regulations propose incorporating amendments required by Senate Bills 254 and 283 and modifying other aspects of the existing regulations. Among other updates, the proposed changes would expand application requirements to ensure information that has been requested during the permitting process for opt-in projects, in particular to respond to public comments, is provided up front.  [Renewable Energy Update 10.9.26]
 
I hope you can participate. Written comments will be due at 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on November 10, 2026.
 
BE GONE, FLAMMABLE BESS!
The grassroots-organized educational event was a great success, with many good speakers, and Spanish translation provided.   Please write Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors and continue to demand the County only allow non-flammable battery technology for grid-scale battery energy storage system (BESS) projects in the County, and to not allow them at all on agricultural land.  

Board of Supervisors <boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov>   Call 831-454-2200.   

The Board seems to have washed their hands of this issue now that the California Energy Commission is reviewing the Seahawk BESS Project.  Please continue to send you comments to the CEC.
  
Many thanks to Stop Lithium BESS in Santa Cruz County, and BAN Lithium BESS in Santa Cruz County, for this good work to inform the public, as the County leadership remains silent.
 
LISTEN IN TO KSCO THIS FRIDAY
This Friday, listen in to “Community Matters” at 2pm-3pm and “Bratton on KSCO” at 6pm-7pm.  That’s AM 1080 and FM 104.1 on your radio, or livestream : ksco.com

“Community Matters” will be a recorded program of an interview with Blue Shirt Justice League founder Scott Smith and Never Again Moss Landing’s Lead Investigator Ed Mitchell, talking about the September 18 Vistra Batter Fire in Moss Landing and the Whistelblower accounts of how critical health and safety information has been withheld from the public. Here is a link to the interview on September 25, 2026 on KSCO “Community Matters” with Ed Mitchel, lead investigator for Never Again Moss Landing, and Scott Smith, Founder of Blue Shirt Justice League.
 
Grey Hayes will be hosting “Bratton on KSCO”:

Friday October 16, I will be hosting a 1-hour radio show on the habitats of the Monterey Bay region… 6-7pm on KSCO 1080 am or 104.1 fm, Santa Cruz (and across the Central Coast).

831-479-1080 is the number to call

I’d love folks to call in with questions, observations, concerns, history, natural history, and so forth.

Building awareness of nature, many listeners at a time. Maritime chaparral, coastal bluff scrub, coast live oak forest, inland sandhills, dunes, tidal marshes, caves, redwood forest…and so much more. Let’s help people to understand and engage with this special place.

Thanks!

Grey

The Never Again Moss Landing group held a press conference to announce critical new information brought to light by   CTEH Whistleblower Ms. Peggy Dixon.

The affidavit included reference to and inclusion of the CTEH  MOSS LANDING INCIDENT MOSS LANDING, CA DRAFT COMMUNITY AIR MONITORING, SAMPLING, AND ANALYSIS PLAN  Version 1.0 Prepared on Behalf of: Vistra Corp, dated February 17, 2025 (the day before the second fire re-ignited).

Ms. Dixon states many troubling issues, namely that CTEH scientists like herself were noting and reporting HF gas at the Moss 300 battery fire site as late as September, 2025, but neither Vistra nor the EPA reported it.   Monterey County Supervisors and the public were told nothing was found.

I am also including, a copy of the October 2 recording of the interview with Dr. Mark Strudley, Director of the Pajaro Regional Flood Management Agency interview about the work happening to help prevent floods this winter.  Let’s keep our fingers crossed…and ready our rain barrels.

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  TUNE IN TO A REMOTE MEETING AND ASK QUESTIONS.
DO ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

 
Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Your Community’s Relationship to Prescribed Fire: A Very Recent Case Study

This past week, areas of Bonny Doon were surprised to experience the effects of a prescribed fire at Swanton Pacific Ranch. Because of one person’s vigilance, my community and I were not entirely surprised. The experience ignited a conversation about purposeful burning and helped me to renew my philosophy of this accelerating practice.

Property Context: Swanton Pacific Ranch

When I co-managed Swanton Pacific Ranch (SPR)(2016 – 2024), we worked to bridge with the California Polytechnic State University San Luis Obispo’s forestry program as it expanded to include new teaching and research into wildland fire. At the same time, decisions were made to move SPR away from land-manager derived decisions more towards faculty-led initiatives, at least in a subset of areas of the property, including (in part) fire and forestry. As the ‘polytechnic’ portion of the school’s title designates the institution as a higher-level trade school, the University was attempting to remain relevant to the State’s need to expand its workforce related to wildland fire.

SPR appears to most as a publicly-owned institution, but that is wrong and understanding its decision-making structure is important context for this prescribed burn and any other actions on that property. It is private property, owned by a not-for-profit organization called “Cal Poly Partners,” an organization whose mission is to support Cal Poly SLO. SPR was donated by Al Smith, the heir to Orchard Supply Hardware, with secret deed restrictions that are vaguely publicly revealed (occasionally) to restrict use of the land to student learning related to ‘working lands.’ There does not appear to be any active oversight on land use restrictions by Mr. Smith’s heirs or designees, but student involvement in prescribed fire would seem to be in alignment with Al’s wishes.

It is also important to understand that the privately-owned SPR serves as “The School Forest” for Cal Poly, an essential component of the institution’s ability to award forestry degrees allowing students to become professionally credentialed with a government-issued license to oversee forest management. Forest management globally increasingly involves fire – both the ‘controlled’ type (cultural and prescribed) and the ‘uncontrolled’ type (wildfire, pre- and post-). Cal Poly’s introduction to the ‘controlled’ type via SPR was this very fire now in late 2026, after decade-long conversations about insurance, liability, student and teacher involvement, and CAL FIRE’s ability to help with fires on private properties with timber harvest plans. As Mark Swisher said in a CAL FIRE-posted video about this fire on Facebook, “thousands of students come through here…the fire is a critical element of those programs.”

The Burn

The technical facts about SPR’s October 8, 2026 prescribed fire are difficult for the public to ascertain, so I have limited information. Most of what I know was either included in CALFIRE’s press release the day before the burn (October 7). CAL FIRE planned for burning “3 units” covering a total of 48 acres in grasslands, oak woodlands, and mixed conifer woodland, all of which had last burned with various levels of intensity in the CZU Lightning Complex wildfire in 2020. They actually burned 42.5 acres. Much of the area had received extensive post-fire ‘treatment’ through processing of fire-damaged vegetation (timber felling, brush chopping, pile burning, air curtain or carbonator combustion). With State funding, SPR had also attempted intensive reforestation in some of these areas, which had regrown thickly with brush after 2020. The brush has grown rapidly with many 2-10-foot-tall bushes dying in the interim, adding greatly to wildfire fuel danger.

The ‘resources’ CAL FIRE committed to the day of the burn were impressive. These included “multiple engines, water tenders, a dozer, Alma Helitack Copter 614, Glenwood firefighting hand crews, Ben Lomond Conservation Camp hand crews, and CAL FIRE SCU Mount Hamilton firefighting hand crews.” Lots of people, lots of equipment, lots of time, lots of money…this was an involved and expensive endeavor.

Communications

CAL FIRE’s 21-hour notice via press release was joined by a Watch Duty notification 12 hours in advance, followed by social media posts by CALFIRE 1 hour after smoke appeared in the air from the prescribed fire. Folks could see the CALFIRE releases via Facebook and if they had subscribed to the CZU CALFIRE email list. Watch Duty is a free program with extensive information about fire, including the ability to receive automatic notifications about fires in your designated areas. There was no information about the burn on Swanton Pacific Ranch’s social media or website. Many people took the time to spread the word, sharing social media content to broaden the reach of CAL FIRE’s notifications.

Repercussions

Fire management agencies, public safety personnel, and others involved in prescribed fires hope that repercussions are decreasing over time, but one wonders. People I interacted with stated that the most major repercussion was past wildfire trauma-enhanced fear. Like myself, many felt that notification came too late. I and others experienced disruption to our work, reducing productivity. I and others at Molino Creek Farm were exposed to very unhealthy air pollution during harvest and processing of crops. Indeed, poor air quality affected a large swath of Bonny Doon, Swanton, and Davenport for 48 hours. Wildlife could not avoid breathing the bad air. Inability to ventilate homes during the cool evening hours on the tail end of a major heat wave made for uncomfortable evenings. It is unclear how the fire affected biota, soils, or the hydrology of the waterways surrounding it including Little Creek, Winter Creek, or Archibald Creek. And, it is unclear how much this prescribed burn is expected to mitigate future wildfires.

CAL FIRE staff generously responded to my request for information noting that they received at least eighteen 911 calls from people mostly concerned or just curious. They clarified that CAL Fire doesn’t keep track of the total number of calls, so staff are unable to debrief on the level of concern in correlation with amount/type of outreach effort, which might otherwise help adapt future outreach approaches to increase efficacy.

Societal Good versus Individual Sacrifice

An unexpected question arose for me during this prescribed burn: how are we to balance the public good with the sacrifices of individuals during prescribed fires? Of course, we are assuming that there must be some public good from prescribed fires, right? When State funds are expended (CALFIRE) doing prescribed burns, there MUST be public good. For this fire, the CAL FIRE press release says ‘this prescribed fire is part of a broader strategy to protect communities and natural resources.’ During the last two wildfires, the area of the prescribed fire burned subsequent to wildfire spread into Bonny Doon and Davenport, so it is not clear which communities are more protected through this mitigation measure, or how anyone might know.

I am very familiar with the natural resources of the prescribed fire area and might agree that it helped to protect some of them. For instance, I would expect that the prescribed fire would overall result in less sedimentation of an impoundment along Winter Creek where red-legged frogs live and of Little Creek and, downstream, Scotts Creek, which are home to endangered salmonids and the very rare California giant salamander. And, perhaps the prescribed fire helped to restore forest cover which is crucial to the health of the state-listed mountain lion population. With all of this, though, how will we know what effects the fire really had?

Don’t individuals experiencing negative impacts from prescribed burns at the very least deserve answers to their questions?

Improving the Process

When attending the recent meeting of the Governor’s Task Force on Wildfire and Forest Resilience, I learned that some communities are doing better than ours on some of these issues. For instance, notification periods are longer, so people are better prepared. And, some communities mobilize loaner home air purification systems in advance of fires. I’m less certain about how others might be doing in other areas that need improvement locally (if this prescribed fire is any indication).

Besides earlier notification, various information gaps need addressing if we are to continue building a societally-supported prescribed burning program both locally and state-wide. The announcement of the burn would have been better if it had included links to the burn plan and any environmental compliance documentation. The CAL FIRE press release suggests that prescribed burn plans are ‘developed collaboratively with stakeholders and incorporate community input,’ but I am unaware of any such efforts specific to our community. Also, it would have been better to have ongoing reporting on the progress of the burn, including current and expected smoke conditions. A briefing or information after the burn would also help to include what the burn accomplished, if the fire was entirely extinguished, and the approximate cost of the burn. If all of these could be accomplished, it would go a long way to engaging an increasingly broad audience to gain support for prescribed burning.

We have responsibilities as citizens to be better prepared for prescribed fire. We should make sure to stay alert to notifications about prescribed fires through subscriptions email alerts, software programs, text or by any other means that works for us: we shouldn’t be isolated in this or any other matter for which civic duty calls. And, we should all have air purification systems and well-sealed homes to avoid smoke effects. Also, if and when there are opportunities where prescribed fire plans are ‘developed collaboratively with stakeholders and incorporate community input,’ let’s get involved! Finally, if we don’t already vote for representatives to support the various means of living with fire, we need to do that, too.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, October 13, 2026

If you click the following link, I am told by The Wall Street Journal that you will be able to read the entirety of a column by Julie Jargon. The column I am talking about is entitled, “We’re All Talking to Each Other Less Than We Did a Decade Ago.” I am recommending that you read Jargon’s column. It’s not that long. Here are the beginning paragraphs:

When was the last time you engaged in friendly banter with your barista, chatted with your neighbor or called your mother?

Chances are, you placed your latte order on an app and ignored your neighbor when you pulled into your driveway. Your mom? She likely had to settle for a text.

Digital interactions are replacing face-to-face interactions with loved ones and strangers. And the rise of AirPods means we’re all tuned into our own little worlds, appearing unapproachable for conversation.

The result: We’re speaking much less than we did a decade ago. Yes, someone counted our daily words.

“Real” life is “in-person” life. When I tell those who follow my blog postings to “Find Some Friends,” I am not talking about the Mark Zuckerberg/Meta/Facebook variety. I’m not talking about striking up a conversation on Zoom.

Democratic self-government (which is something I absolutely do know about) cannot take place “online.” It CAN’T. It’s that simple! Not only is the “online” world completely owned and controlled by massive corporations, it severs the human connections that make a genuine politics possible.

I’ve said this before (many times). It’s TRUE!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
ANNIHILATION, PASSIVITY, NO-BELL

“While shocking, it actually comes as little surprise that Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth announced that the department will live-stream the firing squad execution of Nidal Hasan,” says, Paul Blementhal of HuffPost. “Since taking office, Hegseth has been preoccupied with death. To be more precise, he has been preoccupied with the aesthetics of killing.” Since the announcement of the December 3 execution of Army Medical Corps psychiatrist Hasan, it has received an eruption of critical commentary, although it is far from the only public celebration of state violence, whether real or imagined, from the Trump administration. We can quickly look back at the highly publicized ‘drug smuggling’ Caribbean boat annihilations, the A.I. (S.I.?) depictions of Trump’s personal attacks on protestors and political ‘enemies’ or other countries (even former allies), and glossy videos of detained immigrants subjected to ICE brutality.

Should it go forward, the execution will be the first public execution in this country in 90 years, a first for live-streaming; but the violent display emphasizes that an essential part of Hegseth’s political vision has also become an ever more intimidating image of power and state-sanctioned violence for Trump’s drive to change the country. Active duty troops and veterans are wary of the plan, asserting that it could cause lasting psychological harm to the specific unit selected to carry out the order by targeting a paralyzed and immobile sixty-something-years-old man confined to a wheelchair while being videoed. Pete Hegseth, on the other hand, as a “slobbering, incompetent boob is thrilled,” writes Mike Nellis on Endless Urgency. Nellis is convinced very few Americans actually want this, outside a handful of incels who worship guys like Hegseth and the Tate brothers. “So, why are we pandering to those losers in tolerating this?,” he asks.

Even Vice President JD Vance is casting doubt on the livestream cruelty, and announces he won’t be a part of the audience. William Kristol wrote on The Bulwark, “It’s all political bluster. But it’s a particular kind of political bluster. It’s Neo-fascist bluster,” citing Hegseth’s celebration of irrationalism and machismo, which Umberto Eco calls “Ur-Fascism.” “Fascism wants to reduce active citizens to passive observers, indeed into voyeurs — especially voyeurs of cruelty and death. Such degradation of a democratic public is key to fascism’s project and to its success,” he asserts. Kristol questions whether or not Americans would fail to understand that the death penalty has been carried out even if the execution weren’t live-streamed. An official in Revolutionary France justified public executions, saying, “It takes a terrifying spectacle to hold the people in check.” Which, perhaps, is so, but it’s also about degrading the populace, desensitizing the public, and normalizing cruelty as the voyeurs view a snuff film.

There is the possibility that Hasan could choose resistance to his fate and file a habeas petition — a legal request to review the legality of a detention — in civilian court, bringing about a significant delay that could outlast the Trump administration, according to Eugene R. Fidell, a visiting lecturer at Yale Law School specializing in military law. According to Brenner Fissell, a professor at Villanova Law and vice president of the National Institute of Military Justice, says firing squads are coming to be seen as a less inhumane alternative, based on the recent failed executions in Arizona and Tennessee, which have raised questions about the manner by which criminal defendants are put to death for their crimes. “Firing squads can be quicker, cleaner, a more precise way to execute a prisoner, but I don’t think that’s what’s motivating this. There’s a perceived masculinity and military-ness to firing squads that is part of the aura Hegseth is trying to emphasize — the ‘lethality culture’,” Fissell judges. Army rules allow for at least two media outlets to be present for an execution, but none has ever been broadcast live in the USA.

Elisabeth Semel, co-director of the Death Penalty Clinic at UC Berkeley Law, says Hegseth’s announcement raises a host of questions, but, “This is a president who’s about spectacles and that’s precisely the message that he intends to deliver.” The White House referred questions about the plans for the live-streaming to the Pentagon. When Hegseth was asked if Hasan had made any final requests or reached out to the Trump administration, he replied, “Don’t care. We’ll see him on December 3.” One logistical detail remains conspicuously missing: nobody has said where this would stream — a broadcast with no broadcaster, seven weeks out?! A couple of verses from Bob Dylan’s ‘Highway 61‘ might offer them some interesting guidance:

Oh, God said to Abraham, “Kill me a son”
Abe said, “Man, you must be puttin’ me on”
God said, “No” Abe say, “What?”
God say, “You can do what you want, Abe, but
The next time you see me comin’, you better run”
Well, Abe said, “Where d’you want this killin’ done?”
God said, “Out on Highway 61”
Now, the roving gambler he was very bored
Trying to create a next world war
He found a promoter who nearly fell off the floor
He said, “I never engaged in this kind of thing before
But yes, I think it can be very easily done
We’ll just put some bleachers out in the sun
And have it on Highway 61”

“I can do whatever I want, if I want,” said Donald Trump last week, before dozing off, telling reporters he “could’ve done very bad things” to Barack Obama, Hillary Clinton and Joe Biden, but only held back out of “respect for the office.” No mention that his administration has already gone after his political opponents — “enemies” — as he openly braces for a Democratic House takeover and the oversight that is expected, beginning with articles of impeachment. Part of his ‘bracing’ has been to send ICE agents to investigate hundreds of voter registration groups, as he considers sending undercover agents to infiltrate. Nearly 1,000 armed private guards from Prosegur Security have been deployed to at least 55 post offices across the country ahead of Election Day, already having gutted the government offices meant to protect our elections from foreign interference, and prompting a Republican election official in Utah to comment that the biggest threats are “mostly from our own government.” The Daily Dose of Democracy blog commented, “Every single day we are forced to confront the fact that our aging, pedophile-protecting president is sundowning before our very eyes, and it is a borderline act of treason that the Republican Party continues to enable his every psychotic whim. 25th Amendment now, please!”

Before a footrace between Donald Trump and Barack Obama, Trump boasted how amazingly well he would perform, and how poorly Obama would do. Of course, Obama wins the race handily, with Trump posting to Truth Social: “As predicted, I did amazingly in the race and Obama turned in a shameful performance. I won second place, and Obama finished next to last.”

For the second year in a row, President Trump is licking his Nobel-snub wounds and is lashing out, not only at the winner, South African jurist and former UN human rights chief, Navi Pillay, but the country of Norway. Jimmy Kimmel said he would have liked to see Peace Prize finalist, Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney the winner, “just to see Trump go nuts and eat his golf clubs this weekend,” adding, “I know also [if Carney had won] he’d bomb every Tim Hortons from coast to coast.” Attorney David Schoen, who defended Trump during his impeachment trial after the January 6 attack, posted on Truth Social after the Nobel Peace Prize announcement, “Today the Nobel Committee shamed itself beyond repair and demeaned the once great prize by giving it to the UN’s Navi Pillay, an unabashed hater of America and Israel…She has no credibility in any normal sphere and has never done a thing to foster peace.” The 85-year-old Pillay took a shot at the president when she arrived to applause  at a legal conference at the Nuremberg courthouse, telling the gathering, “If you clap a little bit more, I may share this prize with Trump.”

Trump had spent the week prior to the award announcement making a case for himself, telling reporters that he’d “done stuff nobody else has done before,” while claiming that “no president has probably ever settled any wars,” as he boasted that he has eight to his credit. Tell it to Number 26, Teddy Roosevelt, whose Nobel is on display in the West Wing for his settling the Russo-Japanese War in 1905, Donny-boy! Trump reposted Schoen’s rant without as much whining as last year, when winner María Corina Machado of Venezuela presented her medal to Trump for “recognition for commitment with our freedom.” Don’t expect Pillay to do likewise! Christiane Amanpour recalled asking Pillay in 2014 what apartheid taught her, answering that she learned “to be persistent and be totally positive that you will win one day.”

Ben Meiselas of MeidasTouch posted, “What?? You’re telling me the guy who massacred dozens of little girls at a school in Minab and has threatened just about all our allies didn’t win? Cue my shocked face!” You can bet that Republicans are cringing that this is Trump’s biggest concern just weeks before the midterms, as he spent at least ten minutes just ranting about his loss at the Syracuse rally. Kyle Kulinski posted on Daily Dose of Democracy that he sees “Trump’s dementia clearly taking over in the midst of his narcissistic collapse.” He says Trump demanded the Nobel despite: murdering 238 fishermen in boats in international waters; abducting a world leader and stealing the country’s gold and oil; bombing Somalia over 80 times in this term; bombing a girl’s school and their volleyball practice; attacking Yemen, Nigeria, Ecuador; arming and funding Israeli genocide; threatening Greenland, Canada and Mexico; building ICE concentration camps; and green-lighting torture. That’s only nine, so hold up the correct finger to add your own number ten!

Trump wrote on Truth Social in a 600-word tantrum, that his so-called “ending any one of the eight wars would be far more than necessary to win the Nobel Prize. In actuality, I should have won 8 Nobel [or Noble as he actually posted] Peace Prizes, not just 1.” We can all likely agree on the award of at least one prize — the one for lying! John Stoehr, who writes on The Editorial Board says that Trump really does believe “there has never been anybody” more deserving of the Nobel Peace Prize than him, and that he stopped “the total obliteration of the world” by going to war with Iran — and anyone who doesn’t share this belief will be punished. So, within hours, the administration placed economic sanctions on the International Criminal Court in The Hague, Netherlands, preventing US businesses from providing services. Secretary of State Marco Rubio called the ICC “a rogue court“, with sanctions in effect until “allies, many of whom are part of the ICC and that rely on American service members for their defense, rein in the court.”

Perhaps Rubio hasn’t noticed, but since Iran has dealt so effectively with the US in the war, US allies have not relied on this country as in the past, seeing a superpower brought to its knees. “More importantly,” says Stoehr, “Trump’s sanctions are an obvious attempt to compel belief in his fantasies. The Washington press corps has ‘normalized having an insane president’ says Aaron Rupar; but allies must see it clearly — they don’t have the luxury. As the economic fallout from the Iran war continues, reporters seem to be getting increasingly blunt with voters as well as administration officials, not necessarily becoming adversarial, but becoming less inclined to play along with the White House line.” The transcript of a recent Times magazine interview with Trump revealed a broken brain to some readers, raising questions as to whether the president can actually tell the difference between fact and fiction.

The New York Times’ Katie Rogers sees strong evidence that the dementia taboo is fading, seeing Trump’s recent rallies with a “feel of the first stops of a farewell tour” with fewer in attendance, swaths of empty seats, which means less press coverage. Rogers reports, “The events are a ritual. He will attack Democrats. His words will probably stop making actual, logical sense for a moment, or for many moments [the “weave”]. He will accuse the Democrats of rigging the 2020 election, he will attack the news media. Then he will dance to a Village People song.” The notorious Mar-a-Lardo moves. Stoehr says critics are pushing harder, with MS NOW’s Lawrence O’Donnell going farther than anyone so far, telling his audience, “If the president of the United States is insane, that is the biggest news of the day or any day. That is what will live in history. That is what historians will devote their attention to if the president of the United States is insane. If the president of the United States’ mind is crumbling before our very eyes, that is the most important story of the day because everything else follows from that, everything!” Stoehr concludes with, “The times, they are a-changing. Normalized insanity won’t last much longer.”

Trump was scheduled to host a celebration of Christopher Columbus at the White House this week where a 13-foot Columbus statue was to be unveiled, and ICE celebrated Columbus Day, sort of like Columbus would have done, by walking into someone’s house, announcing, “We live here now!”

No word on whether or not Homeland Security’s search of Minnesota Congresswoman Ilhan Omar’s home on Monday was part of their Columbus Day activity, but the escalation in a criminal investigation emphasizes Trump’s renewed scrutiny of her in the final weeks of her reelection campaign — more of an early Election Day activity, perhaps? The Justice Department provided no other details, other than that a judicially authorized search warrant was executed in the Washington, DC area in an ongoing federal criminal investigation, the nature and scope of which were not clear. Omar is a Somali-born Democrat whose immigrant status and left-leanings have been constantly attacked by the GOP and the Trump administration, with Omar responding to Markwayne Mullin’s statement that “something’s going to happen” as simply an “attempt to target political enemies and weaponize federal law enforcement.” She claims, “For ten years, Trump has targeted me with baseless lies and smear campaigns. This is just the latest escalation in his campaign of political intimidation. I will not be silenced.”

The Associated Press reported last week that Trump mentioned Omar at one of his rallies, attacking her up upbringing, saying that VP Vance “and our people” were investigating her. Omar has been a target of Vance in the past, indicating that he and “a top White House official were trying to figure out how to investigate her.” Welp, it looks like he and Markwayne, and/or Stephen Miller, figured it out, as agents blocked off the street near her home to carry out their search! Omar’s office dismissed any of Vance’s claims as fabricated and defamatory, with chief of staff Connor McNutt stating, “This is rich coming from someone who literally said they were trying to ‘create stories’ to redirect the media. This is a ridiculous lie and desperate attempt to distract from the pedophile protection party’s unpopular war of choice, increasing gas prices, and rapidly dropping polling numbers.” Omar added, “The point is to waste everyone’s time and resources, and generate negative headlines for his opponents, further proof that he is willing to use the power of the federal government to intimidate and silence anyone who stands up to him.”

Novelist Ocean Vuong wrote, “Freedom is nothing but the distance between the hunter and the prey.” Let’s not be the prey — VOTE!

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com. 
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust.

   “Nuggets” If I find something topically relevant, but not necessarily directly related to the week’s selection, you’ll see it under the Nuggets heading. Note: for reasons of brevity, sources are usually dropped when I reproduce an entry. You can always email me if you’re curious, or, even better, buy a copy of the book!

October 14, 2026

This caught my attention, mostly because of the “personal conversation” aspect. I love the idea of oral history like this being documented.

The history of airport is documented in an amazing level of detail, along with multiple photographs and map excerpts, on the Abandoned & Little-Known Airfields: California: Monterey Bay area web site, the creator of which, Paul Freeman, obviously did extensive research about! According to that site, Hilton’s Caterpillar dealership was in Modesto, even though he lived in Santa Cruz, so he built the airport so he could commute to and fro by air! According to that site (and some Facebook comments), the airport continued to exist in some form quite a bit after 1960. There is still a Hilton Drive (where the airport used to be) in Boulder Creek. Reading through the father and son’s obituaries on Find A Grave, it appears that Hilton senior originally lived in Modesto (which is probably why his Caterpillar dealership was located there).

According to Find a Grave, Harold Garside Hilton died in 1981 at the age of 91, and his son, Harold Lloyd Hilton died in 1994 at the age of 75, 13 years after the conversation referenced below (apparently the family tradition was to make the mother’s maiden name the son’s middle name, interesting). The family itself is well established in the area. How neat to have such a fundamental tie to the area you live in! Hilton Sr. also operated the Burl Theater in Boulder Creek (SCPL image of a news article), as well as the Forest Pool (SCPL a postcard image), and loved gardening (as per his obituary and some Facebook comments).

I checked, and I suspect that Valley Tractor and Equipment Company is still in business, and has now morphed into Valley Tractor and Equipment Service (located in Scotts Valley, CA as per their web site). They’ve been in business since 1972, though, so maybe not a match, but then, maybe that’s just when ownership was transferred from the original owner? I tried calling to confirm just out of curiosity, but got voicemail.

Boulder Creek Gold and Country Club is still in existence as a residential Golf Country Club (football legend John Madden lived there at one point according to Facebook comments) and as a destination, as Boulder Creek Golf Club. It is open to the public, offering “golf, disc golf, dining, and easy mountain getaways”. It was established 1961 as an 18 hole course by golf star Tom Culligan according to a 2024 Facebook post and the associated post card image (which labels it “Tom Culligan’s”). Looks like it was reduced to a 9 hole course after the CZU fires from the web site. Culligan Court is a street in Boulder Creek today. According to a Facebook comment, the course was very popular with both Oakland Raiders and San Francisco 49ers players in the 1970s (which probably explains why John Madden wound up living there).

After some digging, what I suspect is that there’s some confusion due to multi-generational naming. The golf star, Tom Culligan, is actually Tom J. Culligan III (according to multiple newspaper articles, other pages, and at least one PGA web site), who graduated from Junipero Serra HS in 1960 and his Dad, Thomas J. Culligan, was actually the developer. Possibly no coincidence that his Dad built a golf course on the old Hilton Airport site? One Facebook commenter on this post says the old hangar is still used to store equipment (as does the airport history site above)! Culligan Management Company, Inc., founded in 1946, is still around, with the son as Chairman of the Board.

According his bio on the Junipero Serra Athletics Hall of Fame web page (and the San Francisco City Golf Championship web site), he won that tournament in 1974 as a regular player and in 1998 as a Masters player. He was elected to Northern California Golf Association Hall of Fame in 2025 (also see this YouTube video) and is still active as a sponsor of the Northern California Family Golf Tourney as per the 2026 registration form (available online). Very cool!

Anyway, once again, it is fascinating to see how much you can discover about something as obscure as a minor local airstrip (one of several within a five mile radius according to Facebook comments) that’s been gone for 50+ years, and how much effort others have made to document its history.

Hilton Airport

This was a small private landing strip along Big Basin Highway about three miles northwest of Boulder Creek. It was abandoned and later absorbed into Boulder Creek Golf and Country Club. It was named for Harold Hilton, a Modesto, California, businessman, owner of the Valley Tractor and Equipment Company, who had the airstrip built near his summer residence around 1938 or 1939 on land that had been in the family for years. In the early 1950s the Hiltons moved to the property as permanent residents. Hilton died in March 1981.
–personal conversation with his son, Harold L. Hilton.

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Conversation”

“Conversation, like certain portions of the anatomy, always runs more smoothly when lubricated.”
~Doug Wright

“In the best conversations, you don’t even remember what you talked about, only how it felt. It felt like we were in some place your body can’t visit, some place with no ceiling and no walls and no floor and no instruments”
~John Green

“The art of conversation is the art of hearing as well as of being heard.”
~William Hazlitt, Selected Essays, 1778-1830

“The best argument against democracy is a five-minute conversation with the average voter.”
~Unknown

“We all lose when bullying and personal attacks become a substitute for genuine conversation and principled disagreement.”
~Alicia Garza

GOLDEN GATE PARK. I did not know that Golden Gate Park in SF is larger than Central Park in NYC! How it all came about is fascinating, to say the least.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice as soon as the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

October 7 – 13, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on mayoral endorsement… Steinbruner… lithium battery fires… big PG&E project… Hayes… California Oatgrass… Patton… Whose House?… Matlock… shadow docket…purges…slopaganda… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Sammy Obeid… Quotes on… “Comedy”

...

FRONT AND CATHCART STREETS, June 24, 1952. Now we have Sushi Mori where the Surfrider Café, Pontiac Grill, and, way before that, Thrash Motors was. Remember when we had car dealerships downtown?

photo credit: Shmuel Thaler

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


Dateline: October 7, 2026

I’LL BE BRIEF THIS WEEK. I feel like I’m getting back into the swing of things, and the days are getting shorter and shorter. According to “everyone”, we are going to have a record El Niño this year. I vividly remember the one back in 1997, so that’s a scary concept. Back then, we lived in a house that had a goldfish pond in the back yard, and it rained so much that the pond overflowed and the goldfish were swimming all over the lawn! We scooped them up in buckets…

~Webmistress

...

MONSTER MOVIE ORIGINS ****

IT’S SPOOKY SEASON! Let’s step back from the Universal canon: Karloff, Lugosi, Chaney Jr., and company. Go back just a couple of decades and you’ll find essentially the same lineup, only quieter.

As a kid in the early ’70s, I devoured movie history books, falling in love with films I’d never actually seen. They certainly weren’t showing up on TV. For years I assumed Edison’s “Frankenstein” existed only as that one tantalizing photograph in the history books.

Then came the internet, and suddenly I could watch a film I’d wanted to see since childhood. A hole in my heart I hadn’t even realized was there had finally been filled.

And there’s the original “Nosferatu”, an unauthorized adaptation of Bram Stoker’s “Dracula”. Stoker’s estate sued and won an order to destroy the film. Fortunately, prints had already circulated abroad, or we’d have lost this masterpiece entirely.

So here’s the original monster lineup, before Universal made them household names:

Frankenstein

J. Searle Dawley’s “Frankenstein” (1910), produced by Edison. [Watch]

Dracula

F. W. Murnau’s “Nosferatu” (1922). [Watch]

Wolf(wo)Man

Henry MacRae’s “The Werewolf” (1913), written by Ruth Ann Baldwin. Sadly, a lost film.

The Mummy

Georges Méliès’s “Le Monstre” (1903). [Watch]

Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde

John S. Robertson’s “Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde” (1920), starring John Barrymore. [Watch]

The Phantom of the Opera

Rupert Julian’s “The Phantom of the Opera” (1925), starring Lon Chaney. [Watch]

The Hunchback of Notre Dame

Wallace Worsley’s “The Hunchback of Notre Dame” (1923), also starring Chaney. [Watch]

YouTube is a treasure trove of early cinema. If you’re inclined to explore the roots of spooky movies, there’s also *Häxan* (1922), *Metropolis* (1927), *Vampyr* (1932), and plenty more.

They’re not just historical curiosities. They’re worth watching.

~Sarge

STEPHEN KING: A NECESSARY EVIL. Prime Video, Magellan TV. Movie. (7 IMDb) ****

Stephen King: A Necessary Evil – welcome to Spooky Season!

“Quadriplegic … unwed mother … telekinesis… waffle hut… and drat, aliens again” – Stephen King with his plotting dartboard.

Stephen King is one of those authors whom I enjoy as a person, but who makes my teeth itch as a writer. Which is why I really enjoyed “Stephen King: A Necessary Evil”- all about King and how/why he thinks about things. Behind the mind of the Shining, Misery, IT!, Stand By Me, the Green Mile, Shawshank Redemption, etc. Not spooky at all, except in just how much he has written (over 200 short stories alone), and impacted readers around the world for the last 5 decades. Fully worth a watch (and no surprise aliens at the end)

~Sarge

PRACTICAL MAGIC 2. In theatres. Movie. (6.3 IMDb) **-

Practical Magic 2: Magical Boogaloo… The romantically cursed Owens sisters are back, along with the principal cast: Sandra Bullock, Nicole Kidman, Stockard Channing, and Dianne Wiest. Joining them are Joey King and Maisie Williams as Sally’s daughters, who have inherited both the family gift and its rather unfortunate fine print.

The basic premise, for those who missed the original: an Owens ancestor, determined to protect herself from the heartbreak of love, cast a curse that has plagued the family for generations. Any man who falls in love with an Owens woman dies. This time around, it’s the younger generation’s turn to deal with the problem.

Unfortunately, the story has been so drastically truncated from Alice Hoffman’s novel (The Book of Magic) that both the plot and the characters suffer. Maisie Williams, in particular, is completely wasted. It’s fun to see everyone together again, but the whole thing feels fragmented, as though large chunks of the story were left on the cutting-room floor.

A pleasant bit of fluff if you’ve got the time. Otherwise, wait for the streaming release. Worth a casual watch, but hardly worth a trip to the theater.

~Sarge

OBSESSION. Peacock. Movie. (7.8 IMDb) ***

Obsession is less a “be careful what you wish for” story than a warning to be careful what someone else wishes about you. What begins as desire curdles into something far more complicated, until it becomes difficult to tell who is really the villain and who is simply the victim of a wish that has gone badly wrong. The result is a modest but effective little story about longing, control, and the danger of getting exactly what someone thinks they want. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

KATLA. Netflix. Movie. (7 IMDb) ***

Katla is bleak in the best possible way, set beneath the ash-gray skies of a small Icelandic town, Vik, where everyone seems to have learned to survive by saying as little as possible. But when the volcano begins returning people who should not be there, it does more than produce doppelgangers; it drags old grief, guilt, resentment, and buried secrets out of lives already worn thin. What begins as a supernatural mystery gradually becomes something more unsettling, asking whether identity is really a matter of being the “original,” or whether the person who loves more deeply, suffers less damage, or makes better choices might have the stronger claim to that life. Quiet, strange, and relentlessly melancholy, Katla makes its frozen landscape feel like an extension of the people living in it: apparently still, but with something hot and dangerous moving underneath. Worth a watch.

~Sarge

THE LAST HOUSE. Netflix. Movie. (5.5 IMDb) ***-

Buñuel’s The Exterminating Angel meets Lovecraft.

This is the ultimate “bottle story.” A suburban Seattle family wakes up one morning to find they can’t leave their house – and neither can anyone else on the block, or maybe anywhere. Some kind of mostly unseen force has sealed everyone in, and it brings the rain with it. Endless, relentless rain.

Stories like this always get under my skin. There’s a very specific kind of tension that kicks in once it starts to feel like there’s no way out – I stop hoping for a clever escape and start just wanting these poor people put out of their misery. That’s not a knock on the film; it’s a testament to how well it builds dread. You feel the walls closing in right along with the family.

What makes it work is the slow unraveling – watching ordinary people get inventive out of sheer necessity, rationing food, rigging up ways to collect water, turning on each other and then back to each other again. It’s as much a study in psychological survival as physical survival. The monster stuff, when it finally shows up, feels almost like an afterthought bolted onto a much stranger, much better film about isolation and endurance – but even that tacked-on quality has a certain charm, like the movie couldn’t resist giving its dread a shape.

Worth a watch.

~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

October 5, 2026

My Mayoral Endorsement

Photo from Chamber of Commerce Forum May 14, 2026

By now you probably know that I am endorsing Ryan Coonerty for mayor. This decision was made after careful analysis of where both candidates stand on my campaign issues.  I sought input from people whose judgment and objectivity I trust. The reactions to this news reveal a lot about the people delivering their opinions.

On the outraged side, comments include, “Her act of endorsing Ryan is a kick in the teeth to everyone in the progressive community” and “Gillian’s endorsement is a complete slap upside the head” and “This time it is Gillian as the executioner.” On the deeply disappointed side were fears that I had been taken in by flattery or maybe offered a paid job (not true, for the record), that I should withdraw my endorsement or refrain from voting. There also were those who were civil in their disagreement with my decision.  I’m a free-speech absolutist and civility always beats hostility if you want to get your point across. Hostility is like spitting upwind. As Desmond Tutu said, “don’t raise your voice, improve your argument.”

I sent an email to all the people who contributed to my campaign with a full explanation for my endorsement decision. Those who chose to reply were overwhelmingly positive and supportive of that decision. Those progressives who react with indignant self-righteousness or anger should understand they do not represent the whole progressive community.

I ran an independent campaign on the issues. My central issue was a critique of the city’s endorsement of overbuilding, an issue I supported with data and evidence. Over the course of fourteen campaign forums, I listened carefully to what each candidate was saying and whether they were communicating realistic goals or feel-good, unachievable slogans. I also read their posted positions, particularly on issues of housing development.

With the primary election over and the results determined, the focus is now on the two competing candidates. I see clear differences between the two on significant issues raised in my campaign. On her website, Ami Chen Mills writes, “I support rezoning for increased multi-family housing and condos in our neighborhoods.”  I strongly oppose that position as does candidate Coonerty. Under state housing laws, it would not be an alternative to the big projects but in addition to them.

State housing law already allows 8 units on single-family lots (4 houses and 4 ADU’s) so to increase that density with the YIMBY (Yes In My Back Yard) policy they call “the missing middle” is to allow multi-story, multiple-family projects in our neighborhoods which will radically increase traffic, parking and all the impacts that come with increased density. I notice this campaign policy of Ami’s is missing from her direct mailer that I just received in my mailbox.

Ami’s stated priority that “new developments must fit neighborhoods and serve local people” sounds great but it’s little more than a feel-good slogan without a candidate having significant electoral experience, established state contacts, deep knowledge of state and local housing policy, trust of management staff and other council members. With all due respects, Ami is lacking in these areas (as am I, except for the local preference policy part). This knowledge and connections comprise Ryan Coonerty’s strength.

Ryan has made it publicly clear that the data and evidence I shared during the primary campaign helped him reassess his assumptions around housing development; to recognize that the city is moving too quickly.  He is against the Overlay district that would get rid of public hearings and has shared specifics on how to slow things down. This commitment coincides with a welcome shift at the state level with a Resolution passed at the League of CA Cities to have a state-wide effort to take back local control over land use decisions.

I respect Ami Chen Mills, I did not refuse a request to meet (as some have falsely accused), I am not a pushover for empty promises, and I never agreed to be part of a slate opposing Ryan Coonerty. I ran an independent campaign on the issues; I evaluated each candidate carefully, consulted with others and from that perspective decided to endorse Ryan Coonerty. That is my choice and I’m sure you will make yours.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org  Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
IS ANYONE MONITORING THE SAFETY OF OUR FOOD AFTER THE LATEST MOSS LANDING FIRE?

This Friday, Monterey County Ag Commissioner will be my Guest on “Community Matters” on KSCO at 2pm-3pm. Listen in and find out what Monterey County officials are doing to monitor for any contaminants associated with the Vistra Battery Fire that occurred on September 18.  What did this agency do differently this time to protect the health and safety of the farmworkers in fields where the smoke plume traveled?   
 
What is the Action Plan for the next fire?  Vistra acknowledges that fires are likely as the clean up work continues, expected to be complete by the middle of next year.
 
Listen in on KSCO Radio AM 1080, FM 104.1, or online streaming: ksco.com
The program will be recorded and posted on the Station webpage.
 
HOW TO AVOID LITHIUM BATTERY FIRES IN YOUR HOME
This Friday, Scotts Valley Fire and Central Fire Marshal Erin Collins and Firefighter Kevin Laine will be my Gusts on “Bratton on KSCO” at 6pm-7pm.  Listen in and learn from these experts what they have observed and experienced with lithium battery fires and what you can do to avoid them.  
 
October 4-11 is National Fire Prevention Week.  This year’s theme is Charge Into Fire Safety. Safe Charging Is a Superpower”  and focuses on the everyday charging habits that can help reduce the risk of lithium-ion battery fires and keep homes and communities safer. 
 
Listen in this Friday, 6pm-7pm on KSCO Radio AM 1080, FM 104.1, or livestream KSCO – KSCO 1080 AM, 104.1 FM News Talk Radio In Santa Cruz
 
IS SANTA CRUZ COUNTY LAFCO ABUSING LEGAL AUTHORITY?
The Howard Jarvis Taxpayers Association (HJTA) sent Santa Cruz Cruz County LAFCO (Local Agency Formation Commission) a letter on August 13, 2026,  challenging the actions to consolidate Pajaro Valley Fire Protection District with Santa Cruz County Fire Department, which is managed and operated under contract by CalFire.   The letter was not made public until the October 7 LAFCO meeting agenda.
 
The question is whether LAFCO is violating legal authority to add properties within the current Pajaro Valley Fire Protection District to the two assessments that Santa Cruz County Fire property owners are paying, under County Service Area (CSA) 48.  One of those assessments was a Prop.. 218 Special Benefit Assessment ballot procedure in 2020.  HJTA contends that the property owners in Pajaro Valley Fire District should have the ability to decide if that assessment is acceptable.  
 
Here is a link to the HJTA letter.
 
At the October 7 LAFCO meeting, Mr. Serrano, Director of Santa Cruz County LAFCO, insisted this is all allowed under California Government Code 56886, having conferred with legal counsel from Best, Best & Krieger (BBK): California Government Code section 56886 (2025)
 
Mr. Serrano did not feel it necessary to even respond to the HJTA letter.
 
Mr. Don Jarvis, a Fire Consolidation expert who lives within the Pajaro Valley Fire District and formerly assisted LAFCO with the consolidation of Aptos/La Selva and Central Fire Districts, testified that he is very disappointed with the lack of financial clarity in this consolidation.  He has repeatedly asked for cost analysis from the County of Santa Cruz, Pajaro Valley Fire Protection District, and LAFCO, but each time, the answer was NO.  He pointed to the recent move by Pajaro Valley Fire District Boardto amend the current contract with CalFire to restore 3-person staffing on engines, and that the cost was nearly $300,000 less than what the County is claiming as basis for the assessments.  “It appears that we are being overcharged just because the County can do it, and there is nothing we can do.” said Mr. Jarvis.
 
Two Commissioners questioned whether LAFCO could be held legally liable for any future actions related to the questions posed in the HJTA letter?  Mr. Josh Nelson, the BBK counsel for LAFCO opined that he did not think so, and that he and Mr. Serrano just do not agree with the  arguments raised by HJTA or members of the public who testified at the LAFCO meeting.  Mr. Serrano stated that if there is any legal action down the annexation road, both the Pajaro Valley Fire Protection District and the County of Santa Cruz would be liable, not LAFCO.  
 
Despite there being no through cost feasibility analysis performed regarding the actual cost, even though Commissioner Justin Cummings requested it, Mr. Serrano insisted that his own analysis gives property owners enough information.  He did not address why the September 39 public meeting with for the property owners was cancelled, merely stating that there had already been two in May and that those were not required under law.
 
Ms. Kimberly Finley, Director of County General Services who oversees Santa Cruz County Fire, testified that she has been working with County Counsel, but that the County has hired an outside legal expert to advise.
 
Here is a link to the October 7 LAFCO meeting staff report on the issue.
 
 
PROTEST LETTERS CAUSE SUSPENSION OF PG&E PROJECT BETWEEN MORGAN HILL AND WATSONVILLE
A  significant PG&E project is suspended due to a number of people who protested the CPUC Advice Letter 7982-E to increase the height of  nearly 100 poles to 131′, using helicopters in construction, all without any environmental analysis or further public comment.   Protesters include a Morgan Hill City Councilmember, Ms. Yvonne Martinez Beltran.

 INITIAL SUSPENSION (up to 120 DAYS from the expiration of the initial review period)
This is to notify that the above-indicated AL is suspended for up to 120 days beginning
October 2, 2026(30 days after the Advice Letter filing) for the following reason(s) below. If the AL
requires a Commission resolution and the Commission’s deliberation on the resolution prepared by
Energy Division extends beyond the expiration of the initial suspension period, the advice letter will be
automatically suspended for up to 180 days beyond the initial suspension period

Stay tuned. 
 
CALMATTERS AND SANTA CRUZ LOCAL ELECTION FORUM
Local independent reporting is critical at all times, but especially in election season when many offices and initiatives are on the November 3 ballot.  People are eager for trustworthy information.  I attended Tuesday’s election forum held on the outdoor patio at Santa Cruz Community Foundation and  hosted by Santa Cruz Local and CalMatters.  The panel discussion was moderated by Kara Meyberg, co-founder of Santa Cruz Local.
 
In addition to Daniel, the CalMatters representative, three Santa Cruz Local reporters spoke.  It was amazing to learn that in Santa Cruz County, 87 elected seats went unchallenged or no one ran at all.   Why?  Ms. Meyberg announced that in the near future, Santa Cruz Local will begin hosting workshops with mentors to investigate why people are hesitant to step up to run and help promote mentors to support those who are hesitant.
 
CalMatters discussion focused mostly on the Insurance Commissioner seat and presented an analysis of the two candidates based on multiple issues. 2026 Voter Guide by CalMatters
 
You can also refer to the Santa Cruz Local Election Guide: Nov. 3, 2026 — Santa Cruz County – Santa Cruz Local
 
DON’T BE FOOLED BY THE MEASURE E EMPTY CAMPAIGN PROMISES
Below is an opinion letter I sent  to Times Publishing, another excellent source of local information with Aptos Times, Capitola-Soquel Times and Scotts Valley Times, all free publications.
 
Please do not be fooled by campaign promises to make you think a new Countywide half-cent sales tax would be used to save local emergency medical care.  If approved, the County would have no restrictions whatsoever on how  the anticipated $27 Million would be spent.  The County’s history of empty promises with two other such sales tax increases erodes any trust.

Although the problems associated with HR-1 and loss of federal funding are real for many residents in the County, half of whom live in the Pajaro Valley, a punitive regressive sales tax is no solution. 

Measure E sales tax would hurt those most whom the County claims the money would be used to help, especially those in the Pajaro Valley, where the sales tax would leap to 10.25% on most items.  Purchases in the unincorporated areas would be taxed at 10%.

Measure E would harm the homeless, who depend on prepared food, which is taxable.  Like Watsonville, Measure E would cause a 10.25% spike in sales tax on purchases in the City of Santa Cruz and Scotts Valley.   Pet food is taxable, and would further financially burden homeless with dogs for companionship and protection.

Residents throughout the County who are able will likely increase online shopping for larger purchase items, such as electronics, appliances, clothing, vitamins, books and school supplies, further harming our local businesses.  Those purchasing autos, including EV’s,  will likely look outside the County first.

Santa Cruz County government has great debt burden coming due in the near future due to the $80 Million unprecedented borrowing last year, just to make ends meet.   

This year, the CEO recommended drawing $40 Million from reserves in order to balance the budget, bringing reserves dangerously low.  

The County’s unfunded CalPERS pension liability payments for employee pensions  looms large with unfunded pension liability  valued at $628.7 million, and has increased $55.5 million over the past 10 years.

Despite dire economic forecasts, County Board of Supervisors approve  4% salary increases for all County employees, including middle management staff, many having annual salaries near half a million.  Current SEIU contract guarantees a 3.5% salary increase next year.  Supervisors evaded possible pay freezes by taking “urgency” action, rather than “emergency” action…do you see that Measure E could likely be used to fund employee salaries and pension debt?

Furthermore, Supervisors voted to make it easier to give themselves a salary increase.  Is that public service leadership?

If Measure E were approved, what accountability would exist for the many non-profits likely to be funded to demonstrate actual public benefit, and not simply supporting high salaries of those CEO’s?  For example, 

Santa Cruz Community Health Centers | Santa Cruz, CA | Cause IQ

County CEO Coburn cautioned the Supervisors to not restrict allocation of Measure E’s anticipated $27 Million, even though Santa Cruz Mayor Keeley begged for some guarantee that a portion would be guaranteed for the City’s homeless services.  This was a sly tactic to keep Measure E a broad tax to pad the County General Fund, and allow a green light upon a simple majority of the voters.   

If the County were sincere in addressing the future impacts of HR-1, the sales tax would be dedicated to only that use, and would require 2/3 voter approval.  In 2024, Measure N accomplished just that, to fund the Pajaro Valley Health Care District and Watsonville Hospital.  

In 2018, voters approved Measure G, a  “temporary” half-cent sales tax for 12 years promising “To continue funding 9-1-1 emergency response, paramedic, sheriff, fire, emergency preparedness, local street repairs, mental health services, homelessness programs, parks, economic development and other general county services” and provide approximately $5,750,000 annually, The 2021-2022 County Civil Grand Jury investigation [deemed the County’s ballot language “misleading” ]

This revenue stream will end in 2030.

In 2024, voters approved Measure K, a permanent half-cent sales tax in the unincorporated area “to fund essential Santa Cruz County services, including wildfire response/prevention/recovery; affordable housing to support working families and frontline workers including nurses, emergency responders, and educators; mental health crisis programs for children/vulnerable populations; substance abuse programs; improved public safety, road maintenance/pothole repair, parks/recreation; and programs to reduce homelessness”  providing approximately $10,000,000 annually.  Because the County allowed voters in the four cities to weigh in on this even though not affected by the tax, the County was successfully sued, with a settlement agreement mandating the money be spent within the unincorporated area and account specifically for allocations.

County leaders have mismanaged the money we have, spending wildly on a new South County Government Center real estate purchase and very expensive remodel for a facility that sees little use, rarely even hosting a Board of Supervisor meeting.  Other wasteful pet projects include complete remodel design for the 701 Ocean Street government building, and demolition of the Court House to build market rate housing.

Clearly, the County cannot be trusted to make good on any of the Measure E campaign promises now.   

Don’t be fooled.  Vote NO on Measure E.

LEARN ABOUT FIRE RESISTANT LANDSCAPING
Fire Safe Garden Design 10/18 | UC Master Gardeners of Monterey, San Benito & Santa Cruz Counties
 
 
MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  READ YOUR BALLOT MEASURES CAREFULLY. VOTE NO ON MEASURE E
DO ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

 
Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
California Oatgrass, the Redwood of the Prairie

Wander out into the coastal prairies of California, and in the wettest areas you will find a remarkable organism, California oatgrass. We don’t know much about this species, but what we know is fascinating and invites us to explore more.

Non-stationary Bunchgrass

California oatgrass is a ‘bunchgrass,’ meaning that one typically encounters it as a tuft. Look more closely at that tuft and you will see that it consists of a tight ring of ’tillers’ or shoots. Bamboo shoots are tillers from a runner; bunchgrasses don’t have runners, so their tillers don’t go as far, as fast. This adaptation helps the individual bunchgrass not to wander too fast, an adaptation to varying climate. If the plant wandered too far to get away from adverse conditions, it might find itself in a bad place in a bad series of years and die. Instead, bunchgrasses evolved their bunchiness to enforce not wandering too far from where they started. However, bunchgrasses do move…slowly. I saw hints of this in drought years of the early 2000’s when it got hot and dry and a patch of California oatgrass in a normally wet meadow on a south-facing slope cooked. The only part of those bunches that lived were the tillers on the north side of the bunches, the side that was protected by the dying shade of the more vulnerable south-facing tillers. The parts of the bunch that are most healthy nudge the bunch the direction that those tillers face at a fraction of an inch each year. Sometimes, bunches split when the centers die out and the opposing tillers go their own direction. It may be that large patches of California oatgrass ‘bunches’ are clones. Rarely, in areas where large mammals are grazing frequently and intensely, this species makes sods where one cannot discern individual bunches. Those Danthonia sods are getting quite rare…

A Native Grass that Thrives with Good Grazing

Ah- there’s the catch…California oatgrass doesn’t do well in rich moist soils where competing grasses shade this short-statured species. In such cases, Danthonia weakens and grows up on itself, creating pillars of tillers; along comes fire or a hungry grazing animal and that bunch either gets torched to death from the dead stuff catching fire and smoldering from below or inadvertently yanked out of the ground. “Blech!” says the deer, “I didn’t want those sand-covered roots, they hurt my teeth!” So, in many areas that are the best types of homes for California oatgrass, elk, cattle, sheep, goat, or horse are grazing just right to keep the sward short and the Danthonia happy. How do we make ‘good’ grazing? By planning and monitoring, of course! The trick is to use grazing animals to shorten the competitors either through actively grazing in the winter when tall grasses get taller or by using grazing animals to reduce thatch, which is next year’s fertilizer, spurring taller grass growth. It also always helps to consider the right timing NOT to graze- when California oatgrass is seeding.

Two Types of Seeds – Why?

California oatgrass has two types of seeds: the obvious seeds at the end of the flowering stalk and seeds hidden in the hollow stems of those same flowering stalks. The seeds in the stems are far superior if you are looking to use seeds for restoration as it turns out that they germinate more readily. You might be asking ‘How do you get the seeds out of the stems?’ I answer, ‘Why bother – just spread the flowering stalks!’ No one likes to spread hay and hope for the best…somehow, one wants to see raw seeds hitting fresh earth to feel good about seeding. The seeds at the end of the flowering stalk are easier to collect and separate as seeds. They also seem to have a thicker seed coat. When I was trying to grow Danthonia from these seeds in a nursery, I found that it took a long while for them to germinate but the time could get cut short by drenching seed flats with highly concentrated fish emulsion. Those longer-lasting seeds must have been the source of California oatgrass at Arana Gulch Greenbelt where volunteers hoed up an area of what looked like weeds only to discover bunches of Danthonia seedlings the next year. At least a decade of plant surveys had mapped that area as ‘non-native grassland,’ but it was transformed by a simple hoeing in under a year.

Considering the three strategies that California oatgrass has of reproducing along with its short stature, we can infer a lot about prairies where this species thrives. First, with both short-term and long-term investment in seeds, one would guess that deep evolutionary time must have seen very variable disturbance regimes. There must have been long series of wet years with lots of grazing to evolve seeds that germinate readily but do not last in the soil. And, there must have been years when there wasn’t much chance for seeds to germinate to force evolution of seeds that could last years in the soil. And, through all of that there must have been some degree of regular grazing pressure to keep the grassland canopy low to allow this short-statured grass to survive. Finally, the short tillers, ‘don’t go far fast’ bunchgrass strategy, is another indicator of long series of years with radically fluctuating climate.

Massive Root System

If you haven’t visited the Oakland Museum to see the roots of California oatgrass, it is worth taking the trip…mainly for their indigenous people’s basket collection. This website has a photograph of the Danthonia exhibit (and a bit about gardening with native grasses). The leafy part of the California oat grass bunch is the tip of the iceberg in that plant’s body – the 1′ tall grass has roots that can go 20 feet underground. Line up each root end-to-end and one will find that the roots total 5 miles in length. Each year, most of those roots die and then are regrown, so the plant is pumping organic matter, eg., carbon, into the soil enriching it and helping increase water storage capacity.

Last Bunchy Words

One last thing…no one has seen a California oatgrass individual die. It is very probable that they can live a thousand or more years, or longer. So, I call this species the redwood of the prairie. Get to know it! There are so many stories to tell about just this one neighbor of ours.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

October 6, 2026

Jamelle Bouie is a columnist for The New York Times. In its hardcopy version, his column in the Sunday, October 4, 2026, edition of the paper was titled as follows: “All The Money Belongs To Trump.” If you click that link, you should be able to read the entirety of what Bouie has to say – and that should be true even if you don’t subscribe to The New York Times. Do be advised that a different headline will be presented to you, if you do click that link. The online column, though, is the same one I read in the newsprint version.

The point that Bouie wants to make is this, pointing to a basic failure in our current president’s understanding of the job (emphasis added):

Trump’s attempt to seize spending power from Congress is not just about his preferred policies; it is also about his effort to etch himself into the nation’s built landscape with new structures and monuments. Hundreds of millions, if not billions, of dollars in taxpayer funds are flowing to the president’s ballroom and triumphal arch, among other supposed beautification projects. This is true despite the fact that Congress has yet to make a specific appropriation for Trump’s gaudy revamp of the nation’s capital.

But much of the trouble involves the president treating the public treasury as his own to use as he sees fit. Trump rejects any distinction between himself and the office he holds. The presidency belongs to him, as does the nation itself. (This helps explain why he felt he could remove journalists from the White House. In his mind, they are in his house, accountable only to him.)

And if it all belongs to him, then who is to say that he can’t decide what he wants to spend? Who has the right to tell him anything at all?

As I believe almost everyone actually understands, the nation does not “belong” to our elected president. The White House is not the president’s house. The White House is our house. It belongs to us – to the people of the United States of America.

Maybe our current president is suffering from dementia, and truly doesn’t understand his role as president. Some have been suggesting that, recently. Maybe he’s just a grifter, elevated to high office by what I have labeled a “mistake” on the part of the people. I, personally, find that explanation more plausible. Maybe there is some other explanation.

The explanation is not the main thing to focus on, however – at least in my opinion. When somebody comes into your house, and then starts making radical alterations, without even giving notice, much less asking permission – and when someone starts spending your money for things that haven’t been discussed with you, or authorized, you can, politely, try to get whoever that person is to start acting properly.

And if that doesn’t work, what then? Well, that’s when you throw the bum out!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

ALBATROSSES, RUBBER STAMPS, DESPERATION

This week starts the new Supreme Court session and they have quite a lineup of considerations ahead of them, particularly concerning President Trump and his administration. Lisa Needham writes on Daily Kos: “Here comes the Supreme Court’s faithful conservatives, riding to President Donald Trump’s rescue. They’re eager to remind us that democracy doesn’t matter, laws don’t matter, the balance of powers doesn’t matter: Only Trump Matters.” Last week we were given yet another shadow docket decision, which allowed the six sitting court conservatives to “short-circuit the actual litigation and stomp all over the lower courts,” says Needham. The League of Women Voters suit against the Department of Homeland Security succumbed, allowing Trump to barge ahead with his mish-mosh of data to search for voter fraud where there is none, as has been proven over and over.

This case arose last year when the president and DHS schemed to use the Systematic Alien Verification for Entitlements database, which determines benefits eligibility, to be used for voter eligibility instead. Needham says, “But wait! It gets worse.” The administration demanded that the high court countenance the ‘modified SAVE database’ which is a DHS combo of the SAVE data and Social Security data, which “somehow, in the fevered brains of the election deniers that run the country now, will magically ferret out all those noncitizen voters who keep voting for Democrats and wrecking our great land,” ostensibly removing ineligible voters. Noncitizen voting is basically non-existent, as Nevada proved for DHS, hilariously collapsing their feverish efforts — DHS howled about 15,093 ineligible voters on that state’s rolls, but weeded that number down to 185 — after which the state was able to erase the figure entirely. A goose egg on DHS’s face! Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson, in her court dissent, pointed out that the data melding of the two databases is illegal according to the Privacy Act law.

Real world events resulting from the data mashup, of course, flags eligible voter citizens inadvertently, and whereas in a normal world it would be a grave concern, for Trumpworld it’s just the cost of doing business as they seek out non-existent ineligible voters. Federal law prohibits states from doing large-scale voter purges within 90 days before an election, requiring use of purges only on a case-by-case basis. So, while this rule may deaden the court’s shadow docket ruling, “the impact of yet another decision by the court’s conservatives that sweeps away all checks and balances in favor of giving Trump what he wants is still profoundly destabilizing,” warns Needham. Justice Jackson’s explanation in her eloquent dissent wrote, “The harm caused by burdening or disenfranchising even a few lawful voters outweighs the nonexistent harm that the Government experiences when it is prevented from taking an action that it likely lacks the authority to take.”

Needham concludes: “When it comes to the court’s conservatives, real-world harms are no match for Trump’s desires, but that’s not how democracy works, and those justices know it. They just don’t care.”

Oliver Willis on Daily Kos headlines his piece: ‘Mike Johnson Promises More Failure if GOP Wins Midterms.’ Speaker Johnson last week promised they will continue the agenda that has led millions to oppose and disapprove of the Republican Party, “putting the conditions in place for a strong America,” as he told the interviewer on CNBC’s ‘Squawk Box.’  Johnson falsely described the economy as “vibrant” and that Republicans have done “what we said we were going to do,” parroting the words of Dear Leader, both being disconnected from the reality for millions of Americans. A Fox News poll has 63% of registered voters accusing Trump of worsening Biden’s economy, with most agreeing that the economy and rising inflation are their top priorities, with trust leaning toward the Democrats. Trump and his agenda, including the ‘Big Beautiful Bill,’ are unpopular, albatrosses around the necks of the MAGAs.

Johnson’s Congressional Republicans have been pivotal in the downturn of the party as a whole, with Johnson refusing to let Congress serve as a watchdog of the executive branch, deferring to President Trump almost entirely. Johnson has ignored Trump and his cronies as they enriched themselves with their grifting, leading in his efforts to rubber-stamp Trump’s actions — conspicuously in the march to war in Iran. The Speaker and his allies ignoring  Trump’s illegal tariffs has led to increased costs for consumers, stalling the jobs market as well. Let’s see how ignoring the voter blowback on failure serves Johnson and his myopic double-down, double-crossing vision.

A Mike Luckovich political cartoon illustrates an ocean liner named ‘Trumptanic‘ sitting on the sea bottom, with GOP rats on deck asking, “Is it too late to abandon ship??” As Jimmy Kimmel says, “There are gas station bathrooms on Yelp with higher approval ratings than Donald Trump.”

Jason Linkins headlines his piece in The New Republic: ‘Trump’s Illegal Campaign Ads Are an Admission of Defeat.’ He says that even as the administration “pummels the airwaves with ‘slopaganda,’ Republicans are panicking about the president’s drag on their electoral ambitions,” as the president has decided to spend taxpayer money on campaign ads misleadingly characterized as “public service announcements.” Linkins calls the corrupt move “vintage Trump” as he spends $20 million from Homeland Security in violation of the Hatch Act. Supposedly, the administration has spent only a fraction of the funds allocated to this slop, so we can expect to see many more of his fake PSAs. Linkins says, ” I want to suggest that what these ads represent is desperation — an acknowledgment that if Trump’s goose isn’t cooked yet, the pot is at least boiling…this fusillade of propaganda will likely backfire…the power he had over people a year or 15 months ago has evanesced.”

Senate Majority Leader John Thune is quoted as saying that he doesn’t mind Trump’s message but shouldn’t have used taxpayer dollars. Senator Mike Rounds said, “It’s not something I would have done,” and outgoing Senator Thom Tillis compared the action to that of dictator Victor Orbán, simply saying, “I hate it.” The ads aren’t the only plan Trump has in mind to “assist” candidates in their campaigns — he will spend most remaining days prior to the midterms on the road, visiting “bastions of conservatism,” which will be a significant commitment of time and resources in light of how dire the situation is for the GOP. One GOP donor told Politico, “The problem is that the fires are everywhere right now,” posing the question of whether the president’s injecting himself into the election cycle is a help or a hindrance. Texas Senate candidate Ken Paxton has expressed his opinion that Trump’s appearance at the ‘midterm convention’ was of no value, with GOP numbers dropping.

Linkins sees all the efforts adding up to defeat, quoting the Cook Political Report which says the Democratic takeover of the House is a “done deal,” and that winning the Senate is “very realistic.” “The Quinnipiac generic poll of the House has Democrats opening up a 51% to 39% lead, which are bloodbath numbers. The only headwind Democrats face is that while voters seem willing to give them their vote this year, they’re not as ready to give them their affection. Still, you’d rather be the Democrats right now than the GOP, who like Vice President JD Vance have been left begging voters for a ‘second chance’ without understanding that they’ve already received that second chance — and they’ve blown it,” deduces Linkins.

Elliot Kirschner’s essay on Substack reveals his opinion on future political power: “Republicans have never been afraid to use power once they get it. Democrats need to do the same. But they need to use that power to remake our democracy so that it is stronger, fairer, and more resilient. There will be many in the press and the business and legal worlds, along with others who helped define how power in Washington was wielded under previous status quos, who will say that any rush by those newly elected to pursue decisive action, experimentation, accountability, and ambitious efforts to remake broken systems goes too far. That should be a signal that we aren’t going far enough. It is time to retire not only this regime but the tired mindsets that allowed it to worm its way into our political firmament. Winning elections is the beginning. Governing with vision, boldness, and no heed to the naysayers must be the destination.”

Kirschner references the various polls that spark dread in the ranks of the powerful, but “we’ve been burned by polls before, seeing our hopes dashed,” so, many are guardedly speaking of the reboot of democracy with bated breath. The primary focus should be what will happen on November 3, but beneath that is the other question about what will Democrats do on November 4 if they gain if they regain a semblance of power? To Kirschner, most Democratic candidates speak the language of action toward overcoming the abuses of the past and what must be accomplished to right what is wrong. He recalls Mario Cuomo’s famous line: “You campaign in poetry, and govern in prose,” but sees a lot of the poetry of pragmatism in this election season — what do we need to do now and how do we actually get it done? “The current regime has rooted itself in many of the worst currents of America’s complex identity: racism, xenophobia, misogyny, divisiveness, violence, cronyism, and greed. We need reimagination, regeneration, and renewal,” declares Kirschner.

Satirist Andy Borowitz had his say this week re one candidate: ” Millions of Americans were still in a state of shock on Wednesday after discovering that Lindsey Graham’s sister Darline was not the stupidest member of the Senate Judiciary Committee. Although Graham appeared barely sentient throughout Tuesday’s proceedings, she did not emit what were universally viewed as the session’s most idiotic utterances, a broad majority of Americans agreed. No one, perhaps, was more surprised at her not being the dumbest senator on display than Graham herself, who called the hearings “a big win for yours truly. I guess the bar for intelligence in the Senate was much lower than I thought,” she told reporters. “Now I can see how Chuck Grassley has managed to stick around this place for 900 years.”

When asked by Ross Douthat on CBS’s ’60 Minutes’ on Sunday if there’s a “risk” that President Trump will lash out should Republicans lose control of either, or both, houses in Congress, Senator Thom Tillis of North Carolina replied that a “bad night” on November 3 poses a high risk for presidential misconduct. Tillis warned that attacks are possible toward members of the GOP even as polls show that low approval ratings with voters rebelling against the economy and affordability of goods and services is palpable. “It would be another political unforced error if we do that,” Tillis commented, during a discussion about Trump’s efforts to overturn the results of the 2020 presidential vote, which resulted in the January 6, 2021 Capitol assault. “Look, this was the first time in the history of this country that we had not had a peaceful transfer of power. And that was despicable. The people that led the charge, the people that assaulted police officers, I wish they were still in prison and serving a very long sentence.”

Tillis defended his vote to acquit Trump on the charge of inciting insurrection, arguing that Democrats rushed the impeachment proceedings only for preventing the president from running for office again in 2024. He claims that by taking this kind of tack was a means-justifies-the-end rationalization, thereby cheapening the impeachment process to prevent a future candidacy. Though substantiated instances of voter fraud in recent federal elections are few, Trump for months has been warning of the possibility of widespread fraud in the midterms, as he openly sets up what many believe will be his followup action to fight unsatisfactory results. In a recently published Time magazine interview, Trump refused to rule out invoking the Insurrection Act or declaring a national emergency around the midterm elections period. “I’m not committing to anything. We’re going to see how it plays out in court,” he said, foreshadowing a long legal process to settle what voters themselves have determined in the balloting.

Writing in ‘The Warning,’ Steve Schmidt the election will “be a historic wipeout, with MAGA being crushed, never again to function as a viable national political coalition.” He predicts it will endure as a “poisonous minority movement,” remaining committed to extremism and fascism, only sustained by grievance, and “organized around the worship of one man,” possibly intensifying its fanaticism. Schmidt expects Trumps response to his defeat will be “madness: an escalating fury directed at reality itself.” As the president has already shown he will deny the results, alleging conspiracies, which will lead to his coordinated effort to obstruct the verdict, a pattern already established by the seditious actions of January 6, 2021. “The sovereign will of the American electorate will threaten his control, exposing him to scrutiny, and place obstacles before his exercise of power, leading to is use of state power to maintain political power without consent through intimidation of officials, retaliation against opponents, pressure on institutions, and attempts to make lawful election results meaningless,” predicts Schmidt.

In ‘The Warning” he sees Trump offering the country its destruction if he loses, and dictatorship if he prevails — the news media moved on after he promised to be a dictator “only on the first day” in his new term, but it should have remained central to his every move afterwards. American media reported his initial words, “then discarded them as yesterday’s content, vanishing beneath his next performance, each episode beginning as though the last never happened,” says Schmidt, “An endless reality show, with no accumulated record and no sustained accounting. The president is granted a fresh narrative every morning, while the public is deprived of the connections necessary to understand what is happening. The pattern is the story. Isolation conceals its significance.”

Schmidt charges corporate journalism of fear of retaliation, fear of losing access, fear of corporate displeasure, fear of being accused of bias for describing conduct that would have disqualified another American politician from respectable company, and resulting in a vocabulary of evasion. The public is now becoming accustomed to the dangers, lacking adequate information, when the president’s capacity to discharge his responsibilities should be of public concern — the media needs to cease disguising instability as tactical brilliance simply because his behavior has become exhausting. “Every generation of Americans that warned about the essential role of a free press in protecting liberty understood something we are watching unfold: citizens cannot defend their rights when the exercise of power is hidden from them,” writes Schmidt, “Now those omissions co-exist with a propaganda culture that glorifies the leader, portrays opponents as enemies of the nation, and treats dissent as treachery. When government power carries that message, I regard it as fascist propaganda. The language prepares its audience to accept punishment as patriotism.”

In Schmidt’s eyes, the election scenario and its aftermath are rather grim if Trump has his way. The repudiation will be unmistakable, to be followed by refusal of MAGA candidates to concede; and within a week, Trump’s lie will have found its footing, even lacking evidence to reverse voters’ wishes. Within two weeks, Trump will be fully on the offensive, his accusations dictating the questions, as his allies weigh in demanding investigations, delays and exceptions — as the country is repeatedly asked to prove what voters have already decided. Schmidt expects corporate media to be filled with stories about whether or not the new Congress should be seated, or can be seated, with the MAGA obstruction supplying the controversy, which amplifies the coverage, which will confer legitimacy to the obstruction. Are we tired yet?

Schmidt sees the Sunday news shows allowing the liars to “filibuster a fantasy into apparent reality, exploiting every interruption, every timid follow-up, and every invitation to return, exhausting the distinction between an allegation and evidence. Truth and falsehood will receive the same lighting, the same introductions, and the same respectful opportunity to make their case, with viewers being invited to choose between them as though a certified vote count and an invented conspiracy were competing preferences — by mid-December, huge swaths of America will no longer know who won.”  Their confusion will become justification for extraordinary action, with a manufactured crisis offered as grounds for withholding recognition, obstructing the new Congress and protecting presidential power from the restraints that voters demanded. Schmidt sees it as the duty of the press to confront the sequence while it unfolds, requiring evidence, explanations and scrutiny of threats. “Repetition cannot turn a falsehood into a fact, and a presidential demand cannot erase a lawful result,” he says.

Therefore, citizens must vote; officials must count, certify and enforce results; institutions must withstand intimidation — a victory that cannot take effect leaves the people dispossessed of their own decision. Dangerous days lie ahead if the press can’t find its courage — the verdict must take effect! So who’s going to stop them? Results are what we expect, consequences are what we get. VOTE!

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com. 
 

...
Thomas will be back next week!

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Comedy”

“Comedy is tragedy plus time.”
~Carol Burnett

“Tragedy is when I cut my finger. Comedy is when you fall into an open sewer and die.”
~Mel Brooks

“Comedy can be a cathartic way to deal with personal trauma.”
~Robin Williams

“Comedy has to be based on truth. You take the truth and you put a little curlicue at the end.”
~Sid Caesar

“Life is a comedy when watching and a tragedy when experiencing. I try and share anything I have.”
~Eric Idle

I keep getting shown clips of this guy, and I think he’s really good. He’ll be in San Jose in May next year… 🙂


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice as soon as the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

September 30 – October 4, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on losing Adolph’s… Steinbruner… lies and more lies, BESS… Hayes… Sierra Club and State Parks collaborate?… Patton… To be or not to be…Matlock… pessimism…betrayal…love me…Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Jummy Carr fixing America… Quotes on… “Ennui”

...

THE FABLED COOPER HOUSE 1971. Once upon a time (1915) this was our County Courthouse, located at Pacific and Cooper Streets. It became our beloved and much used Cooper House in the early 1970’s. With great stores, restaurant, and the Oak Room Bar. It was retrofitted BEFORE the 1989 earthquake but the City Council allowed it to be destroyed for financial reasons. The City has never been the same since. O’Neills was there for 25 years, but closed last year. Currently, Oasis on Pacific is there, selling vintage clothing.

photo credit: Shmuel Thaler

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: September 30, 2026

REVISITING THE PUMPKIN PATCH. As I mentioned last week, we went to the pumpkin patch at Rancho Siempre Verde in Pescadero. It was fantastic! See the picture on the right for proof – that’s my granddaughter, with one of the flower fields in the background, and the Christmas trees beyond that. I’m repeating the info this week, because it goes on through the month of October! In other words, you still have time!

Fall festival! Your ticket is per car, up to 6 people. For this, you get 5 pumpkins: 1 large, 2 medium, 2 small, a bucket of flowers, and organic farm apples. There’s a huge swing and a covered slide, tractor rides, and
general running around for kiddos to do. They have picnic tables all over, if you want to bring a lunch and hang out. We celebrated a birthday here last weekend, bringing food and cake from Gayle’s. It was fabulous! After lunch, we all collapsed in the available hammocks for a bit, and my daughter would kill me if I posted pictures of that…

Back to the activities: as add-ons, you can pick vegetables, get more pumpkins, and pick more flowers. They also sell wreath forms, so you can use their equipment to make yourself a wreath.

I need to repeat that part: they have tables with wreath-making equipment! It’s a whole mechanical thing that you step on to clamp the wreath around the flowers you pick for it. Best part of the entire day! And they will show you how to use it.

The fall festival and the Christmas Tree sales helps finance the produce growing that they do on the farm. Volunteers do a lot of the labor. Currently, 95% of their vegetables and fruit gets donated through their partnership with the Berkeley Food Network, amounting to between 25,000 and 35,000 lbs of organically grown food getting put in the hands of the food insecure.

You should check out their website, come get some pumpkins, come back later in the year to pick your own Christmas tree, and who knows – maybe volunteer?

~Webmistress

...

STEPHEN KING: A NECESSARY EVIL. Prime Video, Magellan TV. Movie. (7 IMDb) ****

Stephen King: A Necessary Evil – welcome to Spooky Season!

“Quadriplegic … unwed mother … telekinesis… waffle hut… and drat, aliens again” – Stephen King with his plotting dartboard.

Stephen King is one of those authors whom I enjoy as a person, but who makes my teeth itch as a writer. Which is why I really enjoyed “Stephen King: A Necessary Evil”- all about King and how/why he thinks about things. Behind the mind of the Shining, Misery, IT!, Stand By Me, the Green Mile, Shawshank Redemption, etc. Not spooky at all, except in just how much he has written (over 200 short stories alone), and impacted readers around the world for the last 5 decades. Fully worth a watch (and no surprise aliens at the end)

~Sarge

PRACTICAL MAGIC 2. In theatres. Movie. (6.3 IMDb) **-

Practical Magic 2: Magical Boogaloo… The romantically cursed Owens sisters are back, along with the principal cast: Sandra Bullock, Nicole Kidman, Stockard Channing, and Dianne Wiest. Joining them are Joey King and Maisie Williams as Sally’s daughters, who have inherited both the family gift and its rather unfortunate fine print.

The basic premise, for those who missed the original: an Owens ancestor, determined to protect herself from the heartbreak of love, cast a curse that has plagued the family for generations. Any man who falls in love with an Owens woman dies. This time around, it’s the younger generation’s turn to deal with the problem.

Unfortunately, the story has been so drastically truncated from Alice Hoffman’s novel (The Book of Magic) that both the plot and the characters suffer. Maisie Williams, in particular, is completely wasted. It’s fun to see everyone together again, but the whole thing feels fragmented, as though large chunks of the story were left on the cutting-room floor.

A pleasant bit of fluff if you’ve got the time. Otherwise, wait for the streaming release. Worth a casual watch, but hardly worth a trip to the theater.

~Sarge

OBSESSION. Peacock. Movie. (7.8 IMDb) ***

Obsession is less a “be careful what you wish for” story than a warning to be careful what someone else wishes about you. What begins as desire curdles into something far more complicated, until it becomes difficult to tell who is really the villain and who is simply the victim of a wish that has gone badly wrong. The result is a modest but effective little story about longing, control, and the danger of getting exactly what someone thinks they want. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

KATLA. Netflix. Movie. (7 IMDb) ***

Katla is bleak in the best possible way, set beneath the ash-gray skies of a small Icelandic town, Vik, where everyone seems to have learned to survive by saying as little as possible. But when the volcano begins returning people who should not be there, it does more than produce doppelgangers; it drags old grief, guilt, resentment, and buried secrets out of lives already worn thin. What begins as a supernatural mystery gradually becomes something more unsettling, asking whether identity is really a matter of being the “original,” or whether the person who loves more deeply, suffers less damage, or makes better choices might have the stronger claim to that life. Quiet, strange, and relentlessly melancholy, Katla makes its frozen landscape feel like an extension of the people living in it: apparently still, but with something hot and dangerous moving underneath. Worth a watch.

~Sarge

THE LAST HOUSE. Netflix. Movie. (5.5 IMDb) ***-

Buñuel’s The Exterminating Angel meets Lovecraft.

This is the ultimate “bottle story.” A suburban Seattle family wakes up one morning to find they can’t leave their house – and neither can anyone else on the block, or maybe anywhere. Some kind of mostly unseen force has sealed everyone in, and it brings the rain with it. Endless, relentless rain.

Stories like this always get under my skin. There’s a very specific kind of tension that kicks in once it starts to feel like there’s no way out – I stop hoping for a clever escape and start just wanting these poor people put out of their misery. That’s not a knock on the film; it’s a testament to how well it builds dread. You feel the walls closing in right along with the family.

What makes it work is the slow unraveling – watching ordinary people get inventive out of sheer necessity, rationing food, rigging up ways to collect water, turning on each other and then back to each other again. It’s as much a study in psychological survival as physical survival. The monster stuff, when it finally shows up, feels almost like an afterthought bolted onto a much stranger, much better film about isolation and endurance – but even that tacked-on quality has a certain charm, like the movie couldn’t resist giving its dread a shape.

Worth a watch.

~Sarge

THE BACKROOMS. In theatres, PrimeTV. Movie. (6.8 IMDb) ***-

The Backrooms, like Slenderman and Creepy Pasta, grew out of the internet, a new kind of horror born from the post-Covid emptying of once-populated spaces. The Backrooms are both a genre and a reaction to liminal spaces: those empty places between places. Abandoned terminals, shopping malls, office buildings. They can be fascinating, but also deeply unnerving.

The Backrooms movie takes that unease and turns it up to 12, suggesting these are places misremembering themselves: genuinely endless hallways, random fragments of stairs, windows where windows shouldn’t be. Even people become fragmented, misremembered.

For anyone who’s ever found themselves unnerved not by boogeymen, but by places that just aren’t right, this hits a very particular nerve. Well worth a watch
~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

September 28, 2026

Another One Bites the Dust

This was Adolph’s. At least it was from 1960 until 2003 when the business changed hands. It was reduced to a pile of rubble last week and all that rubble is presumably going to the landfill. So goes the familiar, so go memories. Both have low standing in today’s Santa Cruz.

Despite that, many long-time locals are sharing their fond memories of Adolph’s on social media, as news of its demolition circulates. Mine goes back to 1979. I had just been hired by UCSC to develop a Rape Prevention Education Program. The campus had never had such a program before and it was greeted with mixed feelings and reactions. This was an era when universities believed that rape was not a university problem. As is often the case, it was the efforts of one person who broke this myth apart sufficiently to start a movement. Maria Sokovitch was that one person. From UC Berkeley, she did the hard work to pull together the support needed and modest funding to get a commitment from all UC campuses to pilot a Rape Prevention Program and hire a coordinator to do that work on each UC campus. I was that person at UCSC.

The strongest support and acceptance came from the UCSC Police Department. Then Police Chief Gene Stone (unfortunately now deceased) suggested a Safety Committee consisting of the Police Chief, the Fire Chief, the head of Campus facilities and me. For each meeting we headed in the Chief’s car down from campus to Adolphs. We then drove around town discussing the issues that had come up over a splendid lunch. And not all talk. There was a campus plan to make the small bus shelters brightly lit. I offered that doing so would greatly reduce women’s safety; that a bright light would more easily expose a lone woman and make it harder for her to see into the darkness beyond the bus shelter. That a soft light was better since she could see beyond it and she would be less exposed. And so it was done, the bright lights scrapped and the soft lights remain to this day. That lighting principle still applies but is usually ignored under the myth that brighter lights increase safety.

Given those memories, it was with a cry of sadness that I reacted on first seeing the pile of rubble that used to be Adolphs. But Adolph’s is not the first and won’t be the last local, long-time business or building to be bulldozed under state housing laws. Our city council throws up its hands and says there is nothing it can do! That appears to not be accurate.

By the time you are reading this, the deadline for public comment on the city’s renewed application for something called a Pro-Housing designation will be over. But the issue will come to council so be prepared. Below is what I submitted to the Community and Development Department (formerly Planning) and the council. I think it is clear. You decide whether the city has no choice about overbuilding. Note that “by right” and “ministerial” mean no public hearings.

*************************************************

To Community Development and City Council,

September 28, 2026

I oppose the city’s application to renew its Pro-housing designation. The city is misleading the public into believing that such designation is not exceeding current state housing laws but is just a recognition of the city’s current practices and policies. That statement, copied below from the department website is deceptive and inaccurate. Or, if the sample of the 48 Pro-housing Policy Descriptions copied below is indeed the city council’s adopted policy, then it should be re-examined and not be continued with a further application.

The public is increasingly expressing a negative reaction to existing state housing laws as more projects are built, more neighborhoods impacted and small businesses displaced. The council’s declaration of powerlessness to do anything about such state mandates is hypocritical in the light of the city’s voluntary application to go above and beyond state mandates via the pro-housing designation. The leg-up it offers the city for grants is not worth the sacrifice it demands. I urge you to discontinue the pro-housing designation renewal.

   Gillian Greensite

The Prohousing designation does not create any new policies.  It does not change what can be built, how much can be built, or where things can be built.  It recognizes existing programs and established Council direction.

   Community Development website.

A sample of 7 of the 48 Pro-housing Policies

1A Sufficient sites, including rezoning, to accommodate 150 percent or greater of the current or draft RHNA, whichever is greater, by total and income category.

1B Permitting missing middle housing uses (e.g., duplexes, triplexes, and fourplexes) by right in existing low-density, single-family residential zones in a manner that exceeds the requirements of SB 9 (Chapter 162, Statutes of 2021, Gov. Code, §§ 65852.21, 66411.7).

1D Density bonus programs that allow additional density for additional affordability beyond minimum statutory requirements (Gov. Code, §65915 et seq.)

1F Eliminating minimum parking requirements for residential development as authorized by Government Code section 65852.2; adopting vehicular parking ratios that are less than the relevant ratio thresholds at subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of Gov. Code section 65915, subdivision (p)(1); or adopting maximum parking requirements at or less than ratios pursuant to Gov. Code section 65915, subdivision (p).

2A Establishment of ministerial approval processes for multiple housing types, including, for example, single-family, multifamily and mixed-use housing.

2E Absence or elimination of public hearings for projects consistent with zoning and the general plan.

3G Establishment of pre-approved or prototype plans for missing middle housing types (e.g., duplexes, triplexes, and fourplexes) in low-density, single-family residential areas.
Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org  Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

 

THEY LIED AND LIED AND LIED ABOUT THE MOSS LANDING BATTERY FIRE SAFETY
Last Friday, Never Again Moss Landing held a press conference in Moss Landing to announce new and troubling information brought to light by a whistleblower from within Vistra’s CTEH consultant company.

I urge you to read this affidavit, especially pages 92-99.

Ms. Dixon declares:

  1. Unprotective Air Sampling Plan 
    Until she came forth, neither the public nor Monterey County officials had been able to access any air sampling and analysis plan. However, she made the document available. It is dated February 17, 2025, the day before the second fire occurred at the Moss 300 Vistra battery site.
    CTEH Moss Landing Incident Draft Community Air Monitoring SAP

  2. Inadequate Scope of Chemical Testing
    “critical contaminants commonly associated with lithium-ion battery fires—such as dioxins, PFAS/PFOA, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), and semi-volatile organic compounds (SVOCs) were not included in the sampling scope. This omission significantly limited the ability to characterize the full extent of potential community exposure.”

  3. Overreliance on Non-Specific and Real-Time Screening Tools

    “The plan relied heavily on handheld real-time monitoring instruments and total VOC measurements, rather than compound-specific laboratory analysis”
    “These tools are inherently limited and do not identify specific toxic compounds, thereby obscuring the presence of hazardous substances at potentially harmful levels ”

  4. Use of Insufficiently Protective Exposure Benchmarks

    The monitoring strategy relied primarily on short-term, acute exposure guidelines such as Protective Action Criteria (PAC) values, Acute Reference Exposure Levels (RELs), and similar screening thresholds. No meaningful consideration was given to chronic exposure limits, cumulative risk, or carcinogenic impacts, despite the known persistence and longterm health risks associated with many combustion byproducts.

  5. Failure to Specify or Utilize Adequate Detection Limits

    The plan did not clearly define method detection limits (MDLs) or reporting limits for laboratory-based analyses, making it impossible to determine whether testing was sufficiently sensitive to detect low-level but hazardous exposures. As identified in the technical review, this omission undermines the reliability of conclusions drawn from the data. 

  6. Deficient Monitoring Location Strategy

    Monitoring locations were not consistently aligned with plume dispersion patterns or downwind exposure areas. As a result, certain communities likely impacted by airborne contaminants were not adequately sampled. This deficiency parallels issues I observed at other deployments, where monitoring placement appeared to minimize detection of elevated concentrations.

  7. Lack of Indoor, Surface, and Biomonitoring Assessments 
    Despite shelter-in-place advisories issued to the public, the plan did not include indoor air sampling, surface contamination testing, or biomonitoring of exposed individuals. This represents a significant gap in assessing real-world exposure conditions.

  8. Internal Handling of Action Level Exceedances 
    The plan states that when real-time monitoring detects concentrations above CTEHdefined action levels, those exceedances are communicated internally up the chain of command rather than directly disclosed to the public. Based on my experience, this internal reporting structure creates opportunities for data to be contextualized, minimized, or withheld.

  9. Observed Pattern of Unreported Exceedances 
    In the course of my work across multiple CTEH deployments, including Moss Landing and other incidents, I have regularly witnessed instances in which air monitoring readings met or exceeded applicable action levels or health-based thresholds but were not formally reported to the public or were excluded from summary communications. This pattern raises serious concerns regarding transparency and the protection of public health.

In my professional opinion, the deficiencies observed at Moss Landing are not isolated but rather reflect a broader pattern in which air monitoring programs are structured and implemented in a manner that may underrepresent environmental and human health risks.

CTEH leadership made it clear to us every morning in 6 a.m. meetings that we were not there to investigate or question anything. We were there to reassure. I was told not to share sampling numbers, not to say if it was safe or unsafe, but just to look confident. I repeated what I was told because I thought it was true. But we were misled. And that means we misled others— unintentionally, but no less dangerously.

BESS Explosion in La Verne Forces Multiday Evacuation

The question now is: What will local people elected and appointed to protect the public’s health and safety DO to address this information?

Please contact the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors to demand they instruct the District Attorney to investigate and bring charges:
Board of Supervisors <boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov>

Please contact the Monterey County Board of Supervisors to demand they instruct the District Attorney to investigate and bring charges:
Monterey County Board of Supervisors <cob@co.monterey.ca.us>

Also, ask: What is the Action Plan that both Counties will follow the NEXT time the Vistra battery storage system (BESS) re-ignites??

THESE ARE NOT SAFE
La Verne, Ca LFP battery fire…why people were not allowed to go back home after the evacuation order
Lithium-ion battery fire disrupts another California community, raising questions about storage, safety. Firefighters used 1800 gallons/minute for many days to keep the heavy metals in the smoke plume from drifting over adjacent residential areas.

USING THE FIRST-EVER “STATE OF THE COUNTY” FOR A CAMPAIGN PLATFORM

The Board of Supervisors scheduled a Special Meeting at 6pm on September 29 in the Board Chambers of 701 Ocean Street. It was deemed a “State of the County” presentation, and was the “first-ever” such event.

The “State of the County” turned out to be a taxpayer-funded campaign to influence peoples’ votes in favor of Measure E, a half-cent sales tax on the November 3 ballot. It provided nothing more than a fuzzy feel-good oratory from Chair Martinez, without any clear direction as to how the County will address what CEO Coburn warned of a $30 million budget shortfall next year, and a $285 Million short fall expected over the next six years.

Chair Martinez opened with a speech about the meaning of local government and the importance of making life better for the people here. She turned it over to CEO Nicole Coburn to talk about the financial state of the County. Chair Coburn touted the value of Measure E for quite awhile.

So, my question is: was using tax-payer facilities, and having many high-level paid County workers there, an expenditure of government funds to campaign for ballot Measure E, a general fund half-cent sales tax the CEO wants?

Chair Martinez is a co-chair of the Yes on Measure E Political Action Committee.

Here is what I found with some research:

Under California law, local government bodies and officials are strictly prohibited from using public funds, equipment, or resources to engage in partisan political advocacy or influence the outcome of an election.

Government Code Section 8314 makes it illegal for local officials and staff to use public resources for campaign or personal purposes.

To verify specific rules, prohibitions, and legal restrictions on what is permitted or prohibited for local agencies and officials regarding ballot measures, consult official California statutory guidance or legal resources, such as the California Government Code Section 54964, Government Code Section 8314, and the California Supreme Court precedent in Stanson v. Mott (1976)

FOUNDATION REPORT: CAN A PUBLIC ENTITY SPEND PUBLIC MONEY ON A CAMPAIGN TO RAISE THE PUBLIC’S TAXES?

Misusing taxpayer dollars for campaigns by Dan Walters

Local Ballot Measures: The Line Between Information and Campaigning By Craig Steele1 and Chelsea A. Straus, Richards Watson Gershon

The County’s own Election Dept. information states this activity is not allowed:
Guide to Political Activities

Restrictions:

  1. Use of Position to Influence Other Employees. An officer or employee of the County may not use his/her position to influence the political activities of other employees. (Government Code Section 3204)
  2. Use of County Funds to Influence Election. As a general rule, the use of public funds or campaign purposes to influence voters in a pending election is prohibited (Mines v. DelValle (1927) 201 Cal. 273; Stanson v. Mott (1976) 7 Cal. 3d 206) absent clear and unmistakable authority to do so. There is no such existing statutory authority for a County.
  3. Nevertheless, a County does have the authority to use public funds for informational purposes to provide the public with a fair representation of relevant information relating to a ballot measure which the County has submitted to the voters (Stanson, supra, at 221).”…. a fair presentation of the facts will necessarily include all consequences, good and bad, of the proposal, not only the anticipated improvement … but also the increased tax(e s) …. and other less desirable consequences as may be foreseen (Citizens to Protect Public Funds, The Board of Education (1953) 98 A.2d 673, 677).

The following are examples of uses of funds, which are clearly campaign expenditures:

  1. County Payment of Salary or Expenses for Campaign Activity. Contributions by a governmental entity to a political campaign are per se illegal as gifts of public funds (FPPC v. Suitt (1979) 90 Cal. App. 3d 125; Cal. Const. Art. 16 S 6). This includes contributions in the form of payment of salary or expenses of county officers, employees, or agents while they are performing “campaign activities” as opposed to legislative, executive, or administrative functions (Suitt, supra at 130-131). The FPPC has adopted a regulation 2 Cal. Adm. C. S 18420) listing (but not exhaustively) activities which are “campaign activities.”

So, if it bothers you that Chair Martinez, and CEO Coburn used taxpayer-funded facilities and had high-level paid staff attending a political campaing event in the Board of Supervisors chambers, please file a complaint with the FPPC.

VOTE NO ON MEASURE E
Do you think it is right that the County Supervisors and CEO are grabbing for the wallets of those who can barely make ends meet now, asking for another half-cent sales tax that will throw the level of taxation in Watsonville, Scotts Valley and Santa Cruz above the legal 10% sales tax rate? It is only made “legal” with Senator John Laird’s slight of hand work to get the Governor to sign SB 762.

Just say NO, and make our elected County leaders take responsibility for years of mismanagement under former CEO Carlos Palacios. For more, see stopmeasuree.org

NOW LEGALLY USING RECYCLED WATER FOR IRRIGATION
Soquel Creek Water District applied for permission to expand the use of treated sewage water for irrigation at the PureWater Soquel Project Advanced Water Treatment Facility  next to the Chanticleer pedestrian overcrossing (aka the Whale Bridge). 

Using the treated water was not allowed in the Project Permit authorized by the Central Coast Regional Water Quality Control Board. Now it is..

You can find other interesting reports about this Project on the GeoTracker, but will need to scroll down quite alot to find it.

WRITE ONE LETTER. MAKE ONE CALL. DEMAND COUNTY SUPERVISORS WORK TO DEVELOP AN ACTION PLAN FOR FUTURE MOSS LANDING REIGITION TOXIC PLUMES. VOTE NO ON MEASURE E.

DO ONE THING AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Sierra Club and State Parks in California: Collaborating for Wildlife Conservation?

Last Friday, September 25th I enjoyed a vibrant interview with Norman La Force a leading conservationist in our region. Mr. La Force is a member of the California Sierra Club’s State Parks Committee and helped me to understand the history of success as well as the current and ongoing struggles of working with State Parks to conserve habitat and protect wildlife while providing equitable access to parks across our region. Folks joined us by calling in, adding to the depth of the conversation. This week’s column is a distillation of the themes of that radio show, which you can hear in full at this link. I’ll be back on the air with the BrattonOnline show (which airs every Friday, 6-7) with more discussion of the theme of wildlife conservation on public lands during my Radical Center Radio Hour, October 16, 6-7 pm.

Norman La Force – A Powerful Ally for Nature

Norman holds a JD in law from the Georgetown University Law Center and he has used his legal expertise as an environmental protection attorney for many years, helping the Sierra Club, Golden Gate Audubon Society, and other local environmental organizations to conserve wildlife and habitats around the greater San Francisco Bay Area. He is President and General Counsel for SPRAWLDEF “Sustainability, Parks, Recycling and Wildlife Defense Fund.” And, for many decades, Norman has been one of the few long-time dedicated members of the Sierra Club California’s State Park Committee. His focus has been on wildlife conservation broadly and especially in the face of ongoing pressures to expand visitor use of state parks.

One of his greatest joys was co-leading the establishment of Berkeley’s McLaughlin Eastshore State Park State Seashore, described in his memoir, Creating the East Shore Park, An Activist History.  During our conversation, he described the initial resistance of State Parks to accept such a park as it was too urban. Decades later, Parks professes great pride in the park as a prime example of providing equitable access. The park is one of the most visited in the State.

The Sierra Club’s State Parks Committee

For decades, Sierra Club California has convened its State Parks Committee. Its charter is to ensure that all Parks are open and available for public use and that there is adequate funding for operations and maintenance. Among other things, the Committee works to advocate for the preservation and protection of the natural and cultural resources of California’s State Parks. It also tries to ensure equitable access by all Californians to our state parks.

Norman suggested that one of the ongoing and greatest tensions between the Sierra Club and State Parks is the agency providing adequate protection for wildlife and habitat, including following regulatory guidance to create park plans that address wildlife and habitat protections. He noted that Parks just plain doesn’t abide by several relevant Public Resources Codes – § 5002.2, § 5019.5, and § 5001.96, which require Parks to create plans for each park, in those plans to analyze the appropriate level of visitation and then to manage within those limits.

Why Can’t Parks Do Right?

Mr. La Force provided many examples of the pressures State Parks is under that contribute to their neglect of natural resource protections in favor of poorly planned visitor use. For instance, he noted that Parks has been swayed by recreational advocates from the Off Highway Vehicle and Mountain Biking lobbies. He highlighted a mountain biking advocate campaign using the alluring phrase ‘Access for All,’ which may suggest equitable access but in fact seeks to expand the influence of what is, at least in East Bay Parks, a small minority of users. East Bay statistics suggest 80% of users are hikers, 10% mountain bikers, and the remaining mostly equestrians. We discussed how these groups are conflicting users and mountain bikers can unfairly ‘displace’ others, such as families with small children and other pedestrians. Nevertheless, lobbying groups have been successful at influencing Parks to overlook such realities.

Another reason for natural resource neglect that Norman pointed out is budgetary shortfalls. He noted that Parks has seen decades of budget shortages resulting in their own documentation of a one billion dollar backlog of  ‘deferred maintenance,’ which is equal to a full year of their overall budget. This budget shortfall doesn’t address the ongoing degradation of habitats and species which somehow doesn’t even get tabulated and reported to the Legislature when addressing budget issues.

Over Visitation

Two of the callers into the radio show highlighted issues of over visitation in parks, one for Point Lobos State Natural Reserve and one for Nisene Marks State Park. Callers noted overcrowding and asked Norman what might be done. He said that it is clear that we need more Parks. He praised Governor Newsom and Parks for recently creating new State Parks to expand recreational opportunities that might help with overcrowding. He also noted that it is probably important to look towards reservation systems such as were enacted at Muir Woods National Monument just north of the Golden Gate. He also noted that limiting parking can help with overcrowding, suggesting that Parks work with adjoining road agencies to put signs up prohibiting parking.

What Can We Do?

I asked Norman La Force for his advice to people who might want to help California State Parks better meet its mandates to protect wildlife and habitats. He added a phrase to “All Politics is Local” – “All Politics is Personal,” encouraging people to develop relationships with decision makers so that they pay more attention to wildlife protection in parks. Norman suggested people get more involved in individual State Parks by joining, or starting, a ‘Friends of…’ organization. He also suggested that people join local chapters of the Sierra Club and Audubon Society to help them be more effective at making advances with these issues. He also noted that his California Sierra Club State Parks Committee could use volunteers with energy to help advocate for wildlife in State Parks.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

September 30, 2026

Connor Lounsbury is a Democratic media consultant. Before that, though, he was an actor. In an opinion column that ran in the August 26, 2026, edition of The New York Times, Lounsbury says that “Democrats Need To Learn How To Act.” That is the hardcopy version of the headline on his column. Online, Lounsbury’s thoughts are described by the following headline: “Great Actors Are More Believable Than Democrats.” Jon Ossoff and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, pictured above, are Democratic candidates who get Lounsbury’s seal of approval. They’ve both got “presence,” he says, which is the most important thing.

Here’s the quote from Lounsbury’s column that has stimulated my blog posting today (emphasis added):

Democrats’ debates about messaging and ideology are our beautiful lies — not because they are false but because they allow us to avoid our real problems. We are focused on the symptoms of apathy, not the apathy itself. When Hamlet asks, “To be, or not to be?” he is deciding whether to take action in spite of his suffering or check out entirely. It’s the same choice Democrats face today.

You can read the entirety of Lounsbury’s column if you’d like to hear what he has to say about Democratic Party politics at this critical time in our national history. I’d like to comment on the more “existential question” posed by Shakespeare (you know, “to be, or not to be?”). As the quote above should make clear, Lounsbury thinks that question is pertinent to us all, right now, and I do, too.

I am not saying that typical partisan politics is not important, though I’m not a big “party” guy. What I am saying is that the question facing the nation, and facing all of us, who are supposedly in charge, is whether we will be “actors” in the sense of “taking action,” or whether we will be “spectators,” who don’t believe ourselves to be “on stage,” but rather identify with the audience, sitting in their comfortable, or perhaps not so comfortable, seats.

“To be, or not to be” is the true and existential question that faces us all, as we contemplate our lives, and as we determine what our lives mean, and what role we have in our own lives, with the basic and binary choice already described. Are we “actors” or “spectators”? As Shakespeare puts it in Hamlet, we do need to make a fundamental choice and decision about just that question:

Whether ’tis nobler in the mind to suffer
The slings and arrows of outrageous fortune,
Or to take arms against a sea of troubles
And by opposing end them.

So, what is it going to be, friends? Are we just going to get up each day to face those “slings and arrows of outrageous fortune,” as we contemplate the latest actions of our current president, and his largely incompetent cronies, or are we going to “take up arms” (meaning getting personally engaged in the struggle)?

There is no doubt what’s needed – and particularly if we want to side with Abraham Lincoln, and make sure that a government “of the people, by the people, and for the people” does not “perish from this earth.”

“Our lives, our fortunes, and our sacred honor.” That’s the way our Declaration of Independence puts it. Our money, our time, and all our lives. That is what is at stake. That is what we need to put out there, on the table, if we want to preserve self-government in the United States of America.  That’s the kind of “acting” we need, and there is enough time for your action, and mine, to make a difference, before November 3rd!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

INSTIGATORS, LAME DUCKERY, LATITUDE, AGENCY

Simon Tisdall poses questions on The Guardian,”Feeling depressed about the state of the world? Worried about the future? You’re not alone. Pessimism about politics is the new normal among the peoples of the West.” Tisdall lists the major causes for concern as the conflicts in Europe and the Middle East, and the threats of right-left extremism, stagnating economies, inequality, corruption, terrorism, racism, big tech, mass extinctions, and the climate crisis as the unsettling nightmares we all share. He writes that this “tsunami of gloom” shows encouraging shifts within Russia, Israel and the USA — the instigators of the “major upheavals in the past decade.”

He sees that Putin’s position has become jeopardized by his Ukraine misadventure, and after four years the dissent among his rivals has raised his fears of assassination or a coup which has caused him to cut back on public appearances. We have all seen photos of the long conference table that puts his conferees at one end while he sits several feet away. Israel’s long-serving ‘Bibi’ Netanyahu is facing opposition parties who want to topple his ruling hard-right coalition, with a nationwide vote upcoming at October’s end. He was a prominent influencer on Trump to embark upon his disastrous Iran war, an obvious US-Israel catastrophe. World opinion weighs heavily upon the Israelis, and in light of their leader’s deadly belligerence in the region, he may not survive the balloting.

Trump, on the other hand, barely needs opponents says Tisdall, being his own worst enemy in ignoring the hardships he has fomented with his Iran fiasco. He has betrayed his MAGA base with his tariffs and trade wars, with his abuse of our allies while threatening conquests, not to mention his sucking up to dictators of nations regarded as dangerous adversaries. The dismay, the public pessimism, and feelings of hopelessness are universal as observers have seen the degradation of a once powerful and respected USA. Polls currently show that Trump and his MAGAts may lose control in the midterms, curtailing the president’s power, with impeachment a possibility. “Lame duckery looms,” says Tisdall, “Putin deposed, Netanyahu defeated, Trump defanged and distracted. If it came to pass the world would feel a very different place. Sidelining the chief riders of the storm could go a long way towards changing the zeitgeist.”

Alexander Willis writes on Raw Story, “President Donald Trump has picked up on the fact that a growing number of GOP lawmakers are racing to distance themselves from him as his approval ratings hit record lows.” Nevertheless, his toxicity, unrecognized by him, has led him to contact candidates to vent his dissatisfaction that he is being left out of their tv advertising and off their websites — his overture to voters to “pretend I am on the ballot” being cynically cast aside as poisonous. Some office holders/seekers have broken publicly with Trump, and it has leaked that “the president’s team makes sure to flag for the president examples of 2026 candidates whose campaign websites have scrubbed or minimized references to President Trump and his record.”

To calm him down, Trump’s team last week released a taxpayer-funded ad on Fox that praised him, featuring the song ‘Love Me‘ by JMSN, who said it was used without his permission. Two unnamed sources claim that Team Trump made sure the ad ran on Fox and in the Washington, DC media market, guaranteeing that the president would see it. Mehdi Hasan’s ‘Zeteo’ on Substack, reports, “For starters, Trump has a tiny amount of political support among voters in the DC area. This was yet another example of his advisers lighting many thousands of dollars on fire, just to calm him down.” A couple of weeks ago, a reporter asked Trump who would get his endorsement in a particular run-off election, his answer indicating that he was undecided. The problem being, he had already posted his choice two weeks earlier, so how powerful is an endorsement from a president who doesn’t remember who he’s selected?

Absent any taxpayer complaints, the White House launched yet another treasury-funded tv ad, the third captured by media tracker AdImpact, and shown mainly during two National Football League games on Sunday, featuring imagery of President Trump walking down a hall as the audio has him saying, “This is the final battle. We will cast out communists, Marxists, and fascists. We will throw off the sick political class that hates our country. We will rout the fake news media, and we will liberate America from these villains once and for all.” The ad mimics a 2023 Trump campaign speech, and uses footage from a 2024 campaign ad. The three ads are tellingly being shown as the campaigns heat up for the midterm elections, but the White House maintains these are public service announcements, and very clearly not campaign ads, watchdog group Common Cause suggesting otherwise, terming them to be ‘propaganda.’ Common Cause VP Carol Evans says, “I don’t think you have to be a legal scholar and wonder why the president has to use taxpayer funds to promote his image this close to an election.”

Last week in a fit of pique, Trump banned CNN, Politico, and MS NOW from the White House press pool for not kissing his ring with enough respect — and on national security grounds. As Greg Sargent writes in The New Republic, “He accidentally revealed an Achilles’ heel of sorts,” when several media companies then banded together in solidarity against the ban which then precluded the use of video recording for tv broadcasts; and, since CNN had camera duty that week, so to speak, and no other entity chose to fill in the gap — it made for a huge faux pas for Trump who relishes the spotlight, for better or for worse. Though a judge subsequently blocked the ban, it meant that few cameras were available for the grand ceremonial of China’s President Xi Jinping’s arrival in DC — a disaster for narcissist Trump.

Even after the judge’s restoration of press access to the White House, CNN was barred from joining the press pool on Air Force One traveling with the president to Knoxville, TN for a college football game between the University of Tennessee and the University of Texas, a highly-rated clash between top-rated teams. Video footage shared on social media captured Trump being booed loudly by attendees when the president appeared on the Jumbotron, sitting in a box next to Tennessee Senator Marsha Blackburn. Trump managed a couple of weak fist pumps to the one MAGA-hatted fan he spotted sitting nearby.

A few months ago, former Fox News host Tucker Carlson delivered a jaw-dropping mea culpa for endorsing Donald Trump for president, saying, “I want to say I am sorry for misleading people,” and admitting he would be “tormented” by his backing the con man “for a long time to come.” It seemed that Carlson was embittered by the Epstein coverup and the Iran war debacle, disclosed in a podcast with his brother, Buckley Carlson, a former Trump speechwriter. The brothers agreed that they are implicated in this mess, but no matter how sincere the apology, they are forever stained, even as Buckley calls Trump an “out of control, megalomaniacal, destructive president.” Tucker’s apology comes across as shallow and insincere following his decades of racist, sexist and violent rhetoric as he carpetbagged for his former idol.

Former associates felt Tucker was just doing a bit, playing a boorish demagogue in the ratings game as he slid into Bill O’Reilly’s old slot on Fox News. Playing a bit is hardly forgivable, because knowing better and still being opportunistic at stirring violence against immigrants and Blacks doesn’t cut it. His lies about Dominion voting machines finally broke him, and damaged the Fox bottom line in the end, but he still walked away by earning millions over the years — which he should donate to a nonprofit to prove the sincerity of his apology. Social psychologist Cindy Frantz of Oberlin College, in observing the Carlson duo, feels that Tucker is “basically holding something back, continuing to go through some sort of internal disagreement, or he’s restraining himself from saying something.”

Frantz argues that there are two missing pieces that could have helped sell Carlson’s apology: 1) he didn’t mention any action for making amends for his regrets; 2) the other is an element neither he nor the general public can fix — there’s no interpersonal relationship here, since he’s a public figure before a camera, with too many barriers for people to trust what he says. Speculation is that Carlson has an ulterior motive for the apology, ranging from prioritizing his income, to running for office. The fact that he says, “I want to say I’m sorry,” rather than, “I’m sorry,” distances himself from any direct ownership of responsibility. Jimmy Kimmel commented on his show, “Did anyone know Tucker had a brother Buckley? Tucker and Buckley? That’s as white as it gets. I mean, it doesn’t get any whiter than that. Their parents were an ascot and a monocle.”

The latest Tucker Carlson interview, with NPR’s Newsmakers podcast host Steve Inskeep, has him calling for the president’s removal by his Cabinet under the 25th Amendment, and being particularly critical of the Iran war. The former Fox News host feels that Trump wasn’t the one who ultimately made the decision to join Israel in its attack on Iran — “I don’t think he had the latitude to make this decision on his own.” Carlson suggests that Section 4 of the 25th Amendment be invoked to force Trump out over his threats to “annihilate” Iran, and should also include those in power around the president. “A guy threatening to eliminate the human race and that’s not considered a crime?! It tells you how deranged our moral scale has become. So he should be removed from office for threatening a first-use nuclear strike,” fumed Carlson.

Carlson is not alone among conservatives calling for ousting Trump — prominently, conspiracy theorist Alex Jones and former Georgia Congresswoman Marjorie Taylor Greene have joined a growing chorus of voices for action. Jones, on his InfoWars broadcast in April, said, “The definition of genocide is destroying an entire civilization/people! Trump literally sounds like an unhinged super villain from a Marvel Comics movie. This is not what we voted for!” Greene wrote on social media, “Not a single bomb has dropped on America. We cannot kill an entire civilization. This is evil and madness.”

In the NPR interview, Carlson recalled a chilling statement made by Trump in a private Oval Office meeting, dismissing concerns over a possible Iran action. Carlson challenged the president, saying, “This war is not about Iran’s nuclear program, which you told me and the world that you eliminated last summer in June,”  while holding Israel accountable for the push toward war. He termed Trump’s response “nihilistic” as he said, “Yes, you’re right, but in the end we all die anyway, so it doesn’t matter.” The shocked Carlson told Steve Inskeep, “That’s the last thing any leader or person should display — who lives or dies does matter. The future does matter.” One online responder wrote, “Trump gave every impression that he firmly believes, in the depth of his soul, ‘if I go, it all goes…and when I am gone, what does it all matter anyway?’ This falls into a level 10 narcissist, the least common and most dangerous type.”

Talk about chilling, Anthony Davis on MeidasTouch Network has an essay based on his interview with forensic and social psychiatrist Dr. Bandy X. Lee, entitled ‘Who’s Going To Stop Him?‘ Their conversation began with President Trump’s genocidal threats in his recent United Nations speech and his increasingly volatile language directed toward Iran. The interview kept returning to “a more fundamental question: what happens when a political system becomes so accustomed to extraordinary behavior that it stops recognizing it as extraordinary?” Dr. Lee’s view is that “we are watching a psychological phenomenon unfold at the highest level of government, one in which the behavior of a powerful individual can begin to shape the thinking of the population around him.”

Davis asked her about Trump’s “increasingly aggressive rhetoric and the apparent absence of meaningful institutional resistance.” Lee believes the president’s behavior should not be seen as some elaborate strategic calculation, but as a man driven by emotion, grievance, and an inability to tolerate realities that contradict his preferred version of events. We should interpret his actions not as strategy, but as aggressive reaction to failure, humiliation or a sense of lost control. She argues that when someone becomes unable to tolerate evidence that contradicts their self-image, the consequences can become increasingly dangerous. As an example, Lee sees the slogan, ‘Trump was right about everything,’ as a declaration that reality itself must conform to that claim.

One concern discussed by Davis and Lee, is the media’s recognition of the seriousness of events, but then retreating from coverage, particularly when criticism of Trump might be interpreted as partisan. Dr. Lee revealed that she and her colleagues had attempted to raise concern about Trump’s psychological condition, but were then excluded from mainstream discussions as dangerous behavior gets converted into arguments about political allegiance — truth becomes politicized. Contrasting the USA with Europe, false political claims can be denounced as absurd in most countries, but in this country “a fragmented and highly partisan media environment can give even extraordinary claims an extended life,” says Lee.

In this erosion of democratic power, Lee argues that Americans have gradually lost their sense of what they are entitled to demand from their institutions, as well as their confidence in their ability to demand it. This process begins with advertising and psychological manipulation, as propaganda and disinformation creep in to spread emotionally driven beliefs into the community. Lee uses the belief of the stolen 2020 election as an example, which has spread from Trump into a collective phenomenon. Lee told Davis that the public has more power than it realizes, but has become dependent upon the assumption that some constitutional mechanism will step in to solve things — citizens must be convinced that they are correct in demanding functioning institutions.

Dr. Lee contends that the public has to recover its own sense of agency, which has gradually been eroded, teaching people to accept circumstances rather than challenge them, one danger being that lies, being emotionally compelling, can travel faster than truth, but truth has the advantage that propaganda lacks: it does not need to be manufactured indefinitely. Reality keeps returning — we only need to recognize it when it does! All of which still begs the question: who’s going to stop him?

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com. 
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust.

   “Nuggets” If I find something topically relevant, but not necessarily directly related to the week’s selection, you’ll see it under the Nuggets heading. Note: for reasons of brevity, sources are usually dropped when I reproduce an entry. You can always email me if you’re curious, or, even better, buy a copy of the book!

I was flipping through the book when I caught this place name out of the corner of my eye… “The Ruins”. What’s that? How could I not write about so evocative a name! Let’s see what we can find out about them!

Turns out, both a lot, and not much. This sounds like one of those local “word of mouth” places that gets very little formal notice. Being located on private property still owned by the descendants of Hiram Daniel Scott himself may also contribute to that. I found a couple of threads on Facebook and Reddit about them, abstracts of scientific papers by UCSC Prof. Hilde Schwartz, and a write up about it by UCSC student Paige Welsh for “Hilltoppers”, and that was about it.

These were a major tourist attraction, however, for the County in its early days, as mentioned in this 1897 Santa Cruz Sentinel article, linked to in Facebook post, “Scotts Valley Ruins: They Once Were Among the Objects of Interest in This County” (scroll down on the left to read it). The Facebook thread also mentions an 1877 article referencing a piece in the Santa Cruz Enterprise where “a prominent English Druid” claimed they were “the remains of an a Druid temple, probably erected by the Norsemen”.

Hilde Schwartz, a UCSC professor and geologist (she retired in 2023), wrote a paper about the site, “‘The Ruins’: Large cold seep sandstone chimneys in the upper Miocene Santa Margarita Sandstone, Scotts Valley, CA” (2012) (the website is transitioning, so this link may not work in the future, FYI), and did a presentation at a conference, LARGE, CALCITE-CEMENTED SANDSTONE ‘CHIMNEYS’ IN THE SANTA MARGARITA SANDSTONE, SCOTTS VALLEY, CALIFORNIA: CASE STUDY OF A PLUNDERED LATE MIOCENE COLD SEEP about them in 2014. I can’t find anything

In summary, the ‘Ruins’ “…represent an exhumed, localized seep field that included focused rising columns (chimneys) and diffusive flow (slabs) of methane-rich fluids through shallow marine sediments.” (Schwartz)

In that same year, a UCSC student, Paige Welsh, interviewed Schwartz and wrote a piece about the site for “BIOE188: Introduction to Science Writing”, later published on a local web site, “Hilltromper”. “The Geologist And The Case of The Scotts Valley Ruins” (link via Archive.Org’s WayBack Machine). The “Hilltromper” site is now offline, but the article is still indexed in Google and other search engines.

The “Ruins” were ransacked by Gold Rush era fortune hunters, unfortunately, so only traces remain of the original “Ruins”. Schwartz is quoted as saying that a substantial chunk of the site was hauled up to San Francisco, but no one knows where the pieces went. The article also mentioned that local historian Frank Perry was the person who pointed Schwartz to the site, a nice example of cross disciplinary synergy.

The link above is missing some photographs which, handily, are preserved in a 2016 Facebook post by the Scotts Valley Chamber of Commerce.

Possibly, I didn’t dig deeply enough to find more, but changing “Scotts Valley” to “Santa Cruz” creates a tremendous amount of noise, as “The Ruins” is semi-generic (there’s of course, a band that goes by that name) and Santa Cruz is also a fairly common place name.

One of the things that caught my attention was the copyright date for the quote from William Henry Brewer… 1930. For something that happened 66 years earlier! It turns out that, twenty years after his death in 1910 (he worked at Yale as a Professor of Agriculture for nearly 40 years subsequent to his California adventures), Yale University Press published a book, “Up and Down California in 1860-1864; The Journal of William H. Brewer” (link has the full text and images) containing the journals, notes, and letters from his five years in California working under Josiah Dwight Whitney, the first state geologist of California.

For those interested in the details of the geography underlying the site, the Santa Margarita Sandstone of late middle and early late Miocene age, I dug up this scanned copy of a 1984 USGS paper, “Late Miocene (Santa Margarita Sandstone) shallow marine clastics” by one R. Lawrence Phillips. Handwritten notes on this state that the author obtained his Ph. D. from UCSC in 1981, and that the area was the topic of his thesis.

The Ruins

A series of sandstone formations Located in Scotts Valley that at one time caused quite a stir. They were described in 1909 by the geologists Branner, Newsom, and Arnold:

Certain grotesque concretionary columns, known locally as The Ruins occur in the white sand on the Locke place in Scott[s] Valley. The columns show a remarkable alignment, suggesting parallel walls of a house. They are the result of a weathering away of the soft sandstone surrounding locally hardened portions along joint cracks.

–Branner (1909, p.5)

But when they were “discovered” in the 1850s visions of an ancient city were conjured up. See for example, “Wonderful Discoveries of Ancient Ruins,” Daily Alta California, February 8, 1856:

It is conceded by all intelligent persons that this mighty structure…being anterior to the formation of the hills and mountains around it has withstood fire and flood… it is most obvious that no corresponding works of art can be found among the ruins of the modern world.

William Henry Brewer, the Yale University scientist who was Principal Assistant to Josiah Whitney for his geological survey of California (1864), described his visit to the Ruins:

Thursday we went to see some noted rocks called “The Ruins,” six or seven miles back in the mountains. We found them humbug—nothing near what we expected—some were outcrops of sand stone, which had weathered in curious forms, some were in tubes like chimneys two or three feet high. These had been regarded as artificial works—”chimneys of furnaces”—and at one time a company was actually formed to dig for treasures that might be buried there. So inflamed is the public mind here on hidden treasures!

–Brewer (1930)

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Ennui”

“Between Ennui and Ecstasy unwinds our whole experience of time.”
~Emil Cioran

“L’extrême ennui sert à nous désennuyer.”
“Extreme boredom serves to relieve us from boredom.”

~François La Rochefoucauld

“Some men write their lives to save themselves from ennui, careless of the amount they inflict on their readers.”
~Charles Babbage

“The only horrible thing in the world is ennui.”
~Oscar Wilde

“To love to read is to exchange hours of ennui for hours of delight.”
~Montesquieu

Solving the problem is often made easier by looking at it from an outsider’s perspective. Just sayin’


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice as soon as the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

September 23 – 29, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back next week… Steinbruner… Community Meeting on Monday about Aptos apartments… Hayes… back next week… Patton… The Most Odious Pronoun… Matlock… nincompoop…rationing…blitzkrieg… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… debunked historical myths… Quotes on… “Pumpkin”

...

TOUCHING UP JESUS AND FRIENDS. Behold the two women who actually sculpted this nearly life sized Last Supper in 1950. It shows Katherine Stubergh and her daughter, also named Katherine, touching up those guys on April 23, 1954. According to “228 Things to see in SC County” we can only view this wax sculpture the week before Easter at the Santa Cruz Memorial Park, but their website actually says:

“If you’d like to view The Last Supper, please call 831-426-1601, for an appointment Monday through Friday. Although there is no charge, donations are accepted.”

Do with that information what you will…

photo credit: Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: September 23, 2026

FALL, FALL, FALL! So, now it’s definitely fall. It gets dark earlier, and in just a few weeks we go back to standard time. That part I dislike. The pumpkin patches, Halloween decorations, and fall colors everywhere, those things I like. We are going to Rancho Siempre Verde in Pescadero tomorrow for their fall festival. This goes on every weekend until October 25, and it’s a really neat place. You get 5 pumpkins: 1 large, 2 medium, 2 small, a bucket of flowers, and organic farm apples. There’s a huge swing and a covered slide, tractor rides, and general running around for kiddos to do, and you can use their equipment to make yourself a wreath.

We came here to cut our own Christmas tree last year, and we’ll be back for that again later this year.

The fall festival and the Christmas Tree sales helps finance the produce growing that they do on the farm. Volunteers do a lot of the labor. Currently, 95% of their vegetables and fruit gets donated through their partnership with the Berkeley Food Network, amounting to between 25,000 and 35,000 lbs of organically grown food getting put in the hands of the food insecure.

You should check out their website, come get some pumpkins, pick your own Chrstmas tree, and who knows – maybe volunteer?

I may see you there!

~Webmistress

...

PRACTICAL MAGIC 2. In theatres. Movie. (6.3 IMDb) **-

Practical Magic 2: Magical Boogaloo… The romantically cursed Owens sisters are back, along with the principal cast: Sandra Bullock, Nicole Kidman, Stockard Channing, and Dianne Wiest. Joining them are Joey King and Maisie Williams as Sally’s daughters, who have inherited both the family gift and its rather unfortunate fine print.

The basic premise, for those who missed the original: an Owens ancestor, determined to protect herself from the heartbreak of love, cast a curse that has plagued the family for generations. Any man who falls in love with an Owens woman dies. This time around, it’s the younger generation’s turn to deal with the problem.

Unfortunately, the story has been so drastically truncated from Alice Hoffman’s novel (The Book of Magic) that both the plot and the characters suffer. Maisie Williams, in particular, is completely wasted. It’s fun to see everyone together again, but the whole thing feels fragmented, as though large chunks of the story were left on the cutting-room floor.

A pleasant bit of fluff if you’ve got the time. Otherwise, wait for the streaming release. Worth a casual watch, but hardly worth a trip to the theater.

~Sarge

OBSESSION. Peacock. Movie. (7.8 IMDb) ***

Obsession is less a “be careful what you wish for” story than a warning to be careful what someone else wishes about you. What begins as desire curdles into something far more complicated, until it becomes difficult to tell who is really the villain and who is simply the victim of a wish that has gone badly wrong. The result is a modest but effective little story about longing, control, and the danger of getting exactly what someone thinks they want. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

KATLA. Netflix. Movie. (7 IMDb) ***

Katla is bleak in the best possible way, set beneath the ash-gray skies of a small Icelandic town, Vik, where everyone seems to have learned to survive by saying as little as possible. But when the volcano begins returning people who should not be there, it does more than produce doppelgangers; it drags old grief, guilt, resentment, and buried secrets out of lives already worn thin. What begins as a supernatural mystery gradually becomes something more unsettling, asking whether identity is really a matter of being the “original,” or whether the person who loves more deeply, suffers less damage, or makes better choices might have the stronger claim to that life. Quiet, strange, and relentlessly melancholy, Katla makes its frozen landscape feel like an extension of the people living in it: apparently still, but with something hot and dangerous moving underneath. Worth a watch.

~Sarge

THE LAST HOUSE. Netflix. Movie. (5.5 IMDb) ***-

Buñuel’s The Exterminating Angel meets Lovecraft.

This is the ultimate “bottle story.” A suburban Seattle family wakes up one morning to find they can’t leave their house – and neither can anyone else on the block, or maybe anywhere. Some kind of mostly unseen force has sealed everyone in, and it brings the rain with it. Endless, relentless rain.

Stories like this always get under my skin. There’s a very specific kind of tension that kicks in once it starts to feel like there’s no way out – I stop hoping for a clever escape and start just wanting these poor people put out of their misery. That’s not a knock on the film; it’s a testament to how well it builds dread. You feel the walls closing in right along with the family.

What makes it work is the slow unraveling – watching ordinary people get inventive out of sheer necessity, rationing food, rigging up ways to collect water, turning on each other and then back to each other again. It’s as much a study in psychological survival as physical survival. The monster stuff, when it finally shows up, feels almost like an afterthought bolted onto a much stranger, much better film about isolation and endurance – but even that tacked-on quality has a certain charm, like the movie couldn’t resist giving its dread a shape.

Worth a watch.

~Sarge

THE BACKROOMS. In theatres, PrimeTV. Movie. (6.8 IMDb) ***-

The Backrooms, like Slenderman and Creepy Pasta, grew out of the internet, a new kind of horror born from the post-Covid emptying of once-populated spaces. The Backrooms are both a genre and a reaction to liminal spaces: those empty places between places. Abandoned terminals, shopping malls, office buildings. They can be fascinating, but also deeply unnerving.

The Backrooms movie takes that unease and turns it up to 12, suggesting these are places misremembering themselves: genuinely endless hallways, random fragments of stairs, windows where windows shouldn’t be. Even people become fragmented, misremembered.

For anyone who’s ever found themselves unnerved not by boogeymen, but by places that just aren’t right, this hits a very particular nerve. Well worth a watch
~Sarge

THE ODYSSEY. In Theaters. Movie. (8.5 IMDb) ****
The “Helen is DEI casting!” and “Achilles is trans!” outrage tells me you looked up The Odyssey just long enough to be angry, without actually reading it or seeing the film. I’ve read it multiple times, from adolescence through university. It’s a legend Homer recorded centuries after the supposed events, preserved through oral tradition, and all the variations that adds to the story. Helen’s skin color has no significance to the story, and Achilles is already dead when The Odyssey begins. Elliot Page doesn’t play Achilles at all, but Sinon, the young man sent to war in another’s place.

Nolan’s Odyssey is a solid, faithful-ish telling, briskly told in about three hours (I know, that sounds like an oxymoron but it’s true). It adds some believable depth to Odysseus, gives Penelope less screen time than she deserves, and as a mythology geek I could nitpick the lack of spear fighting or the anachronistic Corinthian helmets instead of the Achaeans’ boar’s tusk helmets. But that’s fanboy trivia. At its heart, it’s a powerful story about responsibility and loss. Well worth a watch. Twice, if you can.
~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

Gillian will be back next week!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org  Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

 

TOWN HALL MEETING IN APTOS FOR SIX-STORY APARTMENTS 

The “Village on the Green” project in the 13-acre field adjacent to Highway One and State Park Drive in Aptos is proposed to include 2 six story apartment buildings and about 200 three story townhomes.  Wow.  Is there the infrastructure to support all that?

Attend the Community Meeting on Monday to find out what is planned and voice your thoughts.   Due to the new State housing laws, this may likely be your only chance.

September 28, 2026 – 6:00 to 7:30 pm, Twin Lakes Church (2701 Cabrillo College Drive, Aptos) 

CALIFORNIA CITIES COULD TAKE BACK LOCAL CONTROL OF LAND USE DECISIONS

The City of Murrieta has sponsored a resolution calling on the League of California Cities to form a working group to develop a resolution (or other ballot/legislative strategy) that would restore and strengthen local authority over housing and land use decisions in cities Statewide.

“Murrieta understands the responsibility cities have to help address California’s housing needs, and we are doing our part,” said Council Member Lori Stone. “But housing does not occur in isolation. Cities must also plan for infrastructure, public safety, public services, and the long-term impacts of growth. This resolution is about ensuring local communities continue to have a meaningful voice in those decisions.”

The resolution amended and passed by the Housing, Community, and Economic Development Policy Committee calls for the establishment of a working group through Cal Cities to convene the effort, because of its statewide membership, organizational capacity, policy expertise, and role representing California cities in Sacramento.

Cities from across California have already stepped forward in support of participating in the resolution process, demonstrating that concerns surrounding local authority extend beyond any one community or region.

“Individual cities cannot address an issue of this magnitude alone,” Stone said. “Through Cal Cities, we have an opportunity to bring different communities and perspectives together and develop solutions that none of us could accomplish independently.”

The resolution is being considered through Cal Cities’ 2026 policy resolution process. If advanced through the organization’s Resolution Committee on September 24, 2026, it will proceed to consideration by city voting delegates during the Cal Cities General Assembly at its Annual Conference and Expo on September 25, 2026.

Thursday, September 24: The Resolutions Committee considers it at the Annual Conference in Anaheim.
Friday, September 25: If it clears that step, the resolution goes to a vote of the full League General Assembly.

Murrieta Leads Statewide Effort to Strengthen Local Voice in Housing and Land Use
 
COMMENT BEFORE OCTOBER 1 ON PG&E LARGE TOWERS BETWEEN MORGAN HILL AND WATSONVILLE

Thanks to Linda S. for sending this posted alert that she spotted last weekend on Minto Road, Watsonville.  The Morgan Hill-Green Valley Project will replace many poles with taller steel poles for an increase in power line capacity.   
 
Read the content of the posting below.  Note that all protests are due by October 1, 2026.

NOTICE OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION

The project will replace approximately 93 wood pole structures and 35 light-duty steel poles (LDSPs) with approximately 81 LDSPs and 45 tubular steel poles (TSPs).  New pole heights range from approximately 44 to 112 feet tall. New structure heights will range from approximately 61 to 131 feet tall.

Helicopters, tracked vehicles, and bucket trucks will be used to facilitate construction. Vehicles will utilize existing access roads, where feasible, and all water crossings will be spanned. Construction is tentatively scheduled to begin in the spring of 2027, or as soon as practicable after project approval. Construction is tentatively scheduled to be completed in the winter of 2027, or as soon as possible after construction begins.

ADVICE LETTER NUMBER: 7982-E
Proposed Project: 
Public Review Process: 

Protests should include the following:

  1. Your name, email address and daytime telephone number.
  2. Reference to the CUC Advice Letter Number and Project Name.
  3. A clear description of the reason for the protest.
  4. Whether you believe that evidentiary hearings are necessary to resolve factual disputes.

Protests for this project must be filed by October 1, 2026, at the following address:

Director, Energy Division
ED Tariff Unit
California Public Utilities Commission

E-mail: EDTariffUnit@cpuc.ca.gov

With a copy emailed to:

Pacific Gas and Electric Company
PG&E Tariffs
E-mail: PGETariffs@pge.com

This work would once again threaten the Osprey nest at the Green Valley Substation, due to the intense helicopter activity necessary to bring in large equipment elements.  This is precisely what PG&E did in June, causing harmful disruption to the nesting Ospreys.

Please write to insist the work be prohibited during spring through fall to protect the Ospreys in the immediate area.

A LONG MEETING ABOUT FLOCK SURVEILLANCE IN WATSONVILLE
 
In my opinion, Councilmember Quiroz-Carter really hit the nail on the head in her excellent testimony about the dangers of surveillance. Watch this (minute 5:03:30) 

“We are not the owners.  We are all little pawns, with an illusion of control.  Mass surveillance is being normalized, and that is very disturbing.  We must get rid of this.”

Tuesday evening, the Watsonville City Council chambers were packed with people wanting to weigh in on the issue of Flock surveillance cameras.  Watsonville has 37 of them.  
 
The Police Chief gave a thorough presentation in defense of keeping the “investigation tool” and was questioned for about an hour by the Councilmembers.  Finally, when the Mayor Salcido opened public comment, she reduced comment time to one minute, because she estimated  there were 50 people on Zoom and about 30 people still in the room.  Only a few spoke in favor of the cameras, mostly due to uncertainty related to Flock’s breach of agreements that information collected would not be shared with federal agents. 
 
However, one member of the public held up Public Information Act requests that showed Watsonville Police had shared data with many federal agencies.
 
Other people expressed distrust with being constantly surveilled.
 
It took a long time for the Council to finally approve a version of a motion that would:

  1. reduce the data retention time to 7 days, down from 30 days;
  2. share data with no other agencies at all;
  3. reduce the number of Flock cameras to 20, down from 37;
  4. require a quarterly independent audit of data access;
  5. require police staff to hold townhall meetings in each district, and to include representatives from Flock to answer questions;
  6. require police staff to research alternative camera systems by 2027 and return to the Council with a report.

Everyone was very tired when the meeting adjourned a few minutes before midnight.

DEMAND 10% OF OUR COUNTY TAXES BE USED TO MAINTAIN ROADS
I learned of this upcoming effort last weekend at a gathering where Supervisor Manu Koenig spoke.  He plans to bring an Ordinance to the Board of Supervisors soon that would mandate teh County spend 10% of the tax money brought in annually to be earmarked for road and culvert maintenance.  Imagine what our roads could look like!    Sadly, he does not expect to get the necessary approval from other Supervisors, so he is asking the public to circle the wagons and get ready for a citizens’ initiative mandating the County spend 10% of the sales tax, tot and other general tax monies on our roads.  
 
Take a look at this: 
Read the Measure — Santa Cruz County Roads Committee
 
Sign up on the website to attend the Board of Supervisor meetings and let them know this just has to happen: santacruzroads.org 

Santa Cruz County Roads Initiative — Volunteer Sign-Up

Supervisor Manu Koenig plans to introduce the proposed Ordinance at  the Oct 6th meeting.
 
Write your Supervisors with your thoughts:  Board of Supervisors <boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov>   or call 454-2200.

DATA CENTERS ARE JUST A CURRENT THING?
That’s what County Supervisor Chair Monica Martinez said before joining Supervisors Manu Koenig and Kim DeSerpa to vote down a proposal made by Supervisor Justin Cummings to place an initiative on the 2028 ballot that would allow voters to not allow data center projects in Santa Cruz County unless approved by the voters.  
 
Lack of foresight?  Consider what is happening on the data center front:

  1. Congress just overwhelmingly approved (417-3) the Rate Payer Protection Act that would address some of energy demand issues caused by large data centers being built in communities. Text – H.R.9340 – 119th Congress (2025-2026): Ratepayer Protection Act

    “Congress doesn’t have the power to compel utilities to set higher rates for the facilities. Only states have that authority. What the Ratepayer Protection Act would do is compel state utility regulators to consider adopting a federal standard under which large data centers would cover the extra costs of upgrades.
    The bill now moves to the Senate, where its prospects of passing are uncertain. ”

  2. A Pew Center Research Analysis shows more than 3,000 data centers already in operation, with 331 existing is Callifornia.  and more than 1,500  in the pipeline in the US,    Currently, these centers have been built in urban areas, but future centers will expand to the rural areas. Most new data centers in the U.S. are coming to rural areas
     

  3. Data Centers are very noisy and few jurisdictions have noise ordinances that would address the 24/7 loud and disruptive noise;

    Brittany Heights in Chandler, Arizona, was a quiet neighborhood until late 2014, when a data center moved in. Residents living around the data center complained of a constant humming noise coming from the facility that never stopped, even at night. They tried blocking the acoustic nuisance with noise-cancelling headphones and earplugs, to no avail. Complaints were filed with the local authorities, but the constant humming from the equipment needed to cool the data center continued. In 2022, the city adopted a zoning code amendment that makes it harder to site a data center in Chandler, a reaction to almost a decade of resident pushback. In 2025, the city council unanimously voted against a new proposed data center; noise concerns played a big role in local opposition.

    Data centers are industrial facilities housing thousands of servers and chips to process billions of operations daily and store vast amounts of data. Heat produced by these processes can damage the chips. To avoid this, data centers employ cooling systems to regulate temperature and humidity in server rooms. On average, cooling systems account for about 40% of a data center’s electricity usage. Data centers that use cooling systems, rather than water cooling, tend to be noisier. Noisy jet engine-like diesel generators are increasingly powering data centers (for example in Texas), and not just as emergency backup power. Mobile gas turbines are also being used to provide baseload power to data centers behind the meter, or to provide power when centers are forced off the grid during periods of peak demand. Both diesel generators and gas turbines create noise and air pollution. 

    Data centers are scrambling to power the AI boom with natural gas
    Naveena Sadasivam, Jake Bittle

    As tech giants find creative ways to generate electricity, they’re building a glut of new fossil fuel projects.

  4. Data Centers heat areas nearby by as much as 16 degrees Farenheit: 
    Scientists have found an alarming environmental impact of vast data centers

  5.  Residents are recalling elected officials who approved data center projects in their communities:
    After $6B data center plan, Festus voters oust every incumbent council member

In my opinion, we still need to press our Santa Cruz County Supervisors to reconsider their shocking rejection of Supervisor Cummings’ idea to put this issue on the local ballot in 2028.

Contact them right away and let them know your thoughts:
831-454-2200
Board of Supervisors <boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov>

WHAT ABOUT WATER AND DATA CENTERS?
I always like to research both sides of an issue.  Take a look at this report that claims the new data centers do not pose a threat to water supplies, and let me know what you think..
Modern Data Centers Use 10x Less Water
 
When it comes to water, there is good news. A recent report published by Richard Evans, an economist with the Abundance Institute, describes recent recycling innovations that promise to reduce ongoing water consumption by data centers to almost nothing. Using a liter per kilowatt-hour metric, modern designs are already down from as high as 2.5 L/kWh with traditional evaporative cooling to 0.12 L/kWh with closed-loop cooling technologies
 
In my opinion, we still need to press our Santa Cruz County Supervisors to reconsider their shocking rejection of Supervisor Cummings’ idea to put this issue on the local ballot in 2028.
Contact them right away and let them know your thoughts:
831-454-2200
Board of Supervisors <boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov>
 
THIS FRIDAY ON KSCO…MOSS LANDING BATTERY FIRE AGAIN
It happened again!  The Vistra Moss 300 battery site re-ignited last Friday, sending yet another plume of unknown contaminants over the area, including Watsonville and Seacliff. 
 
 What did local officials do to respond?  Many residents are upset that nothing much happened differently than in the January, 2025 initial disaster.   Listen in this Friday, 2pm-3pm, on “Community Matters” on KSCO Radio AM 1080 or livestream KSCO – KSCO 1080 AM News Talk Radio In Santa Cruz  for a discussion with Never Again Moss Landing lead investigator Ed Mitchell. Never Again Moss Landing, CA | Community Safety & Advocacy

We will also discuss the Battery Fire in La Verne, California that ignited this week.

 Why La Verne neighbors can’t go back home after lithium battery fire.

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING AND ASK QUESTIONS.  RESEARCH YOUR BALLOT MEASURES CAREFULLY.
 
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING. 

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...

Grey is out this week, back next!

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Wednesday, September 23, 2026

The Wall Street Journal ran a book review in its August 22-23, 2026 issue. Kyle Harper authored the review, which discussed a book by Emma Southon, Not Built In A Day: How Slavery Made The Roman Empire. 

Here’s a quote from Harper’s book review that drew my immediate attention (the fact that this is the first paragraph of Harper’s review made this comment pretty hard to miss): 

In 1779 Edward Gibbon was compelled to respond to critics who alleged that his “Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire” was unduly irreverent. Self-defense, the historian wrote, naturally required “the perpetual repetition” of what he called “the vainest and most disgusting of the pronouns”: the first-person singular. In the 20th century, the Oxford classicist Ronald Syme referred to this as “the odious pronoun.” Not too many years ago, a doctoral student in history gave a lecture. His thesis adviser delicately observed that the student had used the odious pronoun. Reader, the subject of the lecture is long forgotten, but the observation stung.

I had never before heard the first-person singular pronoun called “the most odious pronoun,” but there is a lesson there, and it’s a lesson worth learning. Attributing things to “I” is, very often, quite offensive, because it’s a distortion of the main truth of our social and economic life. It is not the “I” that makes history happen, it’s the “We.” 

The Martin O’Malley quotation, featured above, was obtained from my Facebook feed, and O’Malley properly identifies the main lesson of an effective politics. His phrase has figured, not infrequently, in my daily blog postings: 

We’re All In This Together

So, not forgetting, ever, how important and consequential we each are, and can be, let’s try to favor the first-person plural pronoun as we contemplate how we can best forge a future worth having (note the “we”).

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

TRAUMATIZED, ELDER ABUSE, GROUNDSWELL

Anthony David writing on Substack, asks, “A persistent question continues to baffle us: How can roughly a third of the American electorate, representing more that 50 million voters, maintain approval for Donald Trump, despite record gas prices, the high cost of living, the war in Iran, the desecration of public buildings, the illegal abductions, the mass detention and racist deportations, measles and anti-vax policies…oh, and the slow motion collapse of democracy and the nation as a trusted ally in the world? Who exactly are the 33% or 34%s of Americans who think this lazy tyrant, this dollar store dictator, this narcoleptic nincompoop is doing a decent job? Critics often resort to sweeping generalizations, dismissing this demographic as uniform in thought, uneducated, or driven purely by prejudice. However, dismissing millions of people under a single label obscures the complex psychological, ideological, and socioeconomic drivers behind their loyalty.”

And we might question how those in the Congress manage to keep a straight, serious face as they continue to defend their nincompoop, even as they continue to get bombarded by constituents? Take for instance, South Carolina’s Senator Tim Scott who recently told Fox News that President Trump had “made an unprecedented move by following ethical standards,” despite the daily reports that the president is adding to his personal wealth, estimated to be over $2 billion just in his second term in office. HuffPost correspondent S.V. Dáte asks, “Is he new to our planet?” Former Arizona Representative Adam Kinzinger posted, “The lies are beyond ridiculous now. He of course exempts himself.” And, Rabbi Jill Zimmerman, with over 50,000 followers on Bluesky responded simply, “Wait, what?” Time to drag out that old Molly Ivins chestnut when she quoted Texas State Senator Carl Parker, who said, “If you took all the fools out of the legislature, it would no longer be a representative body.”

Thom Hartmann refers to Robert Reich’s post on Raw Story where he says that America is officially traumatized, and the diagnosis is in. Reich highlights what every therapist, primary care physician, and exhausted spouse already knows: we are a nation with full-blown PTSD. The American Psychological Association now reports that 76% of Americans cite the future of the country as their leading source of stress, outpacing the economy, work and money. As Reich notes, “anxiety has moved from being a psychological disorder to becoming part of a seemingly natural order.” Hartmann says, “After 45 years of Reaganomics gutting job security, shredding the safety net, and concentrating wealth at the top — followed by a decade of Trumpism’s daily firehose of cruelty, corruption, and constitutional vandalism — the American nervous system has simply checked out. Marriages are postponed, births are falling, and pharmacy shelves groan under the weight of antidepressants and stomach pills. The Founders wrote in the Preamble that the goal of the rule of law outlined in the Constitution is there to ‘ensure domestic tranquility.’ That bargain has been broken by a strongman who promised to fix the anxiety and instead became its single largest source.”

In his essay in The New Republic, Michael Tomasky writes, “It was a surreal week, bursting with surreal news generated by the surreal idiot who sits in the White House, but maybe the most surreal headline of all was the one I saw Thursday morning telling me that Costco was rationing motor oil. The limit they’ve set is very likely more than your average motorist needs, but still. Rationing!” He sarcastically asks if this is England in the 1950s, with the motor oil price doubling? Tomasky points out that diesel fuel has nearly doubled in price and that some previous sources’ stocks are now undependable, with global commerce bearing the brunt of shortages. That $3.00 bag of mixed greens or baby spinach will be about $4.50 in time for Thanksgiving and Christmas. “For years, we’ve wondered whether American democracy would survive Donald Trump. But now, we need to fret that capitalism may not survive Trump, and that between now and January 2029, assuming the GOP doesn’t go Twenty-Fifth Amendment on him, he’ll single-handedly bring not only the American but the global economy other its knees,” Tomasky cautions. Trump’s tariffs are hated by all — from Main Street to Wall Street, from consumers to farmers, from markets to bond traders — and even the toadies of the Supreme Court hate them. The Iran War [excursion?] has been a top-to-bottom disaster, with the Strait of Hormuz being effectively closed — on a recent day only four ships made passage compared to a prewar count of 120 or so.

Tomasky maintains, “If a human being with normal cognitive development was presiding over this mess, we could reasonably hope that he’d recognize what has gone wrong and change. But Trump is not a normally developed human being. When he does bother to turn his attention to the economy, he says that it’s the best in the history of the country and that gas prices will come down as soon as ‘x’ happens, which never happens. So far, though, the guardrails of democracy have more or less held. But what about the guardrails of the economic system? They are: a Congress that conducts real oversight and demands accountability; a class of corporate and financial leaders who actually put the good of the country ahead of the next tax cut or earnings statement; a well-regulated market system that is set up to punish short-term excess and wealth creation for the few and reward efforts to produce shared prosperity. Right now, we have none of those things.”

Several weeks ago, Rick Wilson posted on Substack, ‘Trump is Dying,’ mentioning the president’s declining health, and the White House concealment of the reality through a coordinated cover-up. He compared the situation to that of President Wilson’s 1919 deception when his wife, Edith Wilson, forged her husband’s signature on many documents, while citing ‘claims of excellent health.’ Rick Wilson has noted Trump’s appearance, his swollen extremities, and bruises, posting, “This is no third act. There is only the long, undignified, make-up smeared decline of a man and a movement whose moment has passed, narrating itself even more loudly into an ever emptier hall, a frowzy barfly of a man, replaying past glories that never happened and hoping you won’t notice the bad wig.” Last week the Lincoln Project raised the twin specters: “He has the nuclear codes. He controls the world’s most powerful military. And now, the 80-year-old president is spending his days posting A.I.-generated images of himself launching a nuclear war from outer space, commanding an army of robots with the caption ‘give them nightmares,’ smashing Iran with a comically oversized hammer, and body-checking Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney in hockey gear. This was the President of the United States. Now people from across the political spectrum are openly calling for the 25th Amendment. Not as a talking point. As a serious question: what is it actually for, if not this? Donald Trump is not fit. He hasn’t been for a long time. He’s slipping. And the longer we let him hang around, the worse it’s going to get.”

Trump’s new pre-occupation with space has inspired him to design the new uniforms of the Space Force, the newly-formed space branch of the US Armed Forces, and admittedly taking inspiration from the film, ‘Starship Troopers.’ Of the new garb he explained, “…inspired by the dignity and functionality of the Starship Trooper uniform,” being completely in the dark that the 1997 movie took its influence from the uniforms of the Nazi movement, with many satirical Nazi references to boot. Director Paul Verhoeven said, “I don’t know if this president is aware that the movie says these [characters] are fascists, without knowing that they’re fascists. That’s the point.” Nevertheless, the administration is blitzkrieging ahead with the design, Trump being fixated on aesthetic remodels and rebrands. Daily Kos posts that since Trump took office, there have been plenty of similarities pointed out between Nazi Germany and the sitting administration, from the attacks on higher education to the attacks on immigrants.

Kos says, “Deaths inside ICE detention facilities have reached record numbers while lawsuits claiming inhumane and egregious living conditions are still ongoing. But it’s the dehumanization and even the gamification of these men, women, and children that has rung true when it comes to comparing the Trump administration to Nazi Germany. It definitely doesn’t help the administration — and many GOP leaders — have been linked to the cause. Then again, it’s unclear if the White House realized it was feeding into this ongoing comparison when they chose the stark new uniforms — or if they just really, really missed the plot.”

And is Air Force Secretary Troy Meink stepping out of his lane by revealing that the US has launched into orbit “space-control weapons“? In a speech at an Air & Space Forces Association conference in Maryland he said, “Today, we continue to ensure we remain ready to meet the challenges of evolving threats wherever they exits. This is why the United States now has, on-orbit, space-control weapons capable of defending the joint force against hostile adversary action.” Chief director of space security and stability, Victoria Samson, of Secure World Foundation commented, “Well, that’s huge, because I don’t think any US government official has ever said that before. The US now has to accept the Chinese and Russians doing/saying the same. I don’t think that this is going to be in the interest of US national security.” Samson speculates that Meink is referring to space-based jammers or electronic warfare, rather than kinetic space-control weaponry. Jessica Corbett of Common Dreams, writes that the US is limited by the Outer Space Treaty, which was signed by other founding parties, including China and Russia, nearly six decades ago, which states that governments agree not to “place nuclear weapons or other weapons of mass destruction in orbit or on celestial bodies or station them in outer space in any other manner.” It has been suggested that if indeed this treaty has been violated that Trump be outfitted in a new Space Force uniform, and be sent to personally retrieve any erroneously launched hardware — his uncle-genes should serve him well.

Jennifer Welch begins her ‘I’ve Had It’ blog with the line “America’s top domestic terrorist is back,” with a welcome to “today’s masterclass in elder abuse.” Welch announces that, “Mitch McConnell, his face frozen in a grinning death mask, has returned to the Senate.” She is disgusted that reporters were barred from recording a video of Mitch in the Senate chambers, with a reminder that “They don’t own the Senate — we do — and we deserve access to our representatives. But being caught on video, you can see why they’re trying to hide him from us. This man — who is clearly not functioning — is supposedly going to read legislation? Listen to debate? Cast votes that impact millions of people? By comparison he makes Trump look like the picture of vitality.” Welch goes on to say that Mitch’s first vote back was right in line with his long reign of terror, by voting ‘yea’ to advance the confirmation of Matthew R. Byrne as a US District Judge for the Southern District of Ohio, who brings a record of ruling against trans and reproductive rights — Mitch’s type of guy who is singlehandedly dedicated to increasing suffering.

“They oppose the things for us that they give to themselves,” said universal healthcare advocate Melanie D’Arrigo, as McConnell returns to Congress after three months of paid leave with taxpayer-subsidized healthcare. The 84-year-old Senator had not been seen in public since his hospitalization following a fall in mid-June, amid speculation over whether he was still alive, fueling calls for his resignation, or for the Kentucky governor to appoint a successor before Mitch finishes his term at the end of this congressional session.

Andy Borowitz used his The Borowitz Report to observe the return of the missing Senator: “The long-awaited return of Mitch McConnell to Congress on Monday marked the first time in months that the state of Kentucky has enjoyed the attendance of two brain-dead senators. In addition to his fellow Kentuckian, McConnell was applauded by other members of the Republican Party’s brain-dead caucus, including Ron Johnson and Tommy Tuberville. Although the caucus took a hit earlier this year with the departure of Markwayne Mullin, McConnell did receive a warm greeting from the newest insentient senator, Darline Graham of South Carolina. ‘From all indications, Mitch McConnell has no idea what’s going on around him,’ Senator Graham said. ‘He’s my role model.'”

Being bandied about with frequency is the word ‘gerontocracy‘, which dates from 1830, meaning a government run by old people — back when the average 20-year-old man didn’t live past his mid-40s. Those living in those days could not have imagined what we have now with the well-stocked US government populated by 70- and 80-year-olds, Donald Trump being the record-holder as oldest candidate to be elected president. We have 84-year-old Mitch McConnell, 80-year-old Senator Ed Markey running for reelection, and 93-year-old Senator Chuck Grassley who has filed for yet another term. So, shouldn’t we question ‘how old is too old when running for office?‘; and, ‘how do we deal with it?‘ Minimum age limits are set within the Constitution — 25 in the House, 30 in the Senate, and 35 for the White House — but do we need a maximum age limit as we see politicians serving well past the retirement age for the average American worker? With the gray-hairs multiplying and with their high-profile health issues, Americans are tending to call for instituting age caps according to all polling respondents, with even older Americans wishing to see younger office holders.

The rapid acceleration of technology is one factor in the push for younger decision makers. Those who have spent most of their lives without the current technologies view them differently, an example being that about half the senators seated at the start of the current Congress were 60 or older when ChatGPT debuted in November 2022. Data shows that older Americans are far less likely to use such tech, seeing it as a danger. A study by the Pew Research Center finds that 48% of Americans ages 18 to 29 have a negative view of Artificial Intelligence, while only 35% of Americans 65 or older share that same view. The study says that the older someone is, it’s more likely they will feel “unsure” of what the future holds, meaning an aging Congress would be less inclined to regulate emerging technologies, being less familiar with them.

This unfamiliarity is probably the reason for the 2012 failure of President Obama’s proposed ‘Consumer Privacy Bill of Rights‘ which was designed to give citizens some control over how companies handled their online data. The bill was doomed for several reasons — opposition by industry groups, a hostile Republican House of Representatives, and probably the general disinterest of an older Congress. To pass age limits would require amending the Constitution, a process unlikely to win enough bipartisan support in our fractured political scene, but some states have set examples by adopting legislation setting age caps on judges. Some argue that seasoned lawmakers are generally more effective at passing laws than greenhorns, and by booting out the older seat holders, Congress could become less effective. However, public support is becoming a groundswell, and the time is ripe for a change.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com. 
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust.

   “Nuggets” If I find something topically relevant, but not necessarily directly related to the week’s selection, you’ll see it under the Nuggets heading. Note: for reasons of brevity, sources are usually dropped when I reproduce an entry. You can always email me if you’re curious, or, even better, buy a copy of the book!

Dateline: September 23, 2026

I was going to do a city name series, and that’s still in the works, but I was diverted by the following entry that appears just before the one for Santa Cruz (the city). Clark’s choice of items to record is… quirky. A single tree? Is it that famous? Let’s see what “the Oracle” has to say about it. O.K. Quite a bit, it seems.

Here’s picture of the Santa Clara tree, or rather, a portion of the base of it, circa 1901, courtesy of the Santa Clara University Library, Archives & Special Collections, via the Silicon Valley History Online web site. I love the vintage attire… there’s a picture of my grandfather as a child, similarly formally dressed, in my aunt Hulda Hoover McLean’s autobiography, Almost a Hundred Years.

That same photo is featured in this Santa Clara University achivist blog post written shortly after the devastating CZU fires a few years back, which contains quite a bit of historical background information. As does this entry from Santa Clara magazine, which points out that we owe the continued existence of the most magnificent redwood trees in our parks to late 19th and early 20th century conservationists like photographer (and former Santa Clara University student) Andrew P. Hill (who co-founded the Sempervirens Club, now Fund, the state’s oldest land trust), and SCU president Robert Kenna, S.J. (for whom the tree is named, indirectly). According to Santa Clara magazine and the blog post above, Hill and Kenna are shown in the first photograph mentioned/linked to above.

One of the claims I’ve seen, in listings for various vintage postcards, posters, and prints featuring the Santa Clara Tree, is that this is “the world’s largest redwood tree” (as written on the photograph in question). This eBay listing has a nice high resolution image of where this claim is made, for example, in hand written text by the original photographer (I presume). The text on the photograph, “The World’s Largest Redwood at Breast Height-Santa Clara Tree” also appears on this giclee print from Art.com. The more comprehensive articles are more circumspect, stating it is “one of the oldest” (at around 1,300-1,500 years old) and pointing out that it lost sixty feet of height after the 1906 earthquake. Imagine… that tree is possibly contemporary with King Arthur! Note the qualification: “At breast height”, which it took me a moment to figure out is literally that: it’s a point where the circumference of the tree is being measured.

Calisphere (a great resource) has a couple of entries that correctly link back to their university library source material:

Again, it is wonderful to have so many resources available these days to find out information about the most obscure of topics, and to be able to access the content of university and other historical archives without having to visit them in person! I hope one of the services this column provides is greater awareness of what’s available online if you want to do some informal historical research of your own.

Santa Clara Tree

A tree in Big Basin Redwoods State Park named in honor of Santa Clara University, whose then president, Father Kenna, played an important part in the acquisition of the park by the state.

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Pumpkin”

“If you’re ever wondering what to wear, just dress like a pumpkin, you’re good to go.”
~Devendra Banhart

“Vegetables are a must on a diet. I suggest carrot cake, zucchini bread, and pumpkin pie.”
~Jim Davis

“I would rather sit on a pumpkin and have it all to myself, than be crowded on a velvet cushion.”
~Henry David Thoreau

“When my son was little, we mothers always did the Halloween parties, and I would wear my orange-and-black Chanel. It comes in handy on October 31. I’m the chicest pumpkin around.”
~Karen Katz

“I think people fetishize glasses in general. You could put glasses on a rotting pumpkin and people would think it was sexy.”
~Tina Fey

I do love a good debunking! This one is hosted by historian Lucy Worsley. You can’t really go wrong with the BBC, so do enjoy!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice as soon as the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

September 16 – 22, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on Coolidge Drive disaster… Steinbruner… soil at the county fairgrounds… learn about the October ballot… Hayes… Food: A Case for Conservation… Patton… I Can’t Help But Comment… Matlock… winning…scum…cotton candy… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Rocky Horror Picture Show… Quotes on… “Summer’s End”

...

HOLIDAY SPIRIT DOWNTOWN SANTA CRUZ @2 p.m. DECEMBER 1946. The great and grand original St. George Hotel. Then nest door there’s one of our early “not shop local” businesses Montgomery Ward’s Catalog Store. Down the street we had Woolworth’s, J.C. Penney, and other conglomerates.

photo credit: Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: September 16, 2026

DECOMPRESSING. I’m back home in lovely Ben Lomond, settling back in to “normal”, whatever that means. Tomorrow – today by the time you read this – is the 2nd annual Scottish Day in Ben Lomond. It goes from 1:00 PM to 5:00 PM at Ben Lomond County Park, Mill Street, Ben Lomond. I know you’re getting this late, maybe even after it’s already over, and I’m sorry about that. However, if you don’t make it to Ben Lomond for Scottish Day, there’s a different event here on Sunday. Fika Bakeshop is doing a Popup Café from 11am – 3pm. The scones and the cardamom buns are to die for, and I highly recommend stopping by if you can. It’s at 261 Madrona Way, Ben Lomond.

See you when I see you! 🙂

~Webmistress

...

OBSESSION. Peacock. Movie. (7.8 IMDb) ***

Obsession is less a “be careful what you wish for” story than a warning to be careful what someone else wishes about you. What begins as desire curdles into something far more complicated, until it becomes difficult to tell who is really the villain and who is simply the victim of a wish that has gone badly wrong. The result is a modest but effective little story about longing, control, and the danger of getting exactly what someone thinks they want. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

KATLA. Netflix. Movie. (7 IMDb) ***

Katla is bleak in the best possible way, set beneath the ash-gray skies of a small Icelandic town, Vik, where everyone seems to have learned to survive by saying as little as possible. But when the volcano begins returning people who should not be there, it does more than produce doppelgangers; it drags old grief, guilt, resentment, and buried secrets out of lives already worn thin. What begins as a supernatural mystery gradually becomes something more unsettling, asking whether identity is really a matter of being the “original,” or whether the person who loves more deeply, suffers less damage, or makes better choices might have the stronger claim to that life. Quiet, strange, and relentlessly melancholy, Katla makes its frozen landscape feel like an extension of the people living in it: apparently still, but with something hot and dangerous moving underneath. Worth a watch.

~Sarge

THE LAST HOUSE. Netflix. Movie. (5.5 IMDb) ***-

Buñuel’s The Exterminating Angel meets Lovecraft.

This is the ultimate “bottle story.” A suburban Seattle family wakes up one morning to find they can’t leave their house – and neither can anyone else on the block, or maybe anywhere. Some kind of mostly unseen force has sealed everyone in, and it brings the rain with it. Endless, relentless rain.

Stories like this always get under my skin. There’s a very specific kind of tension that kicks in once it starts to feel like there’s no way out – I stop hoping for a clever escape and start just wanting these poor people put out of their misery. That’s not a knock on the film; it’s a testament to how well it builds dread. You feel the walls closing in right along with the family.

What makes it work is the slow unraveling – watching ordinary people get inventive out of sheer necessity, rationing food, rigging up ways to collect water, turning on each other and then back to each other again. It’s as much a study in psychological survival as physical survival. The monster stuff, when it finally shows up, feels almost like an afterthought bolted onto a much stranger, much better film about isolation and endurance – but even that tacked-on quality has a certain charm, like the movie couldn’t resist giving its dread a shape.

Worth a watch.

~Sarge

THE BACKROOMS. In theatres, PrimeTV. Movie. (6.8 IMDb) ***-

The Backrooms, like Slenderman and Creepy Pasta, grew out of the internet, a new kind of horror born from the post-Covid emptying of once-populated spaces. The Backrooms are both a genre and a reaction to liminal spaces: those empty places between places. Abandoned terminals, shopping malls, office buildings. They can be fascinating, but also deeply unnerving.

The Backrooms movie takes that unease and turns it up to 12, suggesting these are places misremembering themselves: genuinely endless hallways, random fragments of stairs, windows where windows shouldn’t be. Even people become fragmented, misremembered.

For anyone who’s ever found themselves unnerved not by boogeymen, but by places that just aren’t right, this hits a very particular nerve. Well worth a watch
~Sarge

THE ODYSSEY. In Theaters. Movie. (8.5 IMDb) ****
The “Helen is DEI casting!” and “Achilles is trans!” outrage tells me you looked up The Odyssey just long enough to be angry, without actually reading it or seeing the film. I’ve read it multiple times, from adolescence through university. It’s a legend Homer recorded centuries after the supposed events, preserved through oral tradition, and all the variations that adds to the story. Helen’s skin color has no significance to the story, and Achilles is already dead when The Odyssey begins. Elliot Page doesn’t play Achilles at all, but Sinon, the young man sent to war in another’s place.

Nolan’s Odyssey is a solid, faithful-ish telling, briskly told in about three hours (I know, that sounds like an oxymoron but it’s true). It adds some believable depth to Odysseus, gives Penelope less screen time than she deserves, and as a mythology geek I could nitpick the lack of spear fighting or the anachronistic Corinthian helmets instead of the Achaeans’ boar’s tusk helmets. But that’s fanboy trivia. At its heart, it’s a powerful story about responsibility and loss. Well worth a watch. Twice, if you can.
~Sarge

MASTERS OF THE UNIVERSE. PrimeTV. Movie. (6.8 IMDb) ***

Masters of the Universe (2026) was a genuine surprise. Rather than forcing the franchise into a dark, gritty reboot, it embraces the colorful, larger-than-life spirit of the original. It balances action, fantasy, and humor without winking at the audience, making the whole adventure feel sincere, fun, and delightfully goofy.

This isn’t trying to be the next great fantasy epic—it’s trying to be a Masters of the Universe movie, and it succeeds. Ignore the toxic nostalgia crowd complaining about the diverse casting of characters like Man-At-Arms, Triclops, and Ram Man, and you’ll find a tonally accurate adaptation that answers plenty of questions longtime fans have had for years (particularly namings). Stick around for the mid- and post-credit scenes. Well worth the watch.

~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

September 14, 2026

Lights Camera Action!

In a previous piece, I wrote about the two new streetlights the city has erected on Pelton Avenue, one adjacent to and the other opposite the Monarch Butterfly overwintering site in Lighthouse Field State Beach. There have never been streetlights at this sensitive habitat area, which besides being a butterfly overwintering site is also a bird habitat, including for nesting owls and migratory swallows that feed on insects which are also light affected.

You can see the impacts from the light opposite the butterfly grove in the photos. Both were taken without flash. The one above is taken from the Monarch site looking across Pelton Avenue towards the light. The glare is obvious. The one below is taken from the other side of the light looking across Pelton into the butterfly grove and shows significant light trespass into the Monarch site. The Monarch overwintering season starts mid-October.  These lights need to be turned off.

If the city feels the need to light the sidewalk on the Oblates side of Pelton, then low bollards lighting the path is a sufficient level of illumination.

The other issue of environmental concern this past week was one item on the CA Coastal Commission (CCC) agenda. I wrote about that agenda item two weeks ago. The city was asking the CCC to accept its Local Coastal Program Sensitive Habitat and Species Map update as a minor issue. Many thanks to those of you who took the time to write to the CCC. That was very heartening!

The CCC received eleven submissions protesting this “minor” update, including one from the Sierra Club and another from DarkSky Santa Cruz. The CCC staff report rejected them all, and added an addendum after they received  the public comment to justify their position.

Even though the Sierra Club in its two-minute slide presentation demonstrated that the city’s so-called “updated” map of 2012 omits two significant monarch butterfly sites on the eastside of town that had been mapped by environmental consultants in 2024 for the Rail/Trail EIR, the CCC staff and all commissioners ignored that input and voted to approve the city’s “minor” amendment. Their explanation for doing so was doublespeak. A map, the CCC executive director claimed, is “just a snapshot in time.” Whatever that nonsense means, the one they approved is already out of date with regards to mapped monarch habitats, it redefines established monarch habitats as “potential” and erases from the map, all other sensitive species.

The other rationalization from the CCC executive director on why the map was not so important was that any proposed project in the Coastal Zone will be assessed for sensitive species at that time, and any species identified will be documented and protected. I found that reassurance disingenuous. The CCC and I both know that the city is planning to exempt any 100% affordable housing project in the Coastal Zone from requiring a Coastal Permit. If that passes city council vote, there will be no onsite study for sensitive species.

Rather than getting depressed that the City of Santa Cruz and the CA Coastal Commission seem to have abandoned concern for the natural environment, we need to double our efforts. It is becoming increasingly clear that environmentalism these days means accelerating human access to natural areas, not protecting them from human intrusion. That, and putting an economic value on the natural environment to find new ways to “activate” what is seen as “empty space.”  Commodification in other words.

Please do take a moment to write to city council members and let them know what they should do with their new streetlights (well, avoid rudeness).

Here’s the list of all Santa Cruz City council members. I’m not suggesting what you write. Letters that read like the same script are not effective unless they number in the hundreds. Just a few lines based on what you see as the problem with lights shining into a monarch habitat. Many thanks!

City of Santa Cruz

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org  Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

 

WHAT’S ON YOUR BALLOT?

There are 14 State measures on the ballot this November.  Gain some information about them on Saturday, October 3, at a special forum sponsored by the Santa Cruz Democratic Women’s Committee and NAACP when State Senator John Laird will speak about the history and background of State measures, and how each might affect our Community and others throughout the state.
 
Free and open to all members of the Public!  October 3, 10am – noon at Colligan Theatre at Tanner Arts Center, 1010 River Street, Santa Crux.
 
PROTECT THE COUNTY’S ONLY AIRPORT

Thanks to the Watsonville Pilots Association, the City of Watsonville must throttle back on allowing a large hotel and other development to happen near the airport.  Some may argue that the airport is used only by the wealthy but in fact, it serves as the lifeline for our County in times of disasters.  During the 1989 Loma Prieta Earthquake, pilots brought emergency medical supplies came to our then-isolated County. 

Some reading on the topic:

 
 
COUNTY BOARD OF SUPERVISORS GIVES AWAY LOCAL CONTROL

At a time when the County Board of Supervisors wring their hands and lament the State has taken over, it was shocking to hear all but one Supervisor argue that the County should give up local control and oversight of the 68 small water systems here.  Only Supervisor DeSerpa sided with the many owners and managers of the small water systems she had heard from in the second district. 
 
The County’s own Water Advisory Commission conducted a survey of the small water system leaders and determined that all of those who responded wanted to remain under local oversight, and were willing to pay higher fees to keep from being turned over to the State. 
 
But never mind, said the Environmental Health presenter, Sierra Ryan, the costs are just too great.  Her Department had a grant to cover the cost of 1.3 full time staff to manage the monthly bacterial test reports and annual water quality tests that these small water company owners and managers must do, but the grant money ran out in 2021.  Since then, the Department has run short of funding by as much as $160,000, even though the annual fees the small water systems pay have risen 4%-10% every year since.  
 
Even though speakers pointed out that the State Water Board was responsible for oversight of the Big Basin Water Company , causing it to go under legal conservatorship, the local County staff were the ones who stepped in to be the heroes when the system was failing.
 
The State Water Board’s clear mission is to consolidate small water systems, whether they want to or not.  Like the many unfunded mandates handed down by the legislature for increased and onerous reporting, the State would mandate consolidation but provide no monetary support to make it happen.  
 
I can attest to that, having researched the cost of annexing the small water system that now provides excellent drinking water but did not under former ownership in the 1990’s.  Soquel Creek Water District would have required $35,000-$50,000 per household to upgrade the system’s infrastructure.  The cost now would be even higher.  
 
Later, I saw Supervisor Martinez and asked why the Board was not willing to give the small water system folks another year to work with staff and determine a way to cover the cost to keep local control.  She basically shrugged and said, “Well, they’ve been working on it for a year.”
 
Ms. Ryan assured the Board that if there are problems with the State’s oversight, the County can petition to regain local control.  I would guess that the County will not accept the responsibility again.  
 
Watch this discussion here, Item #7 on the regular agenda: (click on that item to go directly to that discussion)
 
DON’T WORRY, BE HAPPY
Supervisor Justin Cummings tried to convince the Board last Tuesday that putting an initiative on the 2028  ballot to allow County voters to consider mandating any data or AI center permit in the County be voter-approved. Three of the five Supervisors rejected that, claiming there is nothing to worry about now, so why take preemptive action?  
 
Supervisor Cummings cited what other communities have done, either with moratoriums or ballot initiatives. Data Center Monterey Park Ban
 
He pointed to the need for proactive action to give residents a chance to at least vote on this matter, and not be caught off guard by large data center projects wanting to move in here, such as is happening nearby: Big Tech’s data center boom is igniting a political revolt in the Bay Area
 
One would think they would understand the importance of this forward-thinking action, evidenced by Measure A, passed by voters in 1984 to require any proposed local facilities supporting offshore oil drilling to be voted on by the public. That action is now being expanded to our November 3, 2026 ballot with Measure D to issue the same protections for offshore seabed mining operations.  
 
Supervisor Koenig said he did not see any reason to worry now, and that any such project could be examined by the Board of Supervisors. He also said such projects could be a financial benefit to the County, when cash is hard to come by. 
 
Supervisor Martinez felt this was just too early, that state lawmakers will likely handle it, and “this is a thing right now” but we need not worry here.
 
Wow. 
 
Supervisor Cummings argued that the Cemex Plant is a prime candidate for a large data center to move in, and he did not want residents to be taken by surprise by having one get approved without notice.  This is happening in adjacent counties.  Only Supervisor Hernandez agreed…his district has the large Seahawk battery energy storage system (BESS) project stomping on local citizens’ protests.  
 
Watch this shocking discussion here: the last item on the regular agenda, #11
 
THE LIVESTOCK BARNS ARE GONE
After years of wanting to do so, the Santa Cruz County Fair Board authorized the historic livestock barns to be demolished.  It was done quickly, even though there were protected bat populations roosting in the rafters.  
 
The barns are now gone.  The tents are up, just in time for the Fair to open this week.

When the Fair is over, the tents will go away.  Where will our County residents with livestock go for emergency shelter in the next disaster?   Hmmmm…..
 
The County’s Office of Response, Recovery and Resilience (aka OR3) is applying for a $10 Million grant to make the fairgrounds a local Resiliency Center.  No one quite seems to know what that would mean, but OR3 staff assures it would be used in part to upgrade existing infrastructure at the fairgrounds.  
 
When I asked about why the County brought in only packaged food for the CZU Fire victims sheltering at the fairgrounds in 2020 when there are good industrial kitchens at the site, the OR3 staff said those kitchens are not “up to par”, but that this resiliency grant could be used to address that. 
 
Hmmm…
 
Will the barns ever be rebuilt?  Write the Santa Cruz County Fairgrounds Board and ask.

Maybe they can also explain how those roosting bats were “relocated” when the livestock barns were quickly demolished during the active and protected time of year for the bats.
 
WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  GO TO THE FAIR THIS WEEK AND HAVE FUN.
DO ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...

The Rationale for the Dumbing Down

By the sheer number of people and organizations dedicated to education about the environment, one would think Californians would be supremely eco-literate and therefore intelligent citizens in their actions and their voting. But, does Nature in California tangibly benefit from such education? What are the barriers to environmental education doing better at creating a culture of stewardship? These are important questions and I have started hearing some hypotheses that I want to share.

There are around 600 environmental education groups in California. California State Parks and the California Department of Fish and Wildlife have a class of employees called ‘interpreter’ whose role is environmental education. In addition, there are staff with 30 museums dedicated to natural history across the State. One would assume that with these numbers, there would be an immense, measurable, or at least palpable impact on the populace. State Parks alone reaches 70 million visitors each year, but how do those visits translate to improved knowledge about the environment or, better yet, improved behavior towards ecological conservation?

At the same time all of this education has been going on, California’s habitats and species have been declining precipitously. Since 1982, the state has lost 55,000 acres of habitat each year, the area of about two San Franciscos. Overall, species are becoming rarer and endangered species are slipping closer to disappearing. Twenty-one animal species have been driven extinct in California in recent decades. 17 have disappeared from the state but are surviving elsewhere. Sixty four percent of California’s fish species are at risk of extinction with little progress in the positive direction. I have been asking my colleagues why the impact of environmental education is not being seen in these grim statistics and their answers are shocking.

Stupid Public!

“The public is too stupid” is a common excuse for lack of environmental education impact. I have heard this directly from high level State agency personnel and lower-level educational staff alike. I hear this regularly from ‘environmentalists,’ too. This attitude is why you see signs in parks written for those with no more than a 6th grade reading comprehension level. And, this could be the reason that there is so little interpretation about habitat and species protection.

Here’s a 6th grade message from the brochure about the sandhills habitat at Henry Cowell State Park:

“The wrentit’s lilting song and the scrub jay’s screeching calls fill the air in the sandhill chaparral ecosystem. Two rare endemic insect species, the endangered Zayante band-winged grasshopper and the Mount Hermon June beetle, inhabit this area of the park.”

Here’s what it might better say:

“90% of the inland sandhills of Santa Cruz County have been destroyed by mining and residential development, but one of the last remaining remnants are in the park hosting one of two remaining populations of the Santa Cruz kangaroo rat. We have closed that area of the park to protect that and other endangered species. People trespassing in those areas threaten the survival of those species.”

It is well accepted that people act as you treat them. Treat them as adults, they act as adults. Treat them with respect, they act in respectful ways. Treat them as if they are stupid and, guess what, they act stupid.

Conflict Aversion

The other reason I’ve heard about environmental education organizations not doing a better job of educating Californians is the concern about making enemies. The example someone shared with me was about setting aside parkland versus advocating for its good stewardship. The person I was speaking with said that their “environmentalist” colleagues are happy to support purchasing land and setting it aside for protection but they feel very differently about being involved with the conservation issues after an area becomes a park. They fear that managing  parks for wildlife conservation will create rancor from limiting access in favor of resource protection and they don’t want to “make enemies.” Having been part of an experimental ‘advisory group’ for one State Park on how to manage recreation versus conservation, I well understand this fear. It was not pleasant.

Real World Nastiness

When Gray Whale Ranch became part of Wilder Ranch State Park, State Parks convened the Gray Whale Advisory Committee made up of various interest groups to advise on balancing natural resource conservation and recreational access. The process suffered from conflicts of interest and lack of skilled facilitation and resulted in nothing more than a lot of wasted time. Primarily, it was evident that State Parks personnel involved in organizing and facilitating the group were more philosophically aligned with the mountain biking contingent of the Committee. Instead of approaching the process neutrally and with open minds, parks personnel worked with the bikers to create an extensive map of potential trails in advance of the first Committee meeting, creating a situation where the conservation contingent was set into a reactionary stance. Professionals would have facilitated using different processes, with a collaborative approach which would have seen areas of the park designated as natural preserves and where trails would have been better designed to avoid erosion and user conflict. The dysfunction of that process further divided the community and State Parks has never attempted a more collaborative planning approach since.

We could really use some forward-acting collaborations for managing park lands for both conservation and access, but that is unlikely to occur in the current climate of conservation group leadership/efficacy and mountain biking group ‘wins.’

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Dateline: September 15, 2026

On July 10, 2026, The New York Times let readers know that a heat wave in France, at the end of June, has killed millions of chickens. Another story, in the same edition of the paper, announced that “Warming Could Ravage Amazon’s Useful Plants.”

The chicken death story was Page One, and continued over to Page A6. The story on the danger that global warming is posing to useful plants from the Amazon was also on Page A6. Three stories, on Page A7, extended the overall message, that global warming is a “real thing,” and is having real, massively adverse, impacts: (1) “‘Worrying Situation’ As Glaciers Of Alps Melt Faster.” (2) “Some Deep-Sea Creatures Benefit As Planet Warms.” (3) “Europe’s Extreme Weather Spurs Marine Heat Wave.”

These global warming stories in The Times – or maybe I should call them Global WARNING Stories – follow up on The New Yorker story I wrote about in my blog posting on July 16th. That blog posting, in case you either missed it or have already forgotten it, outlined the dangers that global warming is posing to human life by way of the growth and mutation of microbes.

I am, you might conclude, somewhat hung up on the dangers posed by global warming. It’s true! I am! Perhaps the recent advent of really hot weather, here in my home town of Santa Cruz, California (the temperature hit 105 degrees on last Wednesday, I am reliably informed), can get locals motivated, if they aren’t already.

I would like to think that a new Congress, taking office after the so-called “Midterm” elections this November, will promptly focus in on what needs to become a national priority – namely, our need to develop and fund programs to cut our carbon emissions drastically, and to prepare for the impacts that have already become obvious, and that have started to monopolize our news. Our current president, though, is leading his administration in the opposite direction (I am citing to a story in today’s Wall Street Journal). Just in case you haven’t figured this out, our current president seems to think that global warming is a “scam,” despite those millions of dead chickens.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

SOUTH CANADA, PRE-NUP, ART OF THE DEAL

“I’ll take BRIBE for $5,000, Alex,” say at least 35% of those on the voter rolls. President Trump’s dividend promised to every adult American, called the “Trump Dividend,” if the midterm elections result in House and Senate majorities for the GOP has been a reasonably hot topic in some news outlets following his Midterm Convention promise in Dallas. However, for the most part it resulted in a ‘ho-hum’ response, being seen as just more Trumpian hot air to Americans who have become immune to his antics. Of course, nobody will get a dime, regardless of their balloting, and as critics have pointed out such a bribe would cost the treasury around $1.3 trillion. Incidentally, those same critics jumped on the news that ‘holiday’ cash gifts of $45,000 each were given to Natalie Harp, Margo Martin, and a couple of other aides — his money or OUR money? As The Swamp on Substack posted, “No, it’s not a shakedown. Vote GOP, and we give you money. Mob bosses do that, too.”

VP Vance defined the ‘bribe’ on Fox News as a “dividend for American workers” to be funded by tariff revenue. “We’re taking in an extraordinary amount of revenue because the president of the United States is actually standing up to both foreign companies but also foreign countries who have been taking advantage of America’s workers for pretty much my entire life,” Vance explained. Marc Short, board chair of former VP Mike Pence’s think tank, Advancing American Freedom, said, “The president is a performer and having the pageantry of the convention [in Dallas], he’s going to throw out something,” — a “departure from Trump’s pledge of fiscal responsibility and conservative economics.” Former US Representative Marjorie Taylor Greene’s snide remarks echoed those of many others: “$5,000 for the peasants will be in the mail after the election only if you vote Republican, along with those DOGE [$5,000] and tariff [$2,000] money checks.” Afterwards, Trump dared to propose yet another $500 rebate for nearly a million people he claims were “wrongly overcharged” under Obamacare. The president’s promises of cash payments in the past have never materialized, and we have to remember him once bragging that he could be the “best communist” in history because all he’d have to do is promise people free stuff and then never deliver.

A post on The Onion: “Trump promises to take $5,000 from every American if Democrats win midterms.” Isn’t he doing that already? And, leave it to Andy Borowitz to address the pie-in-the-sky dividend: “Calling it an effort to ‘restore sanity,’ on Thursday Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney offered every adult American $6,000 to vote against Republicans in the midterms. ‘If you oust the Republicans, you’ll receive a check for $6,000,’ he said at a press conference. ‘And to be clear, we’re talking American dollars, not Canadian.’ The prime minister’s announcement seemed unlikely to make Donald Trump increase his own offer, since $5,000 would be the most he has ever paid to a non-pornstar. Carney concluded his press conference by unveiling a new map of North America with the United States renamed ‘South Canada.‘”

Trump’s Dallas Midterms Convention will be remembered as an early Halloween celebration for its rows and rows of attendees dressed as empty auditorium seats, which didn’t fool the Orange King by a long shot. He announced on social media, a full house, packed to the rafters, breaking attendance records with crowds waiting outside, and beating the NFL in tv ratings. House Speaker Johnson told NewsMax’s Finnerty the arena was full, even as the cameras panned the interior to video the Halloween celebrants. Not fooling around, Liz Landers of PBS News posted a video of the half-full 20,000-seat basketball arena, and former Democratic staffer Aaron Fritschner posted on X, “Capacity-wise they could have held this in a high school gym.” Several pundits observed that the hot Texas sun may have discouraged many who had waited in a long entry line, with many needing medical attention from EMTs. The number of empty seats must have made the convention organizers realize that a bullet was dodged in not being able to book the Dallas Cowboys‘ 80,000-seat football stadium as Trump had proposed initially.

Daily Dose of Democracy posted on its site: “America’s wannabe dictator took center stage and forced the lemmings in attendance to pledge allegiance to ‘the greatest president in the history of the United States’ while also promising to ‘cheat like hell’ to make sure Republicans don’t lose in November. Uh, okay. Any Republicans who were hoping this week’s ‘midterm convention’ would somehow be more than a gratuitous spectacle of sycophants worshipping at the altar of their god-king just got an answer.” Trump raised his right hand, asking the attendees to do likewise, as he led them in a mock version of the Pledge of Allegiance, to pledge “if I am registered or not, I am going to cheat like hell like they [Democrats] do.” “You know what happens if you don’t vote? You go to hell, you know that? Okay? And I don’t want that to happen to  you, so please go vote,” the president concluded. VP Vance supposedly was given the biggest speaking slot on the last night of the convention, attempting to give a keynote address to bolster his 2028 presidential aspirations. He followed Trump’s speech and managed to give a 40-minute oration before Trump again took his microphone, spewing his inanities, and insuring that  the cameras focused on him. “We’ve got to take care of business this November, then we’ll worry about what comes next,” said Vance the greeter, standing at the gates of hell.

“I just love that we have an administration that treats the American voter like one of his [Trump’s] ex-wives. ‘How much money to make you happy? There you go.’ Like, I don’t think it’s wise,” comedian Roy Wood, formerly of The Daily Show remarked on CNN. The show’s anchor, John Berman joked, “You think that voters should get to spin a prenup with presidents?” Wood is now host of CNN’s American adaptation of the news and entertainment panel show, Have I Got News For You. Likening Trump to a surly divorcee who confuses his constituents with his marriages, Wood suggested how the prez could improve his outlandish bribe of $5,000 for voting in the Republican column. “I’m waiting on my money, so why not just give us half the money up front? Ain’t that the art of the deal?”

The Swamp on Substack says it’s never a good sign when the vendors offer cut-price merchandise before the headliner has left the building, and especially when the event wasn’t sold out as claimed. Sell-out Republicans have finally seen the writing on the wall, so they avoided the president’s self-promoted adulation fest, or quickly headed for the exits in the hopes of salvaging their political careers by Election Day. As for the swag vendors, t-shirts were half price on the second day of the convention,  although a shirt featuring a younger Trump as a Marlboro Man, astride a spirited horse sold out on the first day — $47 a pop! Food vendors were selling stale hot dogs along with a syrup enhanced cola for $25, with a small pre-packaged salad for only $12 extra. No complaints about ‘affordability’ here. Of course, the real eating, drinking and money-raising action was taking place in the private dining rooms and hotel suites for the GOP powerbrokers.

House Majority Leader Steve Scalise reportedly was headliner at one of the week’s more fascinating fundraisers at the Highland Park home of billionaire mega donor, Harlan Crow, well-known for his buddying with certain Supreme Court justices. For the privilege of seeing Scalise host a fireside chat in Crow’s digs, guests ponied up $10,000 to $100,000, the side attractions being Crow’s library of thousands of rare books and manuscripts — not to mention the sculpture garden known as ‘The Garden of Evil‘ which is graced with statues of Vladimir Lenin, Joseph Stalin, Fidel Castro, Mao Zedong, and others. Nothing says Republican fundraising like a garden full of dead dictators. So while the convention floor at the American Airlines Center offered an excess of Trump’s presence, the real business of Trump-a-palooza was happening elsewhere in Dallas, along with ‘affordable’ cover charges.

Travis Gettys writes on Raw Story, “President Donald Trump seems to want to drag the United States down with him once he shuffles off this mortal coil, according to historian Alan Elrod.” Dark warnings were in evidence at last week’s Trump-a-palooza regarding the nation’s future if Republicans lose in the November midterms, with Trump encouraging his followers to cheat or risk hellfire, observes Elrod, a politics and history professor, in his column for Liberal Currents. “Trump’s speech came off more like a sermon [a la Jim Jones] from Jonestown. My own overriding thought was: ‘This speech was like some sort of performance art piece of a live entombing of a mad king and his most loyal followers.‘” Trump is constantly referencing legacy issues like the ballroom, the border wall, and global tariffs, while teasing a campaign for an unconstitutional third term in office, and as Elrod notes, his lavish praise for some women who had attended more than 200 of his rallies is reminiscent of the ancient Egyptian practice of ‘retainer sacrifice.’

Elrod references his colleague, Samantha Hancox-Li, who has a simple theory about Trump’s self-promotion and obsession with legacy and slapping his name on buildings and projects: fear of death. Hancox-Li says, “My current theory of Donald Trump is that he is utterly gripped by the terror of death, and is desperately attempting to leave some mark on the world that history cannot erase — the point of his wars, the annexation threats, the DC vandalism. I think right now he is genuinely fixated on adding new American territory as the brass ring, the thing they’ll never be able to take away from his memory.” Elrod is in agreement, saying, “It’s a macabre but convincing psychological assessment. Rather than making America great again, Trump is inflicting grievous harm on it with tariffs, now upgraded to import bans against select Canadian goods; an illegal war; and a total ransacking of our public and private sectors for the enrichment of his courtiers and his family. And he is going to bury us all with him in a tomb of his own design — a ballroom.”

Trump’s ranting about the impenetrable ballroom project which will hold up to 2,000 people caused Elrod’s thoughts to become dismal. “These are the ramblings of a neurotic, dangerous madman. If Trump is taking America down, if he is going to bury this country, all the good in it and all its prosperity and potential, then he wants his most adoring and loyal retainers with him. He wants his cult locked inside.” Trump die-hards are optimistic about the midterms — to a degree. “It’s going to be fantastic,” insists Melissa Cole from Oklahoma, as she donned a gold sequined MAGA jacket at the Trump-a-palooza. “It has to be fantastic…we’re in a war between good and evil.” Grape or cherry Kool-Ade?

In an essay in The New Republic, former federal appeals court judge Michael Luttig argues that even if Democrats win decisively in the midterms there’s no guarantee the winners will be seated. Yikes! The ghost of Mitch McConnell arises with memories of President Obama’s nomination of Judge Merrick Garland to the Supreme Court, and the Senate leader’s refusal to hold hearings! Judge Luttig sees a constitutional crisis in the making for January 3, 2027, the date that the 120th Congress should be sworn in, with procedures being disrupted by Speaker Mike Johnson as he fires constitutionalist House Clerk Kevin McCumber, a Republican who goes by the book. Johnson could then install a Trump loyalist who will then leave Democratic members-elect off the roll that determines who gets to organize the new Congress. “From there, it’s writs of mandamus, emergency appeals and weeks or months of a country without a functioning House while the Supreme Court decides whether America is still a democracy,” says Luttig.

Luttig, a Supreme Court ‘finalist’ who lost out to a corrupt and arrogant Samuel Alito, points out Trump’s whining about rigged elections — with Republican acquiescence — and the harping about “nationalizing the voting” to achieve “election integrity” as MAGA blames Democrats and voting non-citizens for widespread fraud that is unproven and discounted with only insignificant occurrences. The Constitution is clear in Luttig’s estimation — that the House cannot refuse to seat anyone who has won a free and fair election on a flimsy pretext, yet he looks askance at a Supreme Court which handed Trump immunity and dodged the Fourteenth Amendment question. Luttig encourages Republicans not to go along with the deviousness, but is not optimistic. The judge writes, “The writing is already on the wall.” And as John Byrne posts on Raw America about that comment, “It’s been there since 2021. Some people just refuse to read it.”

That writing on the wall began on January 6, 2021, and as Steve Schmidt writes on The Warning, “That day was a crime of immense magnitude. The failure of Joe Biden, Kamala Harris, Merrick Garland and a few hundred political appointees to defend the republic and demand justice on behalf of the American people was a sin. The bill is coming due and soon. Judge Luttig sees it clearly. He has picked January 3rd as the day America dies. Judge Luttig has called his shot. Shouldn’t we speak about this out loud? Or is it already too late? Is there already too much fear to say out loud what could happen? Are we already consigned to whispers? What happens on January 4 when the winners of elections have been declared cheaters, criminals and liars?” Schmidt reminds us that everything is in motion, not a Hollywood movie or a Trump fever dream, and when we consider the unimaginable, we should think about it completely. “After all, delusion is a MAGA trait, not an American one,” he concludes.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com. 
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust.

   “Nuggets” If I find something topically relevant, but not necessarily directly related to the week’s selection, you’ll see it under the Nuggets heading. Note: for reasons of brevity, sources are usually dropped when I reproduce an entry. You can always email me if you’re curious, or, even better, buy a copy of the book!

Dateline: September 17, 2026

This week, I’m featuring two entries on the theme of huckleberries (of which there are “two major varieties” found in the Santa Cruz Mountains, as per Thomas (1961, p. 268).) The citation is from the first entry on page 162 of Clark’s book, which is entirely devoted to places named after the berry in Santa Cruz County: Huckleberry Cove, Huckleberry Creek, Huckleberry Campground (in Big Basin State Park), Huckleberry Flat, and Huckleberry Camp. The campground and camp both get their name from the Flat. Interestingly, none of these have any relationship to Mark Twain’s famous character, Huckleberry Finn.

One of the things that caught my eye, other than the number of entries using the term, was the term “bark hauler”. An entire job where people did nothing but haul tree bark? Apparently so. …and camping in the open as described below was apparently standard practice, too. According to this history of Bark Camp Meadow in Maine:

The process of peeling, yarding and hauling the bark to the factories is described in Appendix I of A History of Tanning in the State of Maine by Archibald Riley. This report was for a Masters Degree in Economics, but the Appendix is entirely about woods work and how the men lived in temporary shelters during the peeling season from the full moon in May to the full moon in August. All work was done in warm weather using temporary rough board camps or tents. This operation did not require the permanent buildings needed for logging in the winter in Maine.

[…]

A bark hauler, that is, a man and team of two horses, ordinarily received from thirty five to forty dollars a month and board. In 1935, when the Riley report was written, wages for the men averaged about $20 dollars per month and board.

I love the rabbit hole effect of this book, where one reference leads to a flood of information on an entirely unrelated topic. As a kid, one of my autistic habits was reading the dictionary and encyclopedia, and following the references from one entry to another, to another. Of course the web makes that infinitely easier (although sometimes it takes a bit of digital jujitsu to filter out the noise, in this case, a flood of entries related to a company called “C&J Bark Hauler LLC”).

The Island entry is interesting in that respect for the reference to the creator of the Loganberry, James Harvey Logan. Looking at the linked Wikipedia entry, I discovered that Logan lived in Santa Cruz! Not only that, he also built the Brookdale Lodge. He epitomizes the longstanding nature of Santa Cruz’s twin economic engines, agriculture and tourism.

Huckleberry Flat

Meadows (1950, p.8) records that in 1879 Natt Day had a tan bark camp “on a hillside about a quarter mile north of the present [Big Basin Redwoods State] Park headquarters,” and that one Mello worked for Day as a bark hauler and while doing so camped at “Huckleberry Flat,” later the site of the Girl Scout Camp, Huckleberry Woods. Named for the woody evergreen shrub, huckle-berry, which grows “profusely near headquarters in…Big Basin State Park…” according to Cooney-Lazaneo and Lyons, authors of Plants of Big Basin Redwoods State Park, (1981, p.88).

Don Waters, in telling of the changes in the Park from the time he first knew
it in 1926, wrote:

The principal park activities of the late ’20s and early ’30s were hiking, picnicking, meandering among the huge trees, picking huckleberries and watching Fred Canham call the deer to dinner in the early evening…..–Santa Cruz Express, September 15, 1985, p.16.

Huckleberry Island

An island that isn’t an island, but an area more properly described as a peninsula, in San Lorenzo Valley.

The island, which is really a small peninsula surrounded by a tight horse-shoe bend in the [San Lorenzo] river, is thought to have been named by Judge H. Logan. Logan, as you may know, is best remembered for crossing raspberries and blackberries creating the loganberry which today bears his name. It is thought he might have named the island while investigating its plentiful huckleberry crop–which has survived to this day.–Ammon-Wheeler (1984, p.21).

When the railroad reached San Lorenzo Valley, Huckleberry Island became the summer residence of several prominent East Bay families including the De Havens and the H. C. Capwells. It was recorded as a subdivision on April 23, 1903.

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Careers”

“I have frequently been questioned, especially by women, of how I could reconcile family life with a scientific career. Well, it has not been easy.”
~Marie Curie

“Politics should not be a lifelong career, and elected officials should not be allowed to fix themselves in the halls of power of a nation.”
~Pierre Poilievre

“A career is wonderful, but you can’t curl up with it on a cold night.”
~Marilyn Monroe

“He knows nothing and thinks he knows everything. That points clearly to a political career.”
~George Bernard Shaw

“I really believe that what I do as an actress is my God-given talent. This is my calling, not my career.”
~Angela Bassett

love this 🙂


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice as soon as the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

September 9 – 15, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on Coolidge Drive disaster… Steinbruner… soil at the county fairgrounds… learn about the October ballot… Hayes… Food: A Case for Conservation… Patton… I Can’t Help But Comment… Matlock… winning…scum…cotton candy… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Rocky Horror Picture Show… Quotes on… “Summer’s End”

...

ORIGINAL STICKY WICKET, Oct. 25, 1953. This car accident happened on Mar Vista Drive in Aptos, near those four radio station antennas and the Aptos Grange. The Sticky Wicket was our local coffee house of the late 50’s and early 60’s. Many plays and musical performances were held there. Vic and Syd Jowers owned the Wicket, which folded when Highway One cut off easy access and Manuels Mexican Restaurant became the cultural focus of the county.

photo credit: Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: September 9, 2026

THAT WAS EPIC… I’m in Reno, and the hotel wifi is worse than what I could get on Playa! I had a fantastic time at the burn this year. I took part in the 3 big burns: Titanic’s End on Friday, The Man on Saturday, and The Temple on Sunday. I’m still processing and decompressing, and if you had told 25-years-ago me that in the future I’d be part of what made that all happen, I would not have believed you. It never ceases to amaze me that I get to do all these interesting, fun, and inspiring things at this point in my life!

I hope you are having a fantastic time, whatever you are doing in your life!

~Webmistress

...

KATLA. Netflix. Movie. (7 IMDb) ***

Katla is bleak in the best possible way, set beneath the ash-gray skies of a small Icelandic town, Vik, where everyone seems to have learned to survive by saying as little as possible. But when the volcano begins returning people who should not be there, it does more than produce doppelgangers; it drags old grief, guilt, resentment, and buried secrets out of lives already worn thin. What begins as a supernatural mystery gradually becomes something more unsettling, asking whether identity is really a matter of being the “original,” or whether the person who loves more deeply, suffers less damage, or makes better choices might have the stronger claim to that life. Quiet, strange, and relentlessly melancholy, Katla makes its frozen landscape feel like an extension of the people living in it: apparently still, but with something hot and dangerous moving underneath. Worth a watch.

~Sarge

THE LAST HOUSE. Netflix. Movie. (5.5 IMDb) ***-

Buñuel’s The Exterminating Angel meets Lovecraft.

This is the ultimate “bottle story.” A suburban Seattle family wakes up one morning to find they can’t leave their house – and neither can anyone else on the block, or maybe anywhere. Some kind of mostly unseen force has sealed everyone in, and it brings the rain with it. Endless, relentless rain.

Stories like this always get under my skin. There’s a very specific kind of tension that kicks in once it starts to feel like there’s no way out – I stop hoping for a clever escape and start just wanting these poor people put out of their misery. That’s not a knock on the film; it’s a testament to how well it builds dread. You feel the walls closing in right along with the family.

What makes it work is the slow unraveling – watching ordinary people get inventive out of sheer necessity, rationing food, rigging up ways to collect water, turning on each other and then back to each other again. It’s as much a study in psychological survival as physical survival. The monster stuff, when it finally shows up, feels almost like an afterthought bolted onto a much stranger, much better film about isolation and endurance – but even that tacked-on quality has a certain charm, like the movie couldn’t resist giving its dread a shape.

Worth a watch.

~Sarge

THE BACKROOMS. In theatres, PrimeTV. Movie. (6.8 IMDb) ***-

The Backrooms, like Slenderman and Creepy Pasta, grew out of the internet, a new kind of horror born from the post-Covid emptying of once-populated spaces. The Backrooms are both a genre and a reaction to liminal spaces: those empty places between places. Abandoned terminals, shopping malls, office buildings. They can be fascinating, but also deeply unnerving.

The Backrooms movie takes that unease and turns it up to 12, suggesting these are places misremembering themselves: genuinely endless hallways, random fragments of stairs, windows where windows shouldn’t be. Even people become fragmented, misremembered.

For anyone who’s ever found themselves unnerved not by boogeymen, but by places that just aren’t right, this hits a very particular nerve. Well worth a watch
~Sarge

THE ODYSSEY. In Theaters. Movie. (8.5 IMDb) ****
The “Helen is DEI casting!” and “Achilles is trans!” outrage tells me you looked up The Odyssey just long enough to be angry, without actually reading it or seeing the film. I’ve read it multiple times, from adolescence through university. It’s a legend Homer recorded centuries after the supposed events, preserved through oral tradition, and all the variations that adds to the story. Helen’s skin color has no significance to the story, and Achilles is already dead when The Odyssey begins. Elliot Page doesn’t play Achilles at all, but Sinon, the young man sent to war in another’s place.

Nolan’s Odyssey is a solid, faithful-ish telling, briskly told in about three hours (I know, that sounds like an oxymoron but it’s true). It adds some believable depth to Odysseus, gives Penelope less screen time than she deserves, and as a mythology geek I could nitpick the lack of spear fighting or the anachronistic Corinthian helmets instead of the Achaeans’ boar’s tusk helmets. But that’s fanboy trivia. At its heart, it’s a powerful story about responsibility and loss. Well worth a watch. Twice, if you can.
~Sarge

MASTERS OF THE UNIVERSE. PrimeTV. Movie. (6.8 IMDb) ***

Masters of the Universe (2026) was a genuine surprise. Rather than forcing the franchise into a dark, gritty reboot, it embraces the colorful, larger-than-life spirit of the original. It balances action, fantasy, and humor without winking at the audience, making the whole adventure feel sincere, fun, and delightfully goofy.

This isn’t trying to be the next great fantasy epic—it’s trying to be a Masters of the Universe movie, and it succeeds. Ignore the toxic nostalgia crowd complaining about the diverse casting of characters like Man-At-Arms, Triclops, and Ram Man, and you’ll find a tonally accurate adaptation that answers plenty of questions longtime fans have had for years (particularly namings). Stick around for the mid- and post-credit scenes. Well worth the watch.

~Sarge

QUICK LOOK AT NETFLIX. Netflix. Series, Movie. ***-

Here’s some stuff that’s not necessarily current, but currently on Netflix:

Veronica Mars think Buffy, but with no vampires, and lots of class conflicts, roofies … and the result … and murder in a small California coastal town. Young Kristen Bell (The Good Place) lives with her disgraced cop/now PI father, and is determined to solve the murder of her best friend, and the case that tanked her father’s career. A fun watch.

The Dead Don’t Die think Night of the Living Dead directed by Wes Anderson. Only in this case, it’s Jim Jarmusch. Zombies in a small town, with Bill Murray and Adam Driver starring. Tilda Swinton is a samurai. Much more like his 80’s films.

Mindhunter was pretty amazing, on and off; the casting for Big Ed Kemper was spot on. Period piece that follows the building of the FBI’s “profiling” division, focused on this new thing: serial killers.

The Enola Holmes movies: Sherlock (Henry Cavill)’s little sister, Enola (Alone backwards), breaks free of an attempt to ship her off to a deportment school, and takes up the family business on her own. There follow adventures, romance (on her terms), and occasional visits by her anarchist mother, Helena Bonham Carter. The first is a lot of fun, growing less (for me) as the sequels went on.

Marty: Life is Short, let’s hope it’s not for him! I love Martin Short, so this was a gem. An autobiographical history, chock full of familiar clips, as well as previously unseen personal movies, and of course a tremendous group of cameos.

~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

September 7, 2026

The Nail in the Coffin

Like an oil spill that cannot be contained, the offense of building on the East Meadow of the UCSC campus seeps over into Coolidge Drive as shown in the photo.  If you haven’t been on campus in a while, this is the latest visual clutter accompanying the unpopular relocation and building of Family Student Housing (FSH) and Child Care Center from their current site on the westside of campus to the new site on the East Meadow where Coolidge Drive and Hagar Drive intersect.

Before you say, “But Gillian, it’s Housing!” as if that rallying cry absolves all negatives, remember that the number of new apartments is 140 compared to the current 199 which will be demolished due to neglected maintenance, that the rent per new apartment is significantly higher than the current apartments, that there were other sites available, that this site was vigorously opposed by the excluded UCSC Design Advisory Board, including campus architects, that building on the meadow violates decades of planning principles and ignores geotechnical impacts of building on top of underground caves.

In the early days, the siting of campus roads was entrusted by the founding chancellor Dean McHenry to Hal Hyde who was charged with overseeing UCSC’s infrastructure. Both men were aghast when the first cut to make the road was carved into the meadowland, but time and vegetation softened that impact. Glenn Coolidge Drive was dedicated in 1968 in a ceremony captured on film and available in UCSC Archives. For almost 60 years, this road sweeping the east side of campus has remained the same simple two-lane road revealing stunning views of Pogonip and Monterey Bay as you walk, cycle or drive downhill and nothing but meadow and trees as you do the same in reverse. I made this trip twice daily for 30 years.

When not on motorcycle, I rode my horse, Fats, to work when the campus population was closer to 10,000 rather than the current 20,000 students plus staff and faculty. Riding home after work, down the undulating trail next to Coolidge Drive on October 17th. 1989, I experienced the earthquake on horseback. Contrary to popular belief I don’t think Fats felt the quake before I did. He was more interested in getting home for dinner. Since riding bareback is always bouncy, I wasn’t aware of the quake until I saw the streetlight pole near the Cooperage building arcing back and forth 180 degrees. When I looked behind, I saw cars pulled off to the side of the road and heard a sound like a train coming from machinery in the Cooperage. Until now, that road hasn’t changed except for the decidedly unattractive new FSH cluster on its western flank.

This road clutter added to Coolidge Drive has changed its character, its feeling and its understated place in the landscape. It screams “urban” in your face. It seems vastly overdone as an entrance to the FSH facility. The entrance to the current FSH is a simple wooden sign on an equally busy main campus road. Do you really need five signs announcing a pedestrian crossing? Some of the outside orange markers will probably go but the rest is already anchored in place. No doubt transportation planners can justify such ugliness as improving safety. They are the same people who label lights and roads punched into a meadow as “improvements.” I have my doubts.

When I first saw the new FSH apartments being built on the east meadow my reaction was an audible gasp followed by a string of swear words. I didn’t think it could get worse. Then yesterday I saw this transformative scene on Coolidge Drive and realized that bad can get worse; when those in charge lose a founding vision of the human-made in harmony with the natural environment, achieved with a light footprint. This new era both on and off campus is implemented with jackboots.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org  Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

MOUNTAINS OF SOIL AT THE COUNTY FAIRGROUNDS
There were multiple mountains of soil piled in the parking lot at the Santa Cruz County Fairgrounds, all being excavated from the area where Granite Construction had dumped and compacted it next to the creek, with permission of former Fairgrounds Manager Zeke Fraser.  This was soil from the excavation necessary along Highway One to build the new Capitola Avenue overpass.  It has been the subject of many Closed Session discussions by the County Fair Board for about three years.
 
Now, Granite Construction has excavated all the soil out, piled it in the Fairgrounds parking lot, and compacted the creek side to maybe restore what was there originally.  
 
Take a look at these photos.  
 

Multiple mountains of soil were removed from the creek side and edge of the Fairgrounds parking lot.

Was there contamination, or just impure fill that the Fairgrounds felt was unacceptable?

 
 
Now the creek bank is sloped, compacted and ready for winter.  There have even been sprinklers irrigating the hydroseeded slopes.  
 
Read on to find out where the mountains went…..
 
 
 
THE SIXTH REACH…WILL IT HELP THIS WINTER TO PREVENT FLOODING IN WATSONVILLE?
For two  solid days last week, two large excavators loaded a series of dump trucks with the soil from these multiple mountains in the Fairgrounds parking lot.   Where were these trucks going?  
 
I followed them to Holohan Road, where the trucks exited to go to a large construction project happening on the banks of Corralitos Creek, near the former Watsonville Hospital (now the headquarters of Pajaro Valley Unified School Administration). 

 
A non-stop convoy of dump trucks taking the mountains of soil from the Fairgrounds to the banks of Corralitos Creek.

and heading back on Holohan Road in a cloud of dust to return to the Fairgrounds for more soil.
 

This work is known as “the sixth reach” of the large project to reinforce and expand the flood control improvements along the Corralitos and Salsipuedes Creeks, and ultimately, the Pajaro River.  
Granite Announces Launch of Pajaro River Flood Risk Management Project – Reach 6 | Granite Construction
 
Let’s hope the work being done now will help prevent what we are being told could be a very severe winter.

MOSS LANDING BATTERY FIRE SCIENCE…WHAT DO WE KNOW?  WHAT DON’T WE KNOW?
Last month, the scientists from Moss Landing Marine Lab who are working collectively on resarching the impacts of the 2025 Vistra Battery Fire in Moss Landing did a marvelous job of presenting information.  You can view video recordings of their research presentations individually.  Please take time to watch those that interest you most and write to the Monterey County Board of Supervisors with your thoughts on including this research alongside that of the consultant Terraphase, paid for by Vistra.

Moss Landing Fire Science Symposium
 

Mailing Address:
PO Box 1728
Salinas CA 93902

 

Phone:
(831)755-5066

Fax:
(831)755-5888

 

Email
cob@co.monterey.ca.us

 
GO LEARN ABOUT ISSUES ON YOUR NOVEMBER BALLOT
Want  to learn more about the issues on your November 3 ballot?  Try to attend this free informational presentation by CalMatters and Santa Cruz Local.
 
“Join Santa Cruz Local, Community Foundation Santa Cruz County, and CalMatters for a workshop on the November ballot. We’ll share what we’re hearing from voters locally and across California.

We’ll also help you make sense of your ballot. We’ll talk through some of the key state propositions and facilitate discussion.

You’ll leave with a clearer understanding of the role of fair and accurate news in strengthening civic engagement — and practical ways you can help create a more informed and connected community.”

RSVP here: You’re invited: Civic Engagement Matters – Santa Cruz Local
 
 
 
NO ON MEASURE E…DON’T BE FOOLED AGAIN
This November’s ballot includes a sly piece of work by the County Board of Supervisors to convince you to vote for yet another half-cent sales tax.  Don’t be fooled again.  

All of the money will go to the County General Fund, with no restrictions whatsoever on how it is spent.

Measure E will hurt those who need help the most, including students and people on fixed incomes. Measure E will increase the cost of living here even more, with no accountability by the County.

Can you afford to pay 10% tax on your purchases? The tax will be even higher in
Watsonville, Scotts Valley and the City of Santa Cruz.

Measure E is the third time the Board of Supervisors has grabbed for your money via a half-cent sales tax, offering empty promises about spending:

In 2018, Measure G increased sales tax, promising to fix roads and fund fire protection. The 2022 Civil Grand Jury deemed this misleading, with no money spent on fire services.

In 2024, Measure K increased sales tax, promising to fix roads, housing and homeless needs. The County lost a lawsuit because of false ballot claims, forcing restrictions on spending.

Now the County Executive Officer advised the Board of Supervisors “This Resolution is a guidance, and the Board can always pivot to other needs.”

County Counsel advised not identifying specific funding recipients, as Santa Cruz City Mayor lobbied for allocations to serve the homeless.

Meanwhile, many County staff salaries are nearly $500,000/year. All received raises this year. The County Board of Supervisors voted to give themselves a raise, too.

Don’t be fooled. Measure E will hurt people while County leadership spends freely on whatever they please.

Take a moment to view the Board of Supervisor special meeting video include the Santa Cruz County CEO Coburn advising the Board that they could “pivot spending to whatever needs in the future”?  

See Minute 1:05:50

She acknowledged that sales taxes are regressive at Minute 1:06:40  and also acknowledged that the cities of Scotts Valley and Capitola did not openly support the sales tax action at Minute 1:04:50.
 
The County wants a new radio communication system that will cost $28 million but has no money to support it.  That is just one of the many  pots any Measure E money could be used for, that differs from what the proponents are claiming,  including the continued staff pay raises (4% approved this year, and 3.5% guaranteed for next year with SEIU).

Vote NO on Measure E.

Read more about it on the Votes Count website here: Measure E

You can listen to the recording of “Community Matters” discussion last week of the topic: http://www.ksco.com/
 
 
KSCO RADIO INTERVIEW THIS FRIDAY: THE CURIOUS POT OF WEALTH GRANTED BY MEASURE Q PASSAGE
In 2024, voters approved Measure Q to add $87/parcel countywide to build a pot of money to be used for parks, wildfire risk reduction, and water projects.   It was put on the ballot by paid signature gatherers on behalf of the Santa Cruz County Land Trust, but somehow deemed a “citizen initiative” and was able to pass with a simple majority vote.  
 
What is happening with this new pot of money, now in the hands of an Advisory Committee to decide on who gets some, and who doesn’t? 
Listen in this Friday to “Community Matters” at 2pm-3pm Pacific Time to hear Scotts Valley Fire Chief Correira describe his views from inside the Measure Q Advisory Committee.
Measure Q
 
KSCO radio on  AM 1080, FM 104.1, or livestreaming at: ksco.com
 
 
GEE, WHAT DOES THIS MEAN?
I wonder why the treated water tank at PureWater Soquel has been empty for about 10 days?

 
Hmmmm…..Maybe there is something about this on the GeoTracker site for the Project? 
Take a look under “Reports and Studies”

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING AND ASK QUESTIONS THAT MATTER TO YOU. DO ONE THING THIS WEEK, AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Food: A Case for Conservation

Might we call the foods in our wildlands ‘cryptofoods?’ Ingenuity is rife in the Bay Area, and this geography’s discovery of the hidden has long made humans’ lives richer. Here, I present a juxtaposition of two native plants that are foods: strawberry and acorn. The forebearer of the grocery store strawberry hails from the dunes of California, and this fabulous fruit’s future still lies in the wild plants of California. Once a dominant food of Native Peoples, the acorn is largely lost to modern Californians’ diets: might acorns one day again become important in the human larder?

Strawberry Culture

The modern cultivated strawberry is a relatively recent addition to the human diet due to the cross breeding of wild species, including from the coast of California. There is a lot written about strawberry breeding including its overall history, genetics, and the breeding done right here on the Central Coast by brilliant folks at UC Davis as well as at the Driscoll family’s business. Of course, strawberries were delightful fruit even in their wild forms around the world. Europeans were cultivating wild strawberries (Fragaria vesca) in the 1300’s and then added musk strawberry (F. moschata) in the 1500’s. Then, in the 1600’s, the Virginia strawberry (F. virginiana) reached Europe, appearing more popularly in English gardens in the 1700’s and 1800’s. In the mid 1700’s, the beach strawberry (F. chiloensis), a native to the West Coast (of the Americas), reached Europe (from Chile). Shortly thereafter people encountered accidental hybrids between the Virginia and the beach strawberry that became the large-fruited sweet thing that gave the fruit real popularity. Later, a Californian variety of beach strawberry gave the red internal flesh that breeders thought would add even more pizzaz. Those Californian genes came from San Francisco and Humboldt Counties.

In the Community Orchard at Molino Creek Farm near Davenport, we grow the same species of wild strawberries that Medieval Europeans were growing for food as an understory food plant.  Those wild strawberry fruit mature earlier than any tree fruit, so this is our first fruit harvest of the early spring as it has been for hundreds of generations on this same land. The taste of California’s wild strawberries is intense and the fruit is very sweet and juicy (when it rains!). It takes no effort to grow, and the plants spread vigorously on their own.

Strawberry Problems

As with any cultivated plant, one encounters problems with growing strawberries agriculturally. New diseases crop up or old ones get worse, old pests evolve or new ones show up, or the climate changes. Also, there is the problem of novelty – humans like new things! How does one deal with such issues? Those conundrums are how the plant breeder makes a living. Driscoll employs plant breeders, indeed has a long history of strawberry breeding, and now reportedly employs 30 scientists full time in that capacity. Those breeders rely on variation in DNA created by nature to constantly innovate their novel strawberries that are the cutting edge against disease and pests while exploring new approaches to strawberry taste, visual appeal, and storage/shipping. If you’ve lived 30 years, you’ve seen their work as the strawberries you purchase continue to look and taste differently. The fact that you have strawberries to eat, at all, is in part due to their ingenuity: otherwise, diseases, such as the many viruses that attack strawberries, may have gotten the upper hand. Those diseases, and the resistance to them, come from the wild strawberries found in nature where evolution is taking place.

Native Nuts

It is acorn season right now, but would you have known if I hadn’t mentioned it? If a native person living here in 1700 were just transported to the hills around the Monterey Bay, they would be ecstatic about what is going on right now: it is a Big, Big acorn crop this year with the coast live oaks. Every branch on every tree is laden with fat, shiny, fresh nuts. There are a few species of oaks native to the Monterey Bay region, so chances are good that each year at least some of the oaks will make a good crop. These varieties of oaks make food without irrigation, cultivation, or fertilizer inputs. And yet, oak trees make the best nuts with good stewardship: indigenous people know how to care for them. One tribal member I spoke with from Sonoma County told me that the oak understory had to be burned, otherwise the acorns would get pests. There is much more to that story – about when to burn, how frequently to burn, and more. If you are curious about what acorn dishes taste like, you might have to delve into it yourself, though perhaps the Café Ohlone will reopen and offer acorn dishes in Berkeley again starting in October 2026. Acorns are nutritious and as oil rich as olives; with California’s climate crisis leading to an even more dire water crisis, might it be time to consider our native trees as a source of food?

Food Conservation

The lesson here isn’t just for strawberries and acorns, these lessons pertain to all food: we must take more seriously the need for conservation of nature if only, selfishly, for our own diet. All that we eat comes from nature. We take those things out of the wild and into the field but even so we rely on the ongoing evolution of fitness that nature is constantly at work with. Some people suggest that only by killing nature will we rid ourselves of the pests and diseases that attack us and our food. This Death Culture bulldozes nature, replacing it with fabricated landscapes of cultivated fields, asphalt, turf, neighborhoods, and the like. We have learned that such simplified landscapes are more susceptible to pests, while less productive from lack of pollinators, less resilient in terms of the hydrological and nutrient regimes, and are accompanied by decreased quality of life for the surrounding communities. The agricultural areas around the Monterey Bay are a microcosm of these global scientific findings: look to the heavily agriculturally polluted Elkhorn Slough, the poisoned well water in Salinas Valley communities, and the megatons of topsoil deposited in the Monterey Bay since the advent of modern agriculture.

The answer, of course, is to STOP destroying nature as a policy and as a practice. How do we get there? Better decision making. How do we make that happen? Vote as if the next generations’ lives depended on it – they do. The vast majority of us want the finest strawberries on Earth to be available for the rest of time, and we all want to be able to eat well, in general, maybe even including dry farmed, oil rich acorns. What we as a culture don’t tend to recognize is that we need intact natural systems and processes to make those things work. We are on the brink of the end of that, and we aren’t acting like, and especially voting like, that’s the case.

Please talk about cryptofoods with someone this next week and make the case for conserving nature for resilient food systems.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, September 8, 2026

As of September 1, 2026, John Ternus is the new Apple CEO, replacing Tim Cook. Ternus is pictured above, with the photo having been appropriated from an article in The Wall Street Journal. Click right here if you’d like to read that Wall Street Journal article yourself.

One statement in the article captured my attention, and I just couldn’t help but comment. Here is what that article said about Apple’s ability to maintain its leadership as a company that sets the standard for the design of the electronic devices upon which we more and more rely:

In the age of AI, Apple has lost its status as the company that defines how consumers interact with devices, a title it held for 40 years, from the Apple II to the iPhone. That leaves it vulnerable to a new generation of devices built specifically for AI, which OpenAI and SpaceX are working on, for instance.

While I am certain that the kind of business challenges described above are real, I have to say that when it comes to design issues, I think I’d bet on Apple over SpaceX, any time. SpaceX has now absorbed Tesla, and Elon Musk is the “decider” when it comes to design issues relating to his companies. Here, just to jog your memory, is one of the most recent design initiatives brought into the world by Mr. Musk:

I see a few of these cybertrucks tooling around my town, and based on that experience, I am going to be betting on Apple, not Tesla/SpaceX, when it comes to the development of new devices that will appeal to, and meet the needs, of consumers.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
MAGIC WANDS, DENY, PIXELATE, BE HAPPY

Lisa Needham writes on Daily Kos, “Much like the Iran War, which Donald Trump has already won a thousand times, the Reflecting Pool repairs were already perfect — the best ever. But now they will be even better. Are you tired of winning yet?” The president bragged about corrections that will now be done, such as inflow and outflow pipes, that were being delayed until the end of the year, but he sped up the ‘repairs’ to coincide with his big birthday bash, so now we get to pay for more unnecessary expenses due to his half-assed planning. He can’t let go his claim of “clear evidence of vandalism” on the original American flag blue liner, yet he will admit that “contractor error” was one element of the pool’s cheap swimming pool appearance. “Meanwhile, we’ll all wait with bated breath to check out those Reflecting Pool improvements. Our tax dollars are hard at work — moving themselves from our pockets to Trump,” charges Needham.

But, stop the presses! The Horror! The latest pool makeover has been hit by disastrous storms resulting in toppled protective fencing, fallen trees, dirty rainwater with leaves and debris, and yellow “Do Not Cross” yellow police tape littering the site. Mother Nature gave the kibosh to Trump’s “pool is almost completely fixed” proclamation — a setback for the president AND the taxpayers’ pocketbook — with no projected completion date. A DC tour guide remarked, “I’ve lived here since 1965 and this is the worst I’ve ever seen the pool. $16 million later, here we are.” Trump’s initial announcement on the repair plans called for a $1.5 million revamp that would take just a few weeks. Cost has now ballooned to nearly $20 million. Place your bets on what the final sticker price will be!

In an altered photo of Trump and an aide standing beside the pool, the president says, “All I see is scum.” The aide replies, “Well, it is a reflecting pool, sir.”

Speaking of repairs, everyone is asking, “What in the world is going on with Trump’s hair?” A photo of him de-boarding Air Force One went viral with his new imagery, a drastic new look with brown hair with hints of gray, and flipped to the opposite side. Shirish V. Dáte of HuffPost asked if the White House was able to “certify that no animals were harmed in this process,” and political commentator George Conway cracked that “something needs to be done about [Trump’s] hair under the Twenty-Fifth Amendment.” The Atlantic’s Tom Nichols‘ take was that it was odd, but “not the most important thing in the world.” It is known that hair-sensitive Donny has a prominent bald spot hidden by his usual combover, which also has a supplemental cotton candy-like hairpiece, sometimes protected by a red MAGA baseball cap.

On the Inside Trump’s Head podcast, biographer Michael Wolff claims that the president is accompanied by a portable hair fix-it kit in all his activities. Wolff says, “The ‘patch kit’ consists of small tufts of hair that match whatever color his hair might be at the time.” No word on who the stylist might be, but this person applies the tufts to Trump’s head with “some kind of paste,” the maintenance being a major enterprise for many years. Bet you can’t wait to read the tell-all book that is bound to appear in the post-Trump period! Especially when you consider that this individual gets to sit next to the person carrying the nuclear codes! Hot stuff! Wolff’s co-host, Joanna Coles, joked that the hair-do looks “like one of those spun sugar things that you can put your hand in and pull it out and start eating it, and it would have no caloric value at all.”

Unable to let his grudge against Canada be, last week Trump levied more tariffs against that country which set off a round of insults and tariffs levied against the US by Canada. Daily Dose of Democracy reported, “America’s 80-year-old nincompoop-in-chief apparently wants Canadian companies to teleport their headquarters across the border overnight as a precondition to continue doing business with the United States. ‘Let all Canadian Companies that are doing business with America move to the United States, immediately. Many of them are Companies that moved out years ago due to stupid US Leadership. When you move back, there are no TARIFFS!’ Trump wrote, mistaking his Sharpie collection for magic wands. For those keeping score at home, Canada is the United States’ second-largest trading partner with $900 billion in cross-border economic activity each year.”

Thinking it would enrage Canadians, Trump recently ‘changed’ the name of Lake Ontario to Lake America, changing the mnemonic, H-O-M-E-S, used to help in remembering the names of the five Great Lakes, to S-H-A-M-E — as pointed out by Rachel Maddow and others. Janie Bonkiewitcz posted on social media, “16 years ago Google pulled its search engine out of China, refusing to submit to an authoritarian government. Today, they’re renaming lakes to appease one.” This was a result of Trump’s demand that all navigation apps alter their maps to read ‘Lake America.’ Apple held out for a few days but acquiesced. Old-timer MapQuest refused to obey, simply allowing users to name the lake whatever they preferred, gaining new adherents and users in doing so.

People have been laughing at President Trump‘s upcoming so-called mid-term convention in Dallas, which is referred to as a Trump-a-palooza, with his promises of “lots of Great Entertainment,” and “a RALLY like none other,” with no party business being conducted. The obvious message here is that the president wants to make the midterms about himself, to be onstage, hugging the American flag, cameras rolling and crowds looking on in complete adoration. The Republicans running for office? He doesn’t care and neither do the candidates because they don’t wish to be anywhere near his toxicity. So, if they lose, it’s not his fault because he won in 2024, remember? The GOP would rather not attend this two-day poorly-planned event, viewing it as a shakedown for corporate America with Trump’s placing a price tag on the ‘privilege’ to attend. The highest tier will pay $100,000 to attend, the low admission is ‘only’ $25,000 (to include one guest) — a bargain toll for their own execution, eh? Contrast the 2,000 tickets sold so far, with the 50,000 in attendance at both the Republican and Democratic national conventions in 2024.

Trump is being a total cheapskate, guarding his PAC war chest which is estimated to be in excess of $400 million, despite his own claim of a stash of $850 million, and having no intention of parting with any of it to pay for his Disaster in Dallas. “Republicans desperately need the midterms to be about anything other than Donald Trump. Trump desperately needs everything to be about Donald Trump,” writes Kos on Daily Kos. “Because he’s a grifter first and foremost, you better believe he’ll find a way to use all that donor money on himself.” Poor planning, including invitations being mailed late, finds invitees already committed to other events, or quickly finding other excuses not to attend. Trump is noticing, and he will react with his childish fury, attacking the very Republicans whose seats he is supposedly trying to save. “They’re trapped in a no-win situation entirely of Trump’s making. And it couldn’t happen to a worse bunch of people,” concludes Kos.

Politico surveyed more than 70 GOP candidates and party members, finding that most will be no-shows or are undecided about attending Trump-a-palooza, with dozens more preferring to be mum about their plans. Reasons given include pre-existing district obligations, personal family plans, washing the SUV, with some bluntly explaining that avoidance of Trump this close to the election is best. Michigan Representative Tom Barrett says he would rather be “useful” in his district, saying, “I can’t control what the president’s going to say at the convention, but I can control where I’m at.” Cost has to be a major deterrent, with one member admitting that the costly fee gave him an easy excuse to skip an event he didn’t care to attend anyway, and another calling it “a waste of time,” aimed at the party base instead of attempting to persuade independent voters.

Trump and VP Vance will head the two-day event at the American Airlines Center, with leaders Mike Johnson and John Thune (a maybe), and a few 2028 hopefuls in attendance. Axios obtained a leaked list of speakers, with one name in particular drawing attention among critics, that of Attorney General Todd Blanche. “The United States Attorney General is speaking at a national partisan political convention,” former Obama campaign aide, Christopher Hale posted on X. Former US Attorney Joyce Vance notes that US federal executive branch employees are prohibited by law from using their position to influence elections, saying “The AG is on the clock 24/7, and his appearance is a potential violation of the Hatch Act.” Pick your poison carefully.

Lisa Needham writes on Daily Kos that Trump-a-palooza feels like a solution in search of a problem, “an unnecessary interference with actual campaigning, the point being to make President Trump feel special.” She says that it’s not about getting Republicans elected since that is being taken care of by gerrymandering and voter suppression. According to The Wall Street Journal, photos with Trump will cost $88,600, “a number that seems weirdly arbitrary until you realize that $44,300 is the current Federal Election Commission contribution limit for donations to national party committee. So, presumably, half would go to the National Republican Congressional Committee, and the other half would go to the National Senatorial Committee.” Needham calls that a bargain when you consider that a “roundtable” with Trump on the first night of the convention will run you $250,000 — as he continues to celebrate the nation’s 250th birthday, perhaps? It’s all about a tiny ego, folks.

At the bargain table sits VP JD Vance who offers a roundtable for only $75,000, and paltry $35,000 for a photo. Needham writes, “Honestly, we’d pay five figures NOT to have a picture with Vance, the least charming man alive and the only person currently more poisonous than Trump.” But in the end, she says, to be fair, “Trump is still really good at raising money, because everyone who loves bribing officials loves to bribe him — and he’s always open for business. At best, this convention will be a big nothing-burger; at worst, a disaster. But either way, have fun Republicans. The rest of us will just be studiously ignoring the whole thing.”

A Jack Ohman political cartoon features GOP strategists sitting around a table, looking at an Out-of-PowerPoint display on the wall, headed ‘2026 GOP HOUSE STRATEGY,’ with bullet point messages: • Deny knowing President Trump, • Pixelate his face out of your ads, • Stay in denial. Don’t worry. Be happy, • Look! A Squirrel!

The convention will not be helpful to Republicans fighting for their political lives, but it will be helpful to Donald Trump, a disparity that displays “the cost of a cynical decision made a decade ago by a party that traded a few more years in the majority for their inevitable destruction,” writes Matt Kerbel of Wolves and Sheep. “It is the cost of blindly following someone whose life’s work has been to suck the value from whatever he can acquire and cast aside the remains. This is how Trump conducted business. It is how he conducts his presidency, how he approaches relationships with other nations, and how he is treating the Republican Party.” Kerbel recognizes that Trump has no use for the Republican Party beyond what it can do for him, and it will be fully apparent this weekend as the attendees view what is happening to the party which placed its fate in the hands of a narcissist who will get what he needs.

So, this desperate effort to gin up some kind of momentum for the midterms for a few weirdos who would rather watch an aging pedophile rant about ballrooms, windmills and immigrants instead of watching the opening festivities of the NFL season, can find out more about Trump-a-palooza at gopdallas2026.com. Although, that doesn’t take you to the convention website — it takes you to the Epstein Files database on the Department of Justice’s website.  HA! — GOTCHA!

Despite the bluster of the GOP, the White House is preparing for Democrats to be in charge, said Rick Wilson, former Republican strategist, and he has a plan to go after Trump should the blue wave come to pass with the midterms. The GOP is “starting to talk about executive privilege, about lawyering up, about making sure that people have their ethics disclosures and their financial disclosures and their personal paperwork in line, that they haven’t saved any incriminating documents, and that they’re not going to be patsies when they get investigated by the coming Democratic majority,” reports Wilson. He says Trump deserves to be impeached but because of the makeup of the Senate, those votes aren’t there, but, the Democrats need to take advantage of the fear that’s building within the opposition.

Wilson says, “The minute the polls close and we know we have a majority, Democrats should take a page from the book of mob prosecutors, and work their way through Trump’s key staffers first.” Starting at the bottom and quickly working through the chain of assistants, secretaries and key career staffers for their depositions to divulge Trump’s secrets, results initiating a fear that “is delicious, palpable, growing by the minute, a fear that needs to grow into a raging terror.” Unable to afford the big-time attorneys that Trump will hire for his protection, the lesser lights will fear for their futures, and recognize the urgency of being truthful about the administration’s willful destruction of this country, or the theft of assets from the country for the president’s benefit.

Elliot Kirschner writes in Through the Fog, “There will be a rush from those who appeased or conspired with Trump to distance themselves from the ashes of the dumpster fire they helped make possible, arguing that he [Trump] was an anomaly and that we need to get back to the America we had before. But that America was a big part of the problem, because it was the country that made Trump possible. We must recognize that the story America tells about itself has always favored the points of view of the privileged and the powerful…the forces that control and reap the benefits of the status quo almost never relinquish their position without a fight.”

As Rick Wilson pointed out, the reactionary forces are already trying to set the terms of the debate when the Democrats return to power. “This is a fight for the future, and we need the language equal to the stakes. Authoritarians will demonize whatever we call a mass movement to make the United States more fair and just…fighting back and holding these people accountable is not crazy. It is exactly what our Democracy needs if we are going to continue to keep it,” concludes Kirschner.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com. 
 

...
Thomas will be back!

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Summer’s End”

“Our bathing suits, waving like summer flags on the clothesline were begrudgingly packed away, and replaced with long-sleeved sweaters and woolly socks.”
~Arlene Stafford-Wilson

“There is a time in the last few days of summer when the ripeness of autumn fills the air, and time is quiet and mellow.”
~Rudolfo Anaya

“Summer’s lease hath all too short a date.”
~William Shakespeare

“It was one of the warm nights at the end of summer that makes promises that won’t be kept.”
~Cinda Williams Chima

“By all these lovely tokens
September days are here,
With summer’s best of weather
And autumn’s best of cheer.”

~Helen Hunt Jackson

“We know that in September, we will wander through the warm winds of summer’s wreckage. We will welcome summer’s ghost.”
~Henry Rollins

15 facts, tidbits, whatever you want to call them, about The Rocky Horror Picture Show. I know, I know, they call them “weird facts”, but that’s just to get the clicks. There’s nothing weird, but quite a few interesting things. Enjoy!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice as soon as the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

September 2 – 8, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on monarchs, Coastal Commission and streetlights… Steinbruner… back next week… Hayes… Responsible Consumers for the Environment… Patton… People Acting In A Group… Matlock… greatest hits…focal awareness…mememe… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… a keyboard cleaning… Quotes on… “Dust”

...

DAVENPORT. The Always Lovely Environmentally Sensitive Davenport Cement Plant in 1967. Once it was the Portland Cement Company Plant (1906), and a few other owners ran it for decedes,then Cemex, a Mexico Corporation operated it (2005) and shut it down in 2010.

photo credit: Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: September 2, 2026

HELLO FROM THE DUST! Well, would you look at that! I managed to get a bit of internet for a hot minute, and am posting the column straight from the Black Rock City playa. I’m having a blast, and I’m covered in dust. This is my first burn in an organized camp – back in the earlier days (my first burn was 25 years ago!), Thomas and I would drive out here, get a ticket at the gate, cruise around for a bit until we found a nice looking corner and pitch our tent. This time, I’m in a camp that has generators and power, and even a shower!

I’ll be brief and get back to participating. Be sure to pay attention to Gillian’s piece this week, and the Friday deadline to send an email about it.

Happy Labor Day! Next week I’ll be coming at you from Reno!

~Webmistress

...

New movie review next time. Things are still crazy!

THE LAST HOUSE. Netflix. Movie. (5.5 IMDb) ***-

Buñuel’s The Exterminating Angel meets Lovecraft.

This is the ultimate “bottle story.” A suburban Seattle family wakes up one morning to find they can’t leave their house – and neither can anyone else on the block, or maybe anywhere. Some kind of mostly unseen force has sealed everyone in, and it brings the rain with it. Endless, relentless rain.

Stories like this always get under my skin. There’s a very specific kind of tension that kicks in once it starts to feel like there’s no way out – I stop hoping for a clever escape and start just wanting these poor people put out of their misery. That’s not a knock on the film; it’s a testament to how well it builds dread. You feel the walls closing in right along with the family.

What makes it work is the slow unraveling – watching ordinary people get inventive out of sheer necessity, rationing food, rigging up ways to collect water, turning on each other and then back to each other again. It’s as much a study in psychological survival as physical survival. The monster stuff, when it finally shows up, feels almost like an afterthought bolted onto a much stranger, much better film about isolation and endurance – but even that tacked-on quality has a certain charm, like the movie couldn’t resist giving its dread a shape.

Worth a watch.

~Sarge

THE BACKROOMS. In theatres, PrimeTV. Movie. (6.8 IMDb) ***-

The Backrooms, like Slenderman and Creepy Pasta, grew out of the internet, a new kind of horror born from the post-Covid emptying of once-populated spaces. The Backrooms are both a genre and a reaction to liminal spaces: those empty places between places. Abandoned terminals, shopping malls, office buildings. They can be fascinating, but also deeply unnerving.

The Backrooms movie takes that unease and turns it up to 12, suggesting these are places misremembering themselves: genuinely endless hallways, random fragments of stairs, windows where windows shouldn’t be. Even people become fragmented, misremembered.

For anyone who’s ever found themselves unnerved not by boogeymen, but by places that just aren’t right, this hits a very particular nerve. Well worth a watch
~Sarge

THE ODYSSEY. In Theaters. Movie. (8.5 IMDb) ****
The “Helen is DEI casting!” and “Achilles is trans!” outrage tells me you looked up The Odyssey just long enough to be angry, without actually reading it or seeing the film. I’ve read it multiple times, from adolescence through university. It’s a legend Homer recorded centuries after the supposed events, preserved through oral tradition, and all the variations that adds to the story. Helen’s skin color has no significance to the story, and Achilles is already dead when The Odyssey begins. Elliot Page doesn’t play Achilles at all, but Sinon, the young man sent to war in another’s place.

Nolan’s Odyssey is a solid, faithful-ish telling, briskly told in about three hours (I know, that sounds like an oxymoron but it’s true). It adds some believable depth to Odysseus, gives Penelope less screen time than she deserves, and as a mythology geek I could nitpick the lack of spear fighting or the anachronistic Corinthian helmets instead of the Achaeans’ boar’s tusk helmets. But that’s fanboy trivia. At its heart, it’s a powerful story about responsibility and loss. Well worth a watch. Twice, if you can.
~Sarge

MASTERS OF THE UNIVERSE. PrimeTV. Movie. (6.8 IMDb) ***

Masters of the Universe (2026) was a genuine surprise. Rather than forcing the franchise into a dark, gritty reboot, it embraces the colorful, larger-than-life spirit of the original. It balances action, fantasy, and humor without winking at the audience, making the whole adventure feel sincere, fun, and delightfully goofy.

This isn’t trying to be the next great fantasy epic—it’s trying to be a Masters of the Universe movie, and it succeeds. Ignore the toxic nostalgia crowd complaining about the diverse casting of characters like Man-At-Arms, Triclops, and Ram Man, and you’ll find a tonally accurate adaptation that answers plenty of questions longtime fans have had for years (particularly namings). Stick around for the mid- and post-credit scenes. Well worth the watch.

~Sarge

QUICK LOOK AT NETFLIX. Netflix. Series, Movie. ***-

Here’s some stuff that’s not necessarily current, but currently on Netflix:

Veronica Mars think Buffy, but with no vampires, and lots of class conflicts, roofies … and the result … and murder in a small California coastal town. Young Kristen Bell (The Good Place) lives with her disgraced cop/now PI father, and is determined to solve the murder of her best friend, and the case that tanked her father’s career. A fun watch.

The Dead Don’t Die think Night of the Living Dead directed by Wes Anderson. Only in this case, it’s Jim Jarmusch. Zombies in a small town, with Bill Murray and Adam Driver starring. Tilda Swinton is a samurai. Much more like his 80’s films.

Mindhunter was pretty amazing, on and off; the casting for Big Ed Kemper was spot on. Period piece that follows the building of the FBI’s “profiling” division, focused on this new thing: serial killers.

The Enola Holmes movies: Sherlock (Henry Cavill)’s little sister, Enola (Alone backwards), breaks free of an attempt to ship her off to a deportment school, and takes up the family business on her own. There follow adventures, romance (on her terms), and occasional visits by her anarchist mother, Helena Bonham Carter. The first is a lot of fun, growing less (for me) as the sequels went on.

Marty: Life is Short, let’s hope it’s not for him! I love Martin Short, so this was a gem. An autobiographical history, chock full of familiar clips, as well as previously unseen personal movies, and of course a tremendous group of cameos.

~Sarge

SUPERGIRL. In theatres. Movie. (6.1 IMDb) ***-

Supergirl is 67 years old.

In that time, she’s been through a LOT of attempts to give her her OWN story instead of just being Jr. Girl Superman. She suffers here from 1) the Manosphere complaining that she’s not cute or “feminine” enough, and 2) people stuck on an older version of her, like comparing Super Friends Aquaman to Jason Momoa.

Loosely based on Supergirl: Woman of Tomorrow by Tom King, and honestly drawing from True Grit too, Supergirl stars Milly Alcock (House of the Dragon) as Kara Zor El, who leaves Earth to escape the shadow of her cousin, Superman, and the expectations piled on her while still dealing with PTSD from the destruction of Krypton. She ends up caught in a child’s vendetta and a race against time to get medical help for Krypto (played by Krypto, from Superman).

The pacing isn’t the sharpest, but the soundtrack is a banger, the effects are great, and Jason Momoa as Lobo is a role he was born to play. Despite haters and Rotten Tomatoes, well worth a watch.

~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

August 31, 2026

Let There Be No Light

A streetlight and a grove of eucalyptus trees. So what? Well, the grove of trees is in Lighthouse Field and is the overwintering site for monarch butterflies, the 7th largest overwintering site west of the Rockies. The streetlight has just been installed by the city of Santa Cruz, across from Lighthouse Field where previously there were no streetlights. You don’t have to be an entomologist to figure out that artificial light at night and a butterfly overwintering site are incompatible. As Dark Sky International writes, “Artificial light at night (ALAN) disrupts monarch butterfly navigation, circadian rhythms, and developmental trajectories.”

Erecting streetlights was not part of the new, almost completed, two-story Ananta Senior Living project on the Oblates of Saint Joseph property. I attended all the hearings for the project. Protection of the monarchs was one of the issues discussed. Streetlights were never proposed nor part of that discussion.

It seems that the inadvisability of erecting a new streetlight across from a significant monarch overwintering site where no lights previously existed has escaped city attention. Hopefully this oversight will quickly be corrected with the removal of the streetlight. You can help by writing to the councilmember whose district encompasses this area: council member Shebreh Kalantari-Johnson at skalantari-johnson@santacruzca.gov.

At the same time this is happening, the city is asking the California Coastal Commission (CCC) at its September meeting, to approve what the city labels as “minor updates” to its Local Coastal Program (LCP). The “minor updates” include map EQ-9 which is the city’s mapped Sensitive Habitat Areas. The maps (also included is a Vegetation Map EQ-8) have already been added to the General Plan but are not official without CCC approval.

Map EQ-9 includes the Lighthouse Field Overwintering Monarch Site. The problem is that the city in “updating” the map has shrunk the sensitive habitat areas, erased some habitat areas, and removed specified species (Black Swift for example). In the case of Lighthouse Field Monarch Overwintering Site, the city has renamed it as “Potential Monarch Butterfly Habitat” (emphasis added). There is nothing “potential” about the monarch site in Lighthouse Field. It is an established site and has a long history. This renaming by the city undermines the site’s importance and need for protection. Since the city does not include in its packet to the CCC the 1992 map which this new one replaces, there is no way for the public or commissioners to know what is being changed and lost.

Besides the renaming, the city has greatly reduced the areas mapped as Sensitive Habitat. What used to be a large circle covering Lighthouse Field and a block into the adjoining residential area in the 1992 map, is now limited to just Lighthouse Field in the updated map. My hunch is this was done to avoid placing any environmental requirements for butterfly protection on nearby properties. I live in the 1992 Map EQ-9 area. When the temperature is right, monarchs fly all over this area, feeding on nectar plants wherever they find them. A city caring about habitat protection would never reduce this sensitive area but rather encourage property owners to plant nectar plants and avoid planting milkweed. And certainly not erect new streetlights!

If the CCC accepts the Sensitive Habitat updates as minor, we have lost this chance to better protect the monarch, a fast-disappearing natural treasure. There is some habitat restoration happening in Lighthouse Field but neglecting the wider habitat area is unwise. If the 1992 map with its larger area were being followed, as it should be without CCC approval of the new map, the streetlight would probably have been caught at the proposal stage and nixed.

The deadline to submit comments to the CCC for its meeting the second week of September is the previous Friday, September 4.

Our job is to alert staff and commissioners that this is no minor update but is a major change to the city’s Sensitive Habitat Map EQ-9 and requires the CCC’s deliberation. If we are successful, they will decide it is not minor and postpone for future deliberation which gives us time to do more work locally. You can copy the subject and text below, or write in your own words, just make sure to do so before Friday!

Email:
CentralCoast@coastal.ca.gov

Subject:
Public Comment on September 2026 Agenda Item Wednesday 18b – City of Santa Cruz LCP Amendment No. LCP-3-STC-26-0040-1-Part B (Sensitive Habitat and Vegetation Maps).

Body:

The changes to Map EQ-9 of the Local Coastal Program are not minor, they are significant. They need more consideration and discussion at the city level.

Friday September 4 deadline. Don’t let the butterflies down!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org  Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
Becky will be back next week!

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING AND ASK QUESTIONS THAT MATTER TO YOU.
DO ONE THING THIS WEEK, AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Responsible Consumers for the Environment

I have written before in this column about right livelihood and living by principles, and I want to focus readers this week on the related theme of being a conscious consumer. I realize that this is a roll-your-eyes kind of subject for many people on the Central Coast. Many have developed a jokey attitude towards this, accompanied by an increasingly calloused heart as one realizes the importance of responsible consumerism while feeling overwhelmed by the amount of work it takes to get an unbiased recommendation about what to buy. Please bear with me and open your heart to one substantial change we can make with the Monterey Bay’s coffee culture.

Wisdom

I recently re-read the mindfulness trainings from Thich Nhat Hahn, and the following one motivated my writing this week:

The Eleventh Mindfulness Training: Right Livelihood

Aware that great violence and injustice have been done to our environment and society, we are committed not to live with a vocation that is harmful to humans and nature. We will do our best to select a livelihood that contributes to the wellbeing of all species on earth and helps realize our ideal of understanding and compassion. Aware of economic, political, and social realities around the world, as well as our interrelationship with the ecosystem, we are determined to behave responsibly as consumers and as citizens. We will not invest in or purchase from companies that contribute to the depletion of natural resources, harm the earth, or deprive others of their chance to live.

-Thich Nhat Hanh, 1966 (emphasis mine)

Neotropical Migratory Songbirds

A couple weeks back, the barn swallows left but the tree swallows still wheel and dive in the skies of the Central Coast. A bright yellow warbler delighted a friend just yesterday. The fabulous song “Quick Three Beers!” signals the welcome spring arrival of the olive sided flycatcher and its relative the ash throated flycatcher soon adds its referee whistle to the incoming migrants’ din. And there are many more. What would life be without these visitors from the coffee region? Well, we are already living in a world with much diminished visitation and it isn’t getting better.

Coffee Choices

How many coffee shops? How many pounds of how many types of coffee take up huge blocks of space in grocery stores? Surfers with their coffee cups gaze oceanward in the early morning. Every conference, every big meeting, must have coffee. US citizens drink so much coffee that contamination of ecosystems with caffeine is a real problem.

For years, I have been disappointed not to find any single place anywhere in the  Monterey Bay that offers coffee marked with the only certification that guarantees that tropical forests still support a rich variety of birds while still producing coffee. It used to be that Whole Foods had one type that did – no longer. I recently ducked into a Whole Foods to look and Lo! there were many bags marked with the greenwashing Rainforest Alliance certification, which is, well, not so good. On the other hand, the Smithsonian’s Bird Friendly certification is science-based and supported by good evidence. But you have to either mail order it or pick it up when you travel, because, as this map shows, no one carries it around here.

Join The Movement

Shade grown, bird friendly coffee is taking off, and it is time for you to join the movement. In the last ten years shade grown coffee cultivation has increased substantially. It is time for someone, somewhere in the Monterey Bay region to start carrying Smithsonian’s certified Bird Friendly coffee. Why not ask your favored grocer to carry some? I asked New Leaf Market and they claimed that they were looking into it…2 years ago. I will ask again. If people don’t ask, you bet they won’t respond.

Getting Back to the Wisdom

Living Thich Nhat Hahn’s teaching to ‘behave responsibly as consumers’ is not easy, but mindfulness in general is not easy – we have to take it one step at a time. I have shown you the path with coffee and hopefully you’ve already found the path with certified organic foods. Where will you go next on this journey? Perhaps you can get to know the farmers; the Monterey Bay is rich with agriculture and the farmers are not far away. Perhaps some farmers are better to support than others. Perhaps some farmers are working to steward natural resources, caring for the Earth, and giving to others so that they have a chance to live better.

This column builds on a prior post from 2022, available here.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, September 1, 2026

FDR urged Americans to get behind a program of shorter hours and higher wages to create purchasing power that would restart the economy. He explained: “It goes back to the basic idea of society and of the Nation itself that people acting in a group can accomplish things which no individual acting alone could even hope to bring about.”

*I endorse this message!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

EVERYMAN, PREDICTION, GIDDY-UP

A ceremony was held at NASA’s Johnson Space Center in Houston, Texas last Friday, during which President Trump awarded the Congressional Medal of Honor to the Artemis II crew, recognizing the four astronauts for their historic lunar flyby in April during which they set a new human spaceflight distance record of 252,756 miles from Earth. According to journalist Aaron Rupar, the president was more than an hour late, so in the interim the attendees were treated to long videos and ambient music as they waited for the MeMeMe routine to play out. Rupar live tweeted that once his speech began, he spoke to complete silence — no applause or reactions to his “brazenly partisan speech.”

“This is one of those instances where Trump’s inability to deliver a speech that’s under a half hour long really hurts him. Nobody wants to hear him riff about Venezuela and Iran for an hour+ at an event that’s supposed to be nonpartisan and in honor of other people. Complete silence at the NASA Center as Trump brags about the stock market and touts fake foreign investment numbers. Just a brutally awkward speech that is going over like farts in church,” reported Rupar. Instead of honoring the Artemis II astronauts, he talked about himself, making it a partisan speech of lies, playing his greatest hits, a total lead balloon to the scientists, astronauts, staff and their families, who sat in stony silence.

Daily Dose of Democracy’s take on the event reported that the president’s “demented brain STRUGGLED to come up with things to say to the well-educated crowd, his fryer-grease-soaked cerebellum coming up with ‘I had an uncle who was a great scientist, a great man. Was at MIT for 41 years, Dr. John Trump. And he loved space. He use to tell me about space, space, all space. He would throw in the word ‘nuclear’ every once in a while. But he loved space. I guess we have genetically, we sort of, believe in that stuff. I love it. I find it so interesting, so amazing. It’s very special.’ If there is one thing Donald Trump 100% does not care about, it’s space. There are no show tunes, fast food joints, big tough guys, scantily clad women, concrete, golden toilets, golf courses, or steam airplane catapults in space. Side note: we WOULD LOVE to hear more about the science of uncle-genes. Sigh. Houston…we have a problem.”

Trump’s struggling “to come up with things to say” is a bit more concerning to John Paul Garrison, a Georgia-based clinical and forensic psychologist, who analyzed footage of the president’s speech, in what he called the “most concerning footage” he has seen yet. His observations of various neurological concerns and some steep decline over the past few months compared to the Space Center speech “is extremely concerning.” As Trump boasted about the stock market’s performance, he briefly paused mid-sentence as his body twitched, in Garrison’s opinion, a neurological event that crosses both hemispheres in his brain. The psychologist describes his right arm jerking, eyes blinking, voice hesitating, and then the left arm jerking — not simple muscle spasms, and no sign of pain — which he terms a ‘focal aware seizure,’ or a brief epileptic event. Garrison is insisting this is not a diagnosis, but it is consistent with those who have suffered strokes, clearly neurological.

Trump did manage to announce the establishment of the US Space Academy, which will be modeled after traditional military service academies like West Point, for the purpose of training graduates for the US Space Force, NASA, and the commercial spaceflight industry. A specific location for the academy has not yet been selected, but look for a quid pro quo as Trump considers offers from contenders.

Among the cast of characters created by the late author and cartoonist Jules Feiffer was Everyman, an astute observer of the state of the nation dispensing his thoughts and ideas in serial panels. During the Reagan presidency, Everyman shared these ideas: 1. Truth hurts; 2. Before truth, this was a happy country; 3. But look what truth did to us in Vietnam; 4. Look how the truth fouled up the 1960s and the 1970s; 5. Truth has changed us from a nation of optimists to a nation of pessimists; 6. So when the president makes it a crime for Government workers to go public with truth, I say, ‘Hoorah!‘; 7. And when he bars the press from reporting our wars, I say, ‘About time!‘; 8. America doesn’t need any more truth; 9. It needs to feel better. Columnist Molly Ivins wrote, “Ronald Reagan, Feiffer observed elsewhere, represented a return to innocence; a new moral, ethical, and political Victorianism. Reagan’s Victorianism transcends truth. It circumvents politics. It gives America what it demands in a time of insoluble crisis: fairy tales.” With Trump’s embrace of space we have added yet another dimension for more of his exaggerations and lies. Tell us another one, Uncle Donny!

Thankfully, those attending the 25th anniversary of the 9/11 attacks at Ground Zero won’t be subjected to any of President Trump’s MeMeMe routines. His team made advance site visits to Manhattan, as Trump was expressing to the planners an interest in speaking at the event; but since it is established policy to disallow politicians from speaking at anniversary events, he will have to riff somewhere else — be forewarned that he will be at the Pentagon, coming from the weekend’s midterm convention in Dallas with new stories/lies to spread. A 9/11 Memorial and Museum statement said that the president is “always welcome to attend the ceremony,” however, VP Vance will be representing the administration in Manhattan.

A few weeks after launching his war with Iran, the president said that he had “predicted” that “Osama bin Laden would knock out the World Trade Center,” a year before the attacks. “I said, ‘You better get him. He’s a bad guy.’ I watched him be interviewed one time, and I said, ‘That’s a bad guy. You’d better get him. One year before exactly. I wrote it in a book,” Trump insisted. “You can even check, about a year before the World Trade Center came down.” According to a CNN fact check, Trump’s 2000 book ‘The America We Deserve‘ only mentioned bin Laden once and did not call for him to be killed or warn of any attack. Tell us another one, Uncle Donny!

Trump envisioned himself as a caped crusader, coming to the rescue of consumers in the personage of Hamburger Helper, as he initiated a plan to import beef from Argentina. Beef prices have been escalating, so the president suspended tariffs on up to 300,000 metric tons of imported ground beef for the next three months, throwing Capitol Hill Republicans into a full-blown meltdown. Promising to sell it at 25% below current market prices may sound gratifying to consumers but America’s ranchers and cattlemen — a hefty portion of the MAGA base — charge that they will be destroyed. Senator Cotton of Arkansas was vocal about this plan, writing on social media that market prices are high because cattle herds are small, as producers struggle against meatpacking monopolies.

Some staff members inside Congress are saying Trump is “an idiot who doesn’t understand economics and doesn’t understand math, who simply doesn’t grasp the laws of supply and demand.” One House Republican said that Trump is “Democrats’ secret weapon for success.” Additionally, onlookers are disturbed given Argentina’s recent history of shipping potentially health-hazardous beef, with China suspending a shipment after detecting the presence of chloramphenicol, and antibiotic that carries rare, but documented, risks of fatal side effects. Musician and social activist Bill Madden posted on X about the China incident, writing, “With serial-lying psychopath Trump as president, God help us.”

A statement released by Good Ranchers, a Texas-based direct-to-consumer meat company, says, “This isn’t alarmism. History is worth paying attention to. In 2013, Europe went through a massive food fraud scandal when products labeled beef tested anywhere from 30% to 100% horse meat. The package said beef. It wasn’t beef.” Wyoming-based beef company, Meriwhether Farms, issued a sarcastic warning to consumers earlier this year: “Chloramphenicol is banned in the US because it can cause fatal aplastic anemia in humans, but don’t worry, the US has increased beef imports from Argentina — without implementing mandatory country of origin labeling requirements!”

Andy Borowitz writes in his book, ‘Profiles in Ignorance‘, that “Donald J. Trump was born into third generation family wealth. His grandfather Friedrich Trump struck it rich during the Klondike Gold Rush not by mining gold but by ‘mining the miners,’ in the words of Trump family historian Gwenda Blair. After thousands of would-be prospectors abandoned their worn-out steeds on a treacherous mountain pass aptly named Dead Horse Gulch, Friedrich saw his big chance to break into the restaurant industry. In a forerunner of Trump Steaks, he repurposed the horseflesh as tasty entrées for famished Gold Rushers, thus launching a portfolio of businesses that soon included a highly regarded Arctic brothel. Inheriting the commercial savvy that enabled Friedrich to sell quarter-pound ‘horseberders,’ his son Fred created a thriving real estate business in New York, building thousands of apartments. ‘My father taught me everything I know,'” Donald later said. Well, giddy-up!

Not content to let his earlier Venezuelan intrusion lie dormant, Trump posted that he has locked up majority control of more than 65B barrels of that country’s proven oil reserves — the biggest oil deal in history, in ALL CAPS, he claims. The problem is that this is a geological estimate, not oil that can be pumped, refined, and sold, since it will take enormous investments and years of infrastructure work before any benefit can be realized. So, Trump’s promise of quickly lowering of prices can only be seen as another letdown. Because the Venezuelan crude is a heavy, degraded oil, a ‘sour’ oil high in sulfur content, most US refineries aren’t able to handle it, requiring new refineries that will take up to fifteen years to build.

Venezuelan leader Rodriguez announced that investment of a hundred billion dollars is backing the move, but nobody knows where it’s coming from — not Exxon, not Conoco — perhaps a newly created US entity, which would need congressional approval. The Wall Street Journal reported that Chevron and other US companies were nearing a deal to invest billions (not a hundred billion), but most companies are leery since Venezuela nationalized their assets in 2007, as they fight for restitution. Exxon declared the country as uninvestable without more durable investment protections in place.

There has been no public accounting of the $8B for 100M barrels of oil which has moved through the system in the months since the US took control of Venezuela’s oil exports. Supposedly the money sits in a Qatari bank account, but the Trump administration has failed to explain what safeguards exist to keep that cash from accumulating in a Trump slush fund. Actual production is stagnant — about 1.1M barrels per day — with risk analyst Brett Erickson calling it a blatantly corrupt deal and a clear robbery of Venezuela’s resources against the will of its own people, as he warns that the struggling population may see the truth and respond accordingly.

Economists estimate the ‘deal’ will generate tax revenue of only $3.22 per barrel of oil — less than half that of historical earnings — an unusually low figure and a complete lack of transparency. A Venezuelan opposition figure, unaligned with the previous Maduro regime, calls this a massive land grab by a rapacious mafioso US. We have to remember that Trump had praise for the so-called Freedom Fuel Network for pricing gas at $3.47 at the pump in about 20 locations, as they undercut other marketers. Turns out that Mansfield Oil Company filed a federal lawsuit against KRSM Inc. and its president, alleging KRSM took more than a million gallons of fuel valued at nearly $4M, then never paid up as it supplied the Freedom Fuel Stations. Hmmm…suspicious?

Calling it Trump’s Venezuela ‘steal,’ Ben Meiselas of MeidasTouch calls the plan “absurd and dangerous,” in misleading us to believe there is suddenly a gusher of oil to relieve our pain at the pump. Private investment companies are not identified, nor are there commitments, written agreements, and no congressional authorization for Pentagon involvement. Suddenly this underground cache will become part of the American energy supply? “Yet, Trump throws out these insane and gigantic numbers because that what he’s always done. Announce the biggest number imaginable and hope everybody repeats it before anybody asks whether it’s real. The point right now is to simply create the perception that enormous new oil supplies are coming. It’s part of this broader effort to manipulate expectations around energy prices while pretending everything is going to plan. Obviously, we’ve seen versions of this with Iran too. Announce deals that don’t really exist, claims shipping is returning to normal, talk about tankers moving through the Strait of Hormuz as though everything is back to where it was, even as the numbers tell a very different story,” charges Meiselas.

“Let’s be clear: this isn’t a win,” wrote Maryland Senator Chris Van Hollen in a social media post. “This is proof Trump put our service members at risk to get Venezuelan oil for his billionaire buddies. Putting our soldiers’ lives on the line for private profit is a gross dereliction of his constitutional duty.” Senator Tim Kaine of Virginia, who serves on the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, accused the president of using Maduro’s ouster to “control Venezuelan oil.” “Will prices come down for Americans? Who knows, but not likely as much as Trump has forced them up through his idiotic Iran War. But here’s a guarantee — this will pad the pockets of Trump family and Big Oil companies and delay transition to cleaner energy. Bottom line — using our troops for a private oil grab is corruption at epic scale,” Kaine wrote on X.

Well, Trump has now scooped The Onion and Andy Borowitz with the satirical profundity of the season as he ‘changes’ the name of Lake Ontario to Lake America, then heads them off with the suggestion that the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans may be next in his sights for an assignation. As Arwa Mahdawi of The Guardian suggests, “Don’t mention the war! Or the economy, for that matter. Or the Epstein files. Or Natalie Harp. Or ‘affordability.’ Best not to talk about anything that affects ordinary people our embarrasses the president, really. Instead, let’s all rejoice in Trump’s latest triumph: renaming Lake Ontario, which is shared by Canada and the US, as Lake America. On Thursday, Trump signed an executive order directing federal agencies to America-fy the lake’s name on US maps and documents, which is an excellent use of time and resources. I suppose we can at least be thankful that the president, who is trying to slap his own name on everything from airports to the Kennedy Center, didn’t decree that the body of water be called Lake Trump.”

With trade negotiations between Canada and the US collapsing, that’ll show ’em we mean business! A US president ordering the name change of a Great Lake in order to antagonize a close ally would have been headline news in a normal timeline — now it’s just another Silly Thursday stunt that governmental entities will ignore, because it demonstrates that Trump is out of ideas, a desperate, isolated, weak and floundering wannabe god-king. Of course, MAGA believes it will lower our grocery bills, decrease gas prices and make healthcare more affordable as we plunge into the abyss of uncharted stupidity. One poster on social media suggested we make another lake name change — how does Lake Barack Obama is Superior sound to you? No matter how many executive orders Trump signs for inclusion in his Mar-a-Lago-bound file box, Lake Ontario will be Lake Ontario long after we stop calling Trump ‘president.’

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com. 
 

...
Thomas will be back next week!

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Dust”

“The purpose of art is washing the dust of daily life off our souls.”
~Pablo Picasso

“When someone beats a rug, the blows are not against the rug, but against the dust in it.”
~Rumi

“I am able to get up and dust myself off and keep moving forward. I’m very stubborn.”
~Rita Moreno

“Awards become corroded, friends gather no dust.”
~Jesse Owens

“Romance is the glamour which turns the dust of everyday life into a golden haze.”
~Carolyn Gold Heilbrun

I’m one of the people who find these videos so satisfying to watch! I know I’m not the only one! 🙂


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice as soon as the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

August 26 – September 1 (or 8!), 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on the Soquel/Seabright (awful) project… Steinbruner… Vistra Battery Fire… Stockton Bridge… Hayes… Soil Cycles and Wildlife at Molino Creek Farm… Patton… Who Knows What About Whom?… Matlock… binky…bit players…sellout… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Unfun facts from Alex Falcone… Quotes on… “comes in threes”

...

PACIFIC AVENUE NEAR COOPER STREET 1880. That’s our Town Clock on top of the Odd Fellows Hall (its original location). The building on the far left is our County Courthouse 1866-1894. All of this before the Cooper House was built.

photo credit: Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: August 26, 2026

ON TIME! It’s the 26th, a Wednesday, and I’m posting the column on the day it’s supposed to go up. What a concept, huh? 🙂 I’m coming to you from a hotel in Reno on our way to the Playa. We ended up having to stay 2 nights in Reno (got in late, late last night) because a ticket was left at home! Our options to fix this were

  1. Buy a new ticket
  2. Drive back with the very loaded truck and the trailer
  3. Have Jeff drive the ticket to Reno
  4. Stay a second night and find a friend in SC who’d be leaving today or tomorrow early

Needless to say, the best option here was #4, and theoretically we have pulled that off. I’ll let you know! The positive side effect was the time and internet to post from Reno. You may have seen the odd dating of August 26 – 1 (or 8!), 2026 at the top of this column. This is because I do not know if I’ll have internet on the playa. If I do, I will absolutely post, but if I don’t… then it will be after I get back.

COMES IN THREES. With Dolly Parton and Tim Curry dying so very close, I agree with the sentiment that we need to wrap Cher in bubble wrap, STAT! I was looking for a video for the week featuring Dolly when I got the news about Tim Curry, and I just couldn’t do it. It felt like picking one over the other. There are so many tributes being posted about both of them, you’ll have no problem finding things to watch. That is, if you can watch without crying, which I’m having a hard time doing…

That’s me for now, gotta post and head out on the town for a minute. See you next week, or the week after!

~Webmistress

...

New movie review next time. Things got crazy!

THE LAST HOUSE. Netflix. Movie. (5.5 IMDb) ***-

Buñuel’s The Exterminating Angel meets Lovecraft.

This is the ultimate “bottle story.” A suburban Seattle family wakes up one morning to find they can’t leave their house – and neither can anyone else on the block, or maybe anywhere. Some kind of mostly unseen force has sealed everyone in, and it brings the rain with it. Endless, relentless rain.

Stories like this always get under my skin. There’s a very specific kind of tension that kicks in once it starts to feel like there’s no way out – I stop hoping for a clever escape and start just wanting these poor people put out of their misery. That’s not a knock on the film; it’s a testament to how well it builds dread. You feel the walls closing in right along with the family.

What makes it work is the slow unraveling – watching ordinary people get inventive out of sheer necessity, rationing food, rigging up ways to collect water, turning on each other and then back to each other again. It’s as much a study in psychological survival as physical survival. The monster stuff, when it finally shows up, feels almost like an afterthought bolted onto a much stranger, much better film about isolation and endurance – but even that tacked-on quality has a certain charm, like the movie couldn’t resist giving its dread a shape.

Worth a watch.

~Sarge

THE BACKROOMS. In theatres, PrimeTV. Movie. (6.8 IMDb) ***-

The Backrooms, like Slenderman and Creepy Pasta, grew out of the internet, a new kind of horror born from the post-Covid emptying of once-populated spaces. The Backrooms are both a genre and a reaction to liminal spaces: those empty places between places. Abandoned terminals, shopping malls, office buildings. They can be fascinating, but also deeply unnerving.

The Backrooms movie takes that unease and turns it up to 12, suggesting these are places misremembering themselves: genuinely endless hallways, random fragments of stairs, windows where windows shouldn’t be. Even people become fragmented, misremembered.

For anyone who’s ever found themselves unnerved not by boogeymen, but by places that just aren’t right, this hits a very particular nerve. Well worth a watch
~Sarge

THE ODYSSEY. In Theaters. Movie. (8.5 IMDb) ****
The “Helen is DEI casting!” and “Achilles is trans!” outrage tells me you looked up The Odyssey just long enough to be angry, without actually reading it or seeing the film. I’ve read it multiple times, from adolescence through university. It’s a legend Homer recorded centuries after the supposed events, preserved through oral tradition, and all the variations that adds to the story. Helen’s skin color has no significance to the story, and Achilles is already dead when The Odyssey begins. Elliot Page doesn’t play Achilles at all, but Sinon, the young man sent to war in another’s place.

Nolan’s Odyssey is a solid, faithful-ish telling, briskly told in about three hours (I know, that sounds like an oxymoron but it’s true). It adds some believable depth to Odysseus, gives Penelope less screen time than she deserves, and as a mythology geek I could nitpick the lack of spear fighting or the anachronistic Corinthian helmets instead of the Achaeans’ boar’s tusk helmets. But that’s fanboy trivia. At its heart, it’s a powerful story about responsibility and loss. Well worth a watch. Twice, if you can.
~Sarge

MASTERS OF THE UNIVERSE. PrimeTV. Movie. (6.8 IMDb) ***

Masters of the Universe (2026) was a genuine surprise. Rather than forcing the franchise into a dark, gritty reboot, it embraces the colorful, larger-than-life spirit of the original. It balances action, fantasy, and humor without winking at the audience, making the whole adventure feel sincere, fun, and delightfully goofy.

This isn’t trying to be the next great fantasy epic—it’s trying to be a Masters of the Universe movie, and it succeeds. Ignore the toxic nostalgia crowd complaining about the diverse casting of characters like Man-At-Arms, Triclops, and Ram Man, and you’ll find a tonally accurate adaptation that answers plenty of questions longtime fans have had for years (particularly namings). Stick around for the mid- and post-credit scenes. Well worth the watch.

~Sarge

QUICK LOOK AT NETFLIX. Netflix. Series, Movie. ***-

Here’s some stuff that’s not necessarily current, but currently on Netflix:

Veronica Mars think Buffy, but with no vampires, and lots of class conflicts, roofies … and the result … and murder in a small California coastal town. Young Kristen Bell (The Good Place) lives with her disgraced cop/now PI father, and is determined to solve the murder of her best friend, and the case that tanked her father’s career. A fun watch.

The Dead Don’t Die think Night of the Living Dead directed by Wes Anderson. Only in this case, it’s Jim Jarmusch. Zombies in a small town, with Bill Murray and Adam Driver starring. Tilda Swinton is a samurai. Much more like his 80’s films.

Mindhunter was pretty amazing, on and off; the casting for Big Ed Kemper was spot on. Period piece that follows the building of the FBI’s “profiling” division, focused on this new thing: serial killers.

The Enola Holmes movies: Sherlock (Henry Cavill)’s little sister, Enola (Alone backwards), breaks free of an attempt to ship her off to a deportment school, and takes up the family business on her own. There follow adventures, romance (on her terms), and occasional visits by her anarchist mother, Helena Bonham Carter. The first is a lot of fun, growing less (for me) as the sequels went on.

Marty: Life is Short, let’s hope it’s not for him! I love Martin Short, so this was a gem. An autobiographical history, chock full of familiar clips, as well as previously unseen personal movies, and of course a tremendous group of cameos.

~Sarge

SUPERGIRL. In theatres. Movie. (6.1 IMDb) ***-

Supergirl is 67 years old.

In that time, she’s been through a LOT of attempts to give her her OWN story instead of just being Jr. Girl Superman. She suffers here from 1) the Manosphere complaining that she’s not cute or “feminine” enough, and 2) people stuck on an older version of her, like comparing Super Friends Aquaman to Jason Momoa.

Loosely based on Supergirl: Woman of Tomorrow by Tom King, and honestly drawing from True Grit too, Supergirl stars Milly Alcock (House of the Dragon) as Kara Zor El, who leaves Earth to escape the shadow of her cousin, Superman, and the expectations piled on her while still dealing with PTSD from the destruction of Krypton. She ends up caught in a child’s vendetta and a race against time to get medical help for Krypto (played by Krypto, from Superman).

The pacing isn’t the sharpest, but the soundtrack is a banger, the effects are great, and Jason Momoa as Lobo is a role he was born to play. Despite haters and Rotten Tomatoes, well worth a watch.

~Sarge

GOOD GIRL’S GUIDE TO MURDER. Netflix. Series. (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Think Nancy Drew meets True Detective. Five years after the apparent murder of a popular high school student, aspiring journalist Pip Fitz-Amobi decides the case doesn’t add up. What begins as a school project quickly turns into a deeper investigation, uncovering secrets, lies, and long-buried resentments in a town convinced the mystery was solved years ago.

The show’s biggest strength is Pip herself (Emma Myers – Jenna Ortega’s bouncy rainbow werewolf roommate on “Wednesday”): smart, determined, and believable as an amateur sleuth. While it never gets as dark as True Detective, it avoids feeling like a watered-down teen mystery, delivering genuine suspense, credible twists, and enough suspects to keep you guessing. Based on the novel by Holly Jackson, it’s a fast, engaging binge that captures the appeal of a classic detective story while giving it a modern true-crime sensibility.
~Sarge

GOOD OMENS 3. PrimeTV. Movie. (8 IMDb) ***-

In 1990, fantasy legend Terry Pratchett and young comic fantasy mavin Neil Gaiman collaborated on a novel built around the question, “What if the Antichrist got switched at birth?” and Good Omens was born.

In 2024, the third season of Amazon’s adaptation of the late Terry Pratchett and Neil Gaiman’s Good Omens was put on hold after multiple allegations of sexual assault against Gaiman surfaced in the news.

The Amazon version of Good Omens thrived on the brilliant chemistry between David Tennant and Michael Sheen as Crowley, a demon, and Aziraphale, an angel, who have spent millennia on Earth in what increasingly resembles a Cold War marriage. Faced with the impending Apocalypse, both come to the conclusion that maybe it might be altogether better … NOT doing that.

Featuring a host of charming side stories that all somehow linked together, plus a simmering relationship between the two leads, the first season felt like a delightful Douglas Adams pastiche. Since season one adapted the novel itself, the second season came as a complete surprise. Crafted entirely by Gaiman, it leaned harder into the Crowley/Aziraphale relationship, along with a gloriously naked and amnesiac Jon Hamm as the angel Gabriel. A great deal happens, and it all ends on a heartbreaking cliffhanger.

Then came season 3 … NOT!

As allegations against Gaiman mounted, stretching from the mid-80s into relatively recent years, comics, films, and television projects tied to him began getting canceled or shelved, including Good Omens 3. Fortunately, Gaiman stepped away from the production, allowing fans to get a third season … sort of. Cut down to a single feature-length finale, it still manages to wrap up a surprising number of story threads, and may even produce a few sniffles.

Gaiman’s problematic history aside, worth a watch.
~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

August 24, 2026

Losing Our Identity: one Project after Another.

This is the corner of Soquel and Seabright on the eastside of town. The address is 1214 Soquel Avenue. Ace Hardware on the left with many small businesses on the right. These include The Bagelry, Real Thai Kitchen, Surecuts, Fog City Tattoo, Clean Style Laundry Lounge, Yoga Center Santa Cruz and others. Even as a westsider, I shop, eat, or have had my hair cut here. It is hard to swallow that any developer would destroy such a central hub of the eastside, but Workbench is not known for its concern for existing neighborhoods and the businesses that serve them.

Workbench has submitted a preapplication to the city to demolish all the businesses and build a six-story project on the site. The developer has submitted two options; either a six-story 281-unit 100% affordable project with 5,000 feet of ground floor commercial space or a six-story 173-unit senior housing project, also with 5,000 feet of ground floor commercial space. Note that 5,000 commercial feet is less than half the space of the existing Ace Hardware on the site.

None of the senior units is required to be affordable according to state housing laws. Both projects qualify for density bonuses and unlimited waivers. Waivers are usually sought by developers to avoid set-backs, height limits, and parking requirements, but can also include avoiding any objective design standards, including the open space requirement, if they get in the way of achieving the permitted density and affordability of the project.

At this stage, we don’t yet know which of the two projects the developer will pursue or how many waivers and concessions they will request. It is past time for city planning staff to document for all projects and publicly share which waivers a developer is asking for and if granted, for city council to verify the validity of such waivers or concessions. This can be done only at a public hearing.

Getting rid of public hearings (discretionary approval) is being eagerly pursued by planning staff for its proposed Overlay District and for its proposed Design Guidelines, for which you may have completed a survey. Nowhere in the survey does the city state the fact that for developers to accept a set of design guidelines, they need an incentive because it is all voluntary. Elsewhere, staff acknowledge that the incentive for the developer is the removal of public hearings. Other incentives may be considered (no inclusion of affordable units perhaps) but ending public hearings will likely be the adopted incentive. A huge mistake for the public and city council to accept. An early community zoom meeting is no substitute for the loss of a public hearing before a publicly elected body.

City planning staff state that public hearings are outdated since only objective standards now apply; that public hearings are just opinions, therefore subjective and meaningless. That position trivializes the smarts of many members of the public who are well-versed on the need to address objective conditions. Also, public hearings are the only avenue for the public to appeal staff’s recommendation regarding a project; otherwise, it’s all behind closed doors. And, why shouldn’t the city council hear the community’s feelings about losing the town’s identity, about the personal loss of privacy, sunshine or parking? We elect them to represent us, not avoid us when the going gets tough. Maybe the public’s raised voices at public hearings will filter up to Sacramento better than the timid steps taken so far by city council.

The Seabright community’s voices have indeed been raised since the 1214 Soquel Avenue project was made public. Responding to many requests for more information, mayoral candidate Ryan Coonerty held a community meeting last Tuesday, August 18 in a large private parking lot on Seabright Avenue. Well over 200 people attended, including myself. He made it clear he hates and opposes this project. He gave an overview of state housing laws and how they limit our ability to effectively stop projects, gave concrete suggestions for what to do next and answered questions. Surprising to me was his statement that the Anton Pacific market rate project at Laurel and Pacific is 50% occupied by UCSC students! We lose our town’s character for student housing? Neighbors are following up this meeting with further organizing.

I do see a shift in attitude towards all this overbuilding and developer-centered state housing laws. A few years ago, opposition to any housing project was met with a vehement “we need housing” rebuttal. Throw in the word “affordable “and opposition was dismissed as coming from the “privileged.” Now, we see some concrete results of this overbuilding. We have some facts, such as the 25% rise in the city’s Area Median Income, indicating that people with higher incomes are moving in as people with low incomes move out. Many are questioning the meaning of the word “affordable” when a $92,000 individual annual income defines “low income.” More people are aware that the city has been approving double the required state housing numbers, way above any other city. Harder to shift is the belief that all this affordable housing is helping our local workers and residents. Harder, because the city keeps publishing its unverified, misleading statistics to keep that belief alive. In Sunday’s Mayoral column in the Sentinel, councilmember Scott Newsome repeated that mantra saying of the new affordable housing projects in the city that they “give local workers an opportunity to live near where they work and raise their families here…” The city has no evidence that this is true. We have asked for verification, and none is forthcoming.

People are riled up and they should be. Now it’s time for our elected representatives to represent their constituents rather than settling for planning staff spin and draconian state housing laws.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org  Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
MOSS LANDING SCIENTISTS ASK MONTEREY COUNTY TO INCLUDE THEIR DATA

Scientists who have clear background data on heavy metal levels in soils near the Vistra Battery Fire site in Moss Landing are asking the Monterey County Board of Supervisors and the Environmental Health Director to include their data alongside the questionable data filed by Vistra’s paid consultant, Terraphase.  this matters alot because Terraphase claims there is no abnormal heavy metal levels found, and there is no need to continue analysis. Terraphase waited months to begin testing, and used methods that diluted the results.

On the other hand, local scientists were in the field within days, before the rains began, and scraped off the top 1mm-2mm of ash on the soils, finding increased concentrations of heavy metals (nickel, cobalt, manganese) to be 100-1000 times the base levels detected in the soils they had sampled for nearly a decade.

They found high levels of these heavy metals in the waters of Hester Marsh in the Elkhorn Slough, and elevated levels of the heavy metals in the invertebrates living in the muds.  What is the long-term impact on fish and sea otteres?  Without continued funding of the Moss Landing Marine Lab scientists, we will not know.  Monterey County Supervisors must include this scientific data in evaluation of the Vistra Battery Fire situation, and mandate continued long-term research to continue.

San Jose State researchers call for broader review of Moss Landing battery fire
Please write Monterey County Supervisors and Monterey County Environmental Health Director Mr. Ric Encarnacion to urge them to include data of these local scientists in all planning for continued evaluation of the Vistra Battery Fire.

Monterey County Board of Supervisors <cob@co.monterey.ca.us>
Mr. Ric Encarnacion <encarnacionr@countyofmonterey.gov>

THAT’S ALL YOU GET
Following my visit to the EPA information booth at the Castroville Farmer’s Market, I requested their staff to interview on KSCO “Community Matters” to give them a broader platform for outreach about the Vistra Battery Fire Phase II clean up.

Unfortunately, the PIO refused.  Here is the rejection letter:

Thanks for reaching out. I understand Hiruni and the Moss Landing project leads spent significant time speaking with you in person and answering your questions at the Castroville Farmers’ Market on July 23. As such, we won’t be able to accommodate additional time, as our experts are focused on preparing for the start of Phase 2 of the cleanup.

If you’re looking for additional information, EPA will continue to contribute monthly updates to Supervisor Church’s newsletter, provide monthly updates to the Monterey County Department of Emergency Management for presentation at Board of Supervisors meetings, and maintain the Moss Landing Battery Fire webpage.

Thank you,
Mikayla

Mikayla Rumph
U.S. EPA Region 9 (Pacific Southwest)

Hmmmm…It seems the EPA prefers limited outreach to those affected by the Vistra Battery Fire.

WHAT DOES THEIR REPORT CARD LOOK LIKE?
When it comes to the Vistra Battery Fire in Moss Landing, multiple State and Federal agencies have failed to uphold their mission statements to protect and serve the public’s safety.

Listen in to “Community Matters” on KSCO Radio this Friday at 2pm Pacific Time as Mr. Ed Mitchell, lead researcher for Never Again Moss Landing, provides the evaluation of how these agencies have failed, to the detriment of the people and the environment.

KSCO Radio AM 1080 / FM 104.1 or livestream http://www.ksco.com/
The program will be recorded on KSCO Radio. http://shows.zbsradio.com/20260807/7ded38bfcc79605.mp3

CAPITOLA’S STOCKTON BRIDGE…REBUILD OR REPAIR?
Capitola Councilmember Gerry Jensen hosted a great winter preparedness meeting this week at the Capitola Library, and afterward discussed the status of the Stockton Bridge.  The bridge is almost 90 years old, and has never had any maintenance.  Should it be replaced to eliminate pylons in the creek that could get damaged by logs floating down Soquel Creek in heavy storms, or just repair the decking?   The Council authorized an exploratory analysis of the bridge for $20,000 to determine the interior condition.

Luckily, although the bridge is “near the end of it’s life expectancy”, it is structurally sound.

Thanks in part to a grant obtained by Senator Laird, the City has about $850,000 to spend on the analysis and other work.

Replacing the bridge could take two years.  Repairing it could take nine months and would cost about $23 Million.  Either way, it will mean a significant disruption to the Capitola Village commerce, traffic flow and emergency response.  Councilman Jensen compared it to the Murray Street Bridge project disruption.

One man in the audience pointed out that a 90-year-old bridge is young, compared with bridges in other areas of the world that date to hundreds, some even thousands, of years ago.

The Council will be discussing the matter this Thursday, along with review of the action to transition to district-based Council elections. Regular Meeting of the Capitola City Council – 6 PM, 8-26-26

Sign up to get notifications about Councilman Gerry Jensen’s upcoming winter storm preparedness meetings: Gerry Jensen <gjensen@ci.capitola.ca.us>

PG&E UNDERGROUNDING POWER WIRES FOR SAFETY?
Capirola Councilman Gerry Jensen’s winter preparedness meeting with the public at the Capitola Library this week included a presentation from PG&E Safety Staff.  PG&E has it’s own meteorology staff that has been collecting data for quite some time.  Now, that data will be incorporated with storm outage data to create new models to identify where the high-risk outage areas will be during future storm conditions.

PG&E staff stated that in 2025, 68,000 trees have been trimmed or removed to improve utility safety.  That’s quite a forest.

When asked about whether PG&E will be undergrounding power lines for increased safety, staff answered that PG&E has committed to undergrounding 10,000 miles of power lines, but most of the work is in the Sierra, with seven miles of work happening in Santa Cruz County.  The CPUC has ordered PH&E to underground 200 miles of line here next year.

Councilmember Jensen remarked that the City Council will be discussing where to use special funds, known as A20 monies, collected from utilities for undergrounding lines for aesthetic purposes. There are three corridors identified: near Gayle’s Bakery at Bay / Capitola Avenue, Capitola Avenue, and Monterey Avenue.  These project areas were identified about 20 years ago.

THIS WEEK’S BRATTON ON KSCO: HAS THE RTC DONE THEIR JOB?
This Friday, Bratton Online contributor Thomas Leavitt and a special Guest will be discussing  what’s going on with the SCCRTC and the rail trail project and what the result of his Public Records Act request for records related to the cost analysis performed by HDR and referenced in their report revealed (or, rather, did not reveal).

Listen in at 6pm on KSCO Radio AM 1080, FM 104.1, and livestream www.ksco.com

The program will be recorded and available on the KSCO webpage, under “shows” on the Bratton on KSCO page.

COUNTY LAUNCHES NEW WEBPAGE FOR HR-1 IMPACTS
Take a look at this, just released from the County of Santa Cruz:

The DataShare H.R.1 Dashboard is Live!

As the far-reaching effects of the 2025 federal budget reconciliation law (H.R. 1), also known as the One Big Beautiful Bill, unfold across Medi-Cal, CalFresh, and the broader social safety net, DataShare Santa Cruz County has launched a shared Federal Impact Dashboard to track local outcomes over time. This tool translates complex federal and state policy shifts into clear, local data, which will help schools, healthcare providers, community organizations, and decision-makers spot emerging needs and coordinate solutions. We invite you to visit the dashboard to see what these changes mean for our community and how local partners are working together to protect our most vulnerable residents.

Explore the New H.R. 1 Impact Dashboard

Learn more about the federal impacts of H.R.1

The County of Santa Cruz Federal Impacts webpage provides a comprehensive overview of how the 2025 federal budget reconciliation law (H.R. 1) and related policy shifts are affecting the local social safety net, including significant funding reductions to Medi-Cal, CalFresh, and housing stability programs. It outlines the cascading effects these cuts have on emergency rooms, food assistance, and behavioral health, while detailing the County’s proactive mitigation strategies, such as a proposed temporary half-cent sales tax, the formation of the S.H.I.E.L.D. (Safeguarding Health, Inclusion, Essential Services, and Local Defense) Ad Hoc Subcommittee, and targeted investments in benefit enrollment. Community partners, including healthcare providers, nonprofits, and educational institutions, may find this resource valuable for understanding the phased timeline of upcoming federal changes, aligning their local advocacy and service delivery efforts, and coordinating collaborative, cross-sector responses to protect the region’s most vulnerable residents from severe service disruptions

WELL, MAYBE NOT JUST NOW…
The Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors had voted earlier this month to discontinue having their salaries linked to that of the Superior Court Judges, but changed their minds this week.  Supervisor Cummings stated that while he still feels the Board’s salaries should not be linked to the judicial pay levels, he was willing to table any changes until January, 2027 when the new Fourth District Supervisor, Mr. Tony Nunez, will be on the Board and can vote.

The discussion was interesting.  The optics were not good, given the dire financial situation of the County.

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING AND ASK QUESTIONS THAT MATTER TO YOU.
DO ONE THING THIS WEEK, AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Soil Cycles and Wildlife at Molino Creek Farm

I am co-owner of Molino Creek Farm, approximately 140 acres co-owned by a few partners in Northern Santa Cruz County. Recently, I’ve been wondering how to quantify the sum total of what is produced and processed on these acres in terms of food, poo, and biomass. Here’s a summary.

Poo

One hundred acres of land rich with wildlife makes a lot of poo, every year. The assimilative capacity of the land for animal excrement is astounding – otherwise, we’d be up to our neck in it! A pigeon makes 25 pounds of excrement a year, and I assume smaller birds some fraction thereof. Our farm has around 30 wild, naturally occurring pigeon-sized birds (band tailed pigeons and mourning doves) throughout the year. We have 140 California quail, say half pigeon sized. And, there are easily 80 goldfinches and 400 other small birds, mostly juncos, sparrows, towhees, etc…say one quarter pigeon sized. Bird feces on our land per year: around 6,000 pounds – 3 tons!

Furry animals vary on poo production. We have 10 deer year-round; a deer makes 1200 pounds of poo a year. A mouse makes 20 pounds of poo per year and a low estimate for our part of California is 10 mice per acre: 28,000 pounds of poo! (The whole wild world of the North Coast of Santa Cruz County smells like rotting mouse poo after the first rains.). Add in 50 squirrels (40#/year) and a low ball 200 gophers (30#/year) on our farm, and you get 8,000 more pounds of animal poo. So, our 140 acres of critters makes around 54,000 pounds (27 tons) of animal poo per year. That’s 4 dump truck loads! All of this poo gets assimilated into the land and helps to grow what we see around us.

Non-Animal Production

Our farm is a mixture of natural areas and cropland – each has its own story to tell in terms of production.

In terms of produce, within the 6-8 row crop acres and the 3 acres of orchards, we can make 42,000 pounds a year of a combination of apples, citrus, avocados, dry farmed tomatoes and dry farmed squash…along with a few irrigated crops like peppers and onions. In the winter, the 25 acres of crop lands make another average 4,000 pounds/acre of biomass in cover crops: 100,000 pounds of biomass that gets tilled into the ground for extra fertility and soil building.

In the wildlands, there is still more production going on. Our 20 acres of redwood forest puts on around 1800 pounds of dry mass per year per acre, so 36,000 pounds. An additional 60 acres of shrubland and grassland makes another 330,000 pounds of biomass per year. So, wildlands are growing 366,000 pounds of dry biomass annually. Not all of that biomass represents sequestered greenhouse gases, but certainly some of it is. As our redwood trees get bigger, and as we help to protect them from catastrophic tree-killing wildfire, they will sequester more and more carbon.

Imported Additions

Farms often import soil amendments, and Molino Creek Farm is no exception. Some years, we bring in a couple of dump trucks of compost. Many years, we are adding feather meal or some other form of organic fertilizer to help grow food. Recently, we imported what looks like charcoal – ‘biochar’ – from the disposal of dead trees from the surrounding conservation land’s efforts to reduce future wildfire impacts. These inputs are not cheap and it takes time/effort to spread them where they need to go. And so, we like to rely more on cover crops than imported additions, but still our soil tests tell us we need to add some more nitrogen. Total pounds of inputs on average – around 35,000 pounds.

I would be remiss if I didn’t add that we do also import diesel fuel to run tractors, around 200 gallons per year. Our well water for irrigation is pumped via solar power to tanks and then gravity fed through water wise drip systems. The groundwater has to be seen as another ‘imported addition.’

Teeming with Life

The bounty of living things, the manure it creates, the human-captured or wild productivity, and the minimal imported farm additives is fascinating on this small farm. Another small farm has been popularly featured in the film “The Biggest Little Farm.” The film helps people understand what is possible with careful farm management working with wild creatures, growing organically. What do we compare these small farms with? City land? Conventional, large scale agriculture? Wild lands in parks?

I visit all of those other land use types and rarely do I see the kind of bounty that I’ve experienced on small farms that allow nature space and work with nature in the crop lands. If you haven’t visited Statton Island’s rice farms near Davis, California in November and December, you are missing a breathtaking experience – more birds than you would imagine could land in one place…big birds: cranes, geese, and many more.

I’ve also experienced the devastating effects of ‘other’ types of farming. A recent drive across the pesticide-reeking Central Valley had almost zero bugs smashed on my car, contrasting with 20 years ago where it was thick with insect spattering…what happened? Huge crop fields up the Salinas Valley are seemingly lifeless, just like farmers like…so they don’t have to worry about insect damage or bird dropping contamination.

How you spend your grocery money…who you support and why…can make a big difference in wildlife conservation. Why not make wise choices?

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Saturday, August 22, 2026

The title of a Consortium News commentary dated June 11, 2026, reads as follows: “A Requiem For Privacy.” The following observation, immediately following that title, tells us this: “On the eve of America’s 250th anniversary, Americans are asked to accept and pay for a government that knows more about us than we do about it.”

For about ten years or so, I taught a course at the University of California, Santa Cruz that was titled, “Privacy, Technology, And Freedom.” I am writing this blog posting to confirm exactly what Andrew P. Napolitano is telling us in that commentary linked above.

When someone knows more about you than you do about them, the one who “knows more” has the upper hand. If Napolitano is right (and I am confirming that I believe that he is right) then “government” has the upper hand over the citizens, who are supposed to be in charge.

That this is true will not come as any surprise to those reading this blog posting. That’s my bet! I think that most Americans would probably agree with Napolitano’s assessment. However, I am not so sure that the citizens who will find this assessment accurate fully understand the implications of what we are being told.

We cannot, as citizens, be “in charge” of a government that knows more about us, individually and collectively, than we know about it.

Conclusion? We need to change this situation! The next two elections will provide us a chance to do that – the “midterms” scheduled for this upcoming November, and then the next general election (including picking our next president) scheduled for 2028.

If you, reading this, are a citizen of the United States of America who wants to make real what our Declaration of Independence proclaimed, 250 years ago, then let it be known that you are going to have to get together with others who feel the same way, and you are going to have to devote a considerable amount of time and effort to retaking control of the United States of America. On its current path, the “government” is on course to take totalitarian control of us!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
DIGNITY, HUMILIATION, SEQUELS

Kos on Daily Kos writes, “Two big stories have dominated attention this week. The biggest is the hysterical reaction from Republicans over Democratic Senator Jon Ossoff of Georgia including three simple words in this sentence about President Donald Trump: ‘See, he doesn’t want to do the job. He wants to build his ballroom and travel with Natalie on their apparently defenseless flying palace gifted by the emir of Qatar.‘” So, what the heck? Let’s rub their noses in it a bit more! Kos says, “The GOP lost their minds because they know that White House assistant Natalie Harp, who writes love letters to Trump, is just freakin’ weird. New York Times reporter Maggie Haberman said on MS NOW that Harp is ‘his binky, for lack of a better way of putting it — a comfort blanket.” Jeff Strobinsky, on his podcast, asked, “And Melania stays in the marriage because…?”

Ossoff accused Trump of “lying a nation into a war, treating citizens as fools, and those who serve as pawns,” pointing to the sailors on the USS Lincoln who have been on the aircraft carrier far longer than is normal for an assignment, and suffering shortages under wretched conditions due to lack of supplies. “He fruitlessly drains our munitions and oil reserves, sleeping through meetings,” says the senator, being more concerned about stock trades, building self-aggrandizing monuments, and golfing. The Trump/Harp relationship came into sharper focus when it was learned that the two hid in the catering truck as the president’s entourage ‘escaped from Turkey‘ a few weeks ago, due to a supposed Iranian shoulder-fired missile assassination threat. Left behind to travel in the ‘sacrificial decoy aircraft’, were Secretary of State Rubio, Treasury Secretary Bessent, and White House adviser Stephen Miller. Nobody is more deserving than our president to have a young, platinum blond, taxpayer-funded, emotional reassurance companion for the tense flight!

And shame on those who make comments about Natalie’s resemblance to daughter, Ivanka, questioning whether or not Melania and the Trump kids love the old man! One commenter calls them “bit players in his reality show” — he doesn’t care about what they think, only caring about how they fit into his construct. We don’t see Melania tagging along with Donald in all his sojourns — not like Natalie who was seen jogging alongside a lengthy queue of golf carts in Scotland, as she attempted to stay abreast of Dear Leader’s cart. Attorney Seth Abramson suspects there is far more to the relationship than is currently known, saying, “Anyone else starting to feel like there’s a scandal hiding behind all this? The White House lost it today just because Natalie was mentioned in public. The whole nation’s ‘Spidey-senses’ should be tingling.”

Ms. Harp claimed that Trump saved her life from bone cancer, in her address at the 2020 Republican National Convention, by allowing her to be in clinical trials for an unapproved chemotherapy. “Not so,” says Edith Olmstead in The New Republic. The drug had already been approved by the FDA for trials long before Trump was in office. Liar Trump’s eventual Right to Try law, was actually a massive failure, though he claims it saved thousands of lives — six approved drugs saved thousands? Oh well, as long as Natalie believes it as well — birds of a feather.

Mike Nellis writes on Endless Urgency that we are undeserving of the ire directed toward us by the MAGA Minions — we have a right to question those who work for we the people. Not because of salacious gossip, but in Harp’s relationship with the president she might be a threat to our national security because of her extraordinary access and influence. ‘Who has the power in this White House?’ is a legitimate question. Natalie Harp feeds Trump his information — she’s called his “human printer,” constantly shaping his world view from her portable printer and boosting his ego by handing him favorable, flattering comments, reviews and posts. Nellis affirms he has zero sympathy for the MAGAts who are screaming from the rooftops about the mentions of a female staffer — where was their outrage while defending The Don’s blatant sexism and abuse of women in the past?

“Apparently, their concern for the dignity of women begins exactly where Donald Trump’s humiliation does, since they’ve spent a decade cheering while Trump attacks women, humiliates them, and weaponizes their personal lives for political gain,” charges Nellis. Jon Ossoff’s throwaway line in a Senate speech hit a nerve, angering Trump, angering Melania, a blow “below the belt,” which Nellis finds hilarious since that’s the way Trump punches. The entire White House pinball machine is on ‘Tilt,’ as some jealous staffers are leaking tidbits to the press to sabotage the relationship; however, the president is as devoted to her as she is to him — they need each other. Harp shapes Trump’s worldview, controls his narrative, controls his time, controls his mind, the mind of a man in serious cognitive decline, making this a very scary moment. This is no time to ignore this situation — they work for us, so ignore the temptation to ‘look at the bunny in the corner’ as they continue their diversion tactics.

President Barack Obama advisor, David Axelrod, finds the Trump/Harp relationship “a deadly serious issue” with it going on for more than a year, and her without a security clearance. Having access to official documents, and to Trump’s Truth Social account, his primary mode of communication, seems a bit sketchy as she decides what he reads, and which foreign leaders get access — or not? Trump biographer, Michael Wolff, is of the opinion that Harp’s closeness to Trump “is not a relationship that should exist in a professional setting,” touching on “a revolt” among Trump’s staff, unhappy with her proximity to him due to her lack of experience. Wolff thinks Harp is convinced that she’s the president’s “higher purpose bride,” but that all came crashing down when First Lady Melania Trump resurfaced after being absent for almost a month — a paid visit in all likelihood?

Melania held a press conference, emerging from the White House, holding hands with her husband, as she spoke about the expansion of her Fostering the Future Initiative in the Rose Garden — no sign of Natalie the Harpy who would normally be a feather’s throw away. Michael Wolff opines that the two women are locked in a secret power struggle, with Melania refusing to show up if Harp was present, particularly during the 2024 presidential campaign. A recent report that Harp was the leading advocate for the demolition of the East Wing of the White House — traditionally housing the Office of the First Lady of the United States — might have spurred last week’s visit…oops! She prefaced her press conference remarks with, “I heard you missed me. Here I am! Welcome to the White House.” The First Lady’s appearance didn’t quell the chatter about the affair, making it only louder. Let the battle begin!

A Mike Luckovich political cartoon shows two word balloons above the White House. One reading, “Natalie, my protector! You are a godsend! Thanks for making my life bearable!” The other balloon reads, “You’re welcome, Melania…”

Lisa Needham writes on Daily Kos that Harp is rumored to be Karoline Leavitt’s replacement as the White House mouthpiece — the gift that keeps on giving! “Normally, you’d think the sort of attention Harp is receiving would actually catapult her all the way out of the White House and into orbit, but you’d be wrong. In this administration, the fact that Harp, who currently serves as a sort of combination helpmeet, mental fluffer, and cheerleader for Trump, that getting on TV more is very important,” says Needham. Of course, she has no press-secretary-type experience, but why would you want relevant experience for any job in this administration? “It’s hard to conceive of someone worse than Leavitt, but Harp would be it,” maintains Needham. “It’s a terrific way to run a country.”

It should be noted that Natalie actually showed up at the Freedom 250 Grand Prix in DC on Sunday, as did Melania who had dibs on the president. Natalie had to console herself by chatting it up with Eric Trump as they watched Donald and Melania cruise the track in a motorcade to launch the day’s event. But rest assured that somehow, someway, the salaried executive assistant was earning her $150,000 paycheck honestly — all without running alongside the president’s limo.

Alix Breeden of Daily Kos reports that Melania will get another shot to bore us to tears, thanks to Jeff Bezos and Amazon MGM Studios. Alix asks, “When it comes to movies, everyone knows the sequel is never as good as the original. But what happens when nobody liked the original to begin with?” Rather than put a stop to any future installments, First Lady Melania’s self-titled documentary is an apparent exception, so full steam ahead for more punishment on Prime Video this fall. To be billed as a “totally different experience” and “completely new,” the retry was shot during the first 20 days of Trump’s current presidency, and will reveal a side of the former model that “hasn’t been seen yet.” That should interest Donald, you think? And, according to him, the film is “selling out — FAST.”

Getting down to brass tacks, we know that for the first movie, Bezos spent $40 million for the rights to the film, then dumped in another $35 million for marketing, then grossing a paltry $16.6 million worldwide. Melania’s return wasn’t too bad, however, netting her $10.71 million. No estimate on what she will make for the new docu-series, but we can count on the Trump Family Crime Syndicate to enrich themselves even further in this Bribery By Tech Giants scheme. Posted comments flourished on social media sites when the news broke about the impending release: Apple Bonker wrote, “Please…let’s not be so tough on Melania. After all, she has proven immigrants WILL do the jobs Americans find too gross.” Romaragazza posted: “I hear the sequel will be called ‘Some Like Them Young’.” Radders questions, “How can this be the ‘First Lady’? If she hadn’t met Epstein, she’d still be standing under her lamp post on a city street corner.” A disinterested Tony Situ posted: “I really don’t care. Do U?”

Former adviser to Trump in his first term, Anthony Scaramucci, feels that Melania’s unprecedented absence in the president’s second stint has left him “more unhinged.” Until last week, she had been present only 38 days this year, serving as First Lady in name only so as not to embarrass the president. The Mooch says, “When she was more friendly with him, she would tell him to tone it down, and he would actually listen to her. There’s very few people that Trump listens to.” He believes that Trump has actually become more emboldened with the First Lady no longer “reining him in,” leading to his instability. It’s lonesome at the top!

Hayes Brown writes on MS NOW that President Trump has a list of some of the most powerful and feared men in human history as Maggie Haberman and Jonathan Swan mention in their book ‘Regime Change: Inside the Imperial Presidency of Donald Trump.’ Prominence is given to Alexander the Great, Julius Caesar, William the Conqueror, Adolf Hitler, Mao Zedong, and Joseph Stalin, all of whom are outranked by Trump with his power and his capacity to change the world — this according to the so-called historian who made the list for the president. Haberman and Swan describe the “untroubled ease with which he accepted a place among men who had reshaped the world through conquest and fear, drawing no distinction between those who built and those who destroyed.”

“The president’s megalomania helps explain some of the wildly reckless decisions of his second term, and is seeming indifference on domestic issues, as Trump appears to be dreaming of reshaping the world in his image and imagining he can do so without paying a heavy price,” writes Brown. In an interview with Jon Stewart on ‘The Daily Show‘, Haberman and Swan describe Trump as seeing himself as a Napoleonic figure even as he ignores the humiliating rise and fall of the French emperor who ended up in exile because of his overreach. The president was asked, following his invasion of Venezuela, what limits there are to his power. His classic Trumpy reply was, “There is one thing. My own morality. My own mind. It’s the only thing that can stop me.”

He has managed to convince himself that he is a unique figure in world history, saying he is the most powerful person to ever live, and wishing to be remembered as the one who did things that other people couldn’t do, through “sheer power and force of will.” It’s unlikely that Trump will be brought back to earth soon, having surrounded himself with ‘yes men’ and sycophants. “The seeming absence of people who might check him is dangerous,” wrote journalist Michael Kruse in 2016, “In the mercurial life of Donald John Trump, here is one great truth: When he’s riding highest, he is also at his most frenzied, his most volatile — his most self-destructive.”

Trump’s cavalier approach to the Iran war, and the ongoing conflict, has tempered his aura of invincibility, dramatically weakening his poll numbers as he tries to slough off any blame, and presaging a lack of the same unfettered use of power in the second half of his term as a lame duck. Brown suggests another name for Trump’s list of the powerful — Pharaoh Ramses II, the powerful ruler of ancient Egypt, who is recognized as the subject of Percy Bysshe Shelley’s poem ‘Ozymandias.’ In the poem, Shelley describes a ruined, broken monument, surrounded by empty desert, atop a pedestal inscribed with the words, “My name is Ozymandias, king of kings: Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!”

Brown goes on to say that the common thread that unites Trump with those on his list is hubris. “The unbounded pride and willingness to place themselves above all others, even the gods, has been the downfall of enough mortals that the Ancient Greeks framed it as a king’s greatest sin. Trump apparently sees himself as mightier than any man who’s ever walked the globe. His belief based on flattery and self-deception, is a combination that has felled more would-be tyrants and despots than any one list can hold.” Regretful that we have to share his world with him!

Trump’s long-time thorn-in-the-side, Rosie O’Donnell, guest-hosted ‘Jimmy Kimmel Live!‘ last week and she didn’t hold back, suspecting that the president would be tuned in every night. Her final monologue brought down the house, with her version of ‘Donny Boy,’ based on the Irish tune, ‘Danny Boy‘: “Oh Donny boy, it’s Rosie, Rosie calling. From Hollywood, the Jimmy Kimmel show. Drop that Big Mac that we all know you’re holding, because my dear, I worry for you so. Poor Donny boy, your polls, your polls are falling. Your reflecting pool is green as Mountain Dew. Your wig’s a mess, your ballroom is appalling, and with Iran you bit off more than you can chew. But there’s a way to end this drama. It’s time to use that stable genius brain. Since we all know you’ll never be Obama, why not resign and make this country great again?” Daily Dose of Democracy calls one Rosie comment a whopper: “You gotta realize it’s time to hang up your wig and let Natalie tuck you in.” Toupée!

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com. 
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust.

   “Nuggets” If I find something topically relevant, but not necessarily directly related to the week’s selection, you’ll see it under the Nuggets heading. Note: for reasons of brevity, sources are usually dropped when I reproduce an entry. You can always email me if you’re curious, or, even better, buy a copy of the book!

Dateline: August 26, 2026

I love how informal names “linger on”, despite whatever official name the powers that be have designated. Clark doesn’t mention it here, but this photo of the Castle at Castle Beach from the SCPL Local History Wiki shows that the name is on target. The building really did look like a castle, including a tower and crenellations.

Amusingly, in a sort of circular reference, when you click on “More Information” at the link above, the source cited for it is Clark’s note below. Click on “Previous Item”, and you get a picture of the beach itself, circa 1910, labeled “Seabright Beach – A safe place for Bathing – Seabright, California“. The Lookout has an article, Museum takes a fond look back at Seabright’s legendary Castle Beach by the indomitable Wallace Baine from Jun 10, 2022, covering “a new exhibit at the Santa Cruz Museum of Natural History” featuring “photos and artifacts” from the castle. The lead photo is a color picture of the “Scholl Marr Castle” (sic), which Baine states was built in 1929 as “a faux Moorish castle”, a look which he suggests was inspired by Hollywood. The article is paywalled (though you get “one free article a month”, which normally means that it can be accessed one way or another, even if you’ve already read another article). It mentions that Gary Griggs presented a lecture on August 11th of that year, “Seabright and the Castle: Then and Now”, which must have been fascinating… hopefully it was recorded or some record of it has been preserved by the Museum. Here’s another picture from the SCPL Local History Wiki of Castle Beach at Seabright Beach, featuring the beach itself, filled with umbrellas and sunbathing beachgoers, sourced from the Santa Cruz Sentinel circa 1938.

Again, even a casual search yields a wealth of information about a local landmark. I love learning about this stuff… if you remember the Castle, drop me a note and I’ll publish it in a future column if you care to permit that. I’d love to hear your memories!

Castle Beach

A small stretch of sandy beach in the Seabright district of the City of Santa Cruz at the foot of Pilkington, Mott and Cypress streets. It took its name from a landmark now gone, the Castle. James Pilkington built the Seabright bathhouse in 1899-1900. In 1918 Conrad Scholl and his son Louis took over the management of the baths and over the years added a dining room and other features and called their establishment Scholl-Mar Castle. In the 1940s it operated as a restaurant named Casa del Mar; an art gallery was operated in it during the 1950s and early 1960s. The building was demolished March 24, 1967. The beach in front of the Castle took on its name, which still lingers on, although the official name of the beach is now Seabright Beach Unit of Twin Lakes State Beach.

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“comes in threes”

“Bad luck always comes in threes.”
~B.J. Daniels

“You know what they say: trouble always comes in threes.”
~Tracy Chevalier

“Three grand essentials to happiness in this life are something to do, something to love, and something to hope for.”
~Joseph Addison

“I think everything in life comes in threes: heartbreak and all that. You’ve got to do the full round in order to learn.”
~Lykke Li

“I have just three things to teach: simplicity, patience, compassion. These three are your greatest treasures.”
~Lao Tzu

I love all of the “series” Alex Falcone puts out, like, for instance, “is it a scam, yep”. This is a video with 6 clips from his “unfun facts” series. He’s great, you should follow him on all the socials!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice as soon as the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

August 19 – 25, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… City Council on Workbench 900 High St. Project… Steinbruner… Supervisor raise, sugar money… Hayes… The Past, The Future: Monterey Bay Conservation… Patton… The Winning Formula… Matlock… uncontrollable…end time…sticks and stones…. Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… rock stars on Freddie Mercury Quotes on… “Labor Day”

...

POLITICS IN SANTA CRUZ, April 26, 1962. Yes, that’s the estimable Eleanor Roosevelt shaking hands with our then Mayor Bert B. Snyder jr., while Erva Bowen looks on. They are all at the Deer Park Restaurant out in Aptos. Erva was president of the area NAACP and president of our Santa Cruz County School Board.

photo credit: Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: August 19, 2026

A FEW MORE DAYS… I have a few more days to prepare and get everything ready for the Playa. I haven’t been since 2010, provided that you don’t count the non-Burning Man Burning Man that happened in 2021. WHen we went back in the early aughts, Thomas and I would drive out there, buy a ticket at the gate, drive in, and then cruise around until we found a corner that looked neat. We’d park our car and put up our tent, and that was pretty much that.

This year, Brian and I are taking our trailer (which we bought for the aforementioned rogue burn in 2021 and named Serenity), and we will be in a camp with power hookups and wi-fi… I’ll get back to you on how everything was, once I’m back. I’ve been working hard on getting back on a more regular schedule for the column – didja notice?! Either way, I *believe* I’ll have wi-fi and will be able to keep that up and post from the Playa. However, best laid plans, and all that… if you suddenly hear nothing, at least you’ll know why!

Meanwhile, enjoy!

~Webmistress

...

THE LAST HOUSE. Netflix. Movie. (5.5 IMDb) ***-

Buñuel’s The Exterminating Angel meets Lovecraft.

This is the ultimate “bottle story.” A suburban Seattle family wakes up one morning to find they can’t leave their house – and neither can anyone else on the block, or maybe anywhere. Some kind of mostly unseen force has sealed everyone in, and it brings the rain with it. Endless, relentless rain.

Stories like this always get under my skin. There’s a very specific kind of tension that kicks in once it starts to feel like there’s no way out – I stop hoping for a clever escape and start just wanting these poor people put out of their misery. That’s not a knock on the film; it’s a testament to how well it builds dread. You feel the walls closing in right along with the family.

What makes it work is the slow unraveling – watching ordinary people get inventive out of sheer necessity, rationing food, rigging up ways to collect water, turning on each other and then back to each other again. It’s as much a study in psychological survival as physical survival. The monster stuff, when it finally shows up, feels almost like an afterthought bolted onto a much stranger, much better film about isolation and endurance – but even that tacked-on quality has a certain charm, like the movie couldn’t resist giving its dread a shape.

Worth a watch.

~Sarge

THE BACKROOMS. In theatres, PrimeTV. Movie. (6.8 IMDb) ***-

The Backrooms, like Slenderman and Creepy Pasta, grew out of the internet, a new kind of horror born from the post-Covid emptying of once-populated spaces. The Backrooms are both a genre and a reaction to liminal spaces: those empty places between places. Abandoned terminals, shopping malls, office buildings. They can be fascinating, but also deeply unnerving.

The Backrooms movie takes that unease and turns it up to 12, suggesting these are places misremembering themselves: genuinely endless hallways, random fragments of stairs, windows where windows shouldn’t be. Even people become fragmented, misremembered.

For anyone who’s ever found themselves unnerved not by boogeymen, but by places that just aren’t right, this hits a very particular nerve. Well worth a watch
~Sarge

THE ODYSSEY. In Theaters. Movie. (8.5 IMDb) ****
The “Helen is DEI casting!” and “Achilles is trans!” outrage tells me you looked up The Odyssey just long enough to be angry, without actually reading it or seeing the film. I’ve read it multiple times, from adolescence through university. It’s a legend Homer recorded centuries after the supposed events, preserved through oral tradition, and all the variations that adds to the story. Helen’s skin color has no significance to the story, and Achilles is already dead when The Odyssey begins. Elliot Page doesn’t play Achilles at all, but Sinon, the young man sent to war in another’s place.

Nolan’s Odyssey is a solid, faithful-ish telling, briskly told in about three hours (I know, that sounds like an oxymoron but it’s true). It adds some believable depth to Odysseus, gives Penelope less screen time than she deserves, and as a mythology geek I could nitpick the lack of spear fighting or the anachronistic Corinthian helmets instead of the Achaeans’ boar’s tusk helmets. But that’s fanboy trivia. At its heart, it’s a powerful story about responsibility and loss. Well worth a watch. Twice, if you can.
~Sarge

MASTERS OF THE UNIVERSE. PrimeTV. Movie. (6.8 IMDb) ***

Masters of the Universe (2026) was a genuine surprise. Rather than forcing the franchise into a dark, gritty reboot, it embraces the colorful, larger-than-life spirit of the original. It balances action, fantasy, and humor without winking at the audience, making the whole adventure feel sincere, fun, and delightfully goofy.

This isn’t trying to be the next great fantasy epic—it’s trying to be a Masters of the Universe movie, and it succeeds. Ignore the toxic nostalgia crowd complaining about the diverse casting of characters like Man-At-Arms, Triclops, and Ram Man, and you’ll find a tonally accurate adaptation that answers plenty of questions longtime fans have had for years (particularly namings). Stick around for the mid- and post-credit scenes. Well worth the watch.

~Sarge

QUICK LOOK AT NETFLIX. Netflix. Series, Movie. ***-

Here’s some stuff that’s not necessarily current, but currently on Netflix:

Veronica Mars think Buffy, but with no vampires, and lots of class conflicts, roofies … and the result … and murder in a small California coastal town. Young Kristen Bell (The Good Place) lives with her disgraced cop/now PI father, and is determined to solve the murder of her best friend, and the case that tanked her father’s career. A fun watch.

The Dead Don’t Die think Night of the Living Dead directed by Wes Anderson. Only in this case, it’s Jim Jarmusch. Zombies in a small town, with Bill Murray and Adam Driver starring. Tilda Swinton is a samurai. Much more like his 80’s films.

Mindhunter was pretty amazing, on and off; the casting for Big Ed Kemper was spot on. Period piece that follows the building of the FBI’s “profiling” division, focused on this new thing: serial killers.

The Enola Holmes movies: Sherlock (Henry Cavill)’s little sister, Enola (Alone backwards), breaks free of an attempt to ship her off to a deportment school, and takes up the family business on her own. There follow adventures, romance (on her terms), and occasional visits by her anarchist mother, Helena Bonham Carter. The first is a lot of fun, growing less (for me) as the sequels went on.

Marty: Life is Short, let’s hope it’s not for him! I love Martin Short, so this was a gem. An autobiographical history, chock full of familiar clips, as well as previously unseen personal movies, and of course a tremendous group of cameos.

~Sarge

SUPERGIRL. In theatres. Movie. (6.1 IMDb) ***-

Supergirl is 67 years old.

In that time, she’s been through a LOT of attempts to give her her OWN story instead of just being Jr. Girl Superman. She suffers here from 1) the Manosphere complaining that she’s not cute or “feminine” enough, and 2) people stuck on an older version of her, like comparing Super Friends Aquaman to Jason Momoa.

Loosely based on Supergirl: Woman of Tomorrow by Tom King, and honestly drawing from True Grit too, Supergirl stars Milly Alcock (House of the Dragon) as Kara Zor El, who leaves Earth to escape the shadow of her cousin, Superman, and the expectations piled on her while still dealing with PTSD from the destruction of Krypton. She ends up caught in a child’s vendetta and a race against time to get medical help for Krypto (played by Krypto, from Superman).

The pacing isn’t the sharpest, but the soundtrack is a banger, the effects are great, and Jason Momoa as Lobo is a role he was born to play. Despite haters and Rotten Tomatoes, well worth a watch.

~Sarge

GOOD GIRL’S GUIDE TO MURDER. Netflix. Series. (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Think Nancy Drew meets True Detective. Five years after the apparent murder of a popular high school student, aspiring journalist Pip Fitz-Amobi decides the case doesn’t add up. What begins as a school project quickly turns into a deeper investigation, uncovering secrets, lies, and long-buried resentments in a town convinced the mystery was solved years ago.

The show’s biggest strength is Pip herself (Emma Myers – Jenna Ortega’s bouncy rainbow werewolf roommate on “Wednesday”): smart, determined, and believable as an amateur sleuth. While it never gets as dark as True Detective, it avoids feeling like a watered-down teen mystery, delivering genuine suspense, credible twists, and enough suspects to keep you guessing. Based on the novel by Holly Jackson, it’s a fast, engaging binge that captures the appeal of a classic detective story while giving it a modern true-crime sensibility.
~Sarge

GOOD OMENS 3. PrimeTV. Movie. (8 IMDb) ***-

In 1990, fantasy legend Terry Pratchett and young comic fantasy mavin Neil Gaiman collaborated on a novel built around the question, “What if the Antichrist got switched at birth?” and Good Omens was born.

In 2024, the third season of Amazon’s adaptation of the late Terry Pratchett and Neil Gaiman’s Good Omens was put on hold after multiple allegations of sexual assault against Gaiman surfaced in the news.

The Amazon version of Good Omens thrived on the brilliant chemistry between David Tennant and Michael Sheen as Crowley, a demon, and Aziraphale, an angel, who have spent millennia on Earth in what increasingly resembles a Cold War marriage. Faced with the impending Apocalypse, both come to the conclusion that maybe it might be altogether better … NOT doing that.

Featuring a host of charming side stories that all somehow linked together, plus a simmering relationship between the two leads, the first season felt like a delightful Douglas Adams pastiche. Since season one adapted the novel itself, the second season came as a complete surprise. Crafted entirely by Gaiman, it leaned harder into the Crowley/Aziraphale relationship, along with a gloriously naked and amnesiac Jon Hamm as the angel Gabriel. A great deal happens, and it all ends on a heartbreaking cliffhanger.

Then came season 3 … NOT!

As allegations against Gaiman mounted, stretching from the mid-80s into relatively recent years, comics, films, and television projects tied to him began getting canceled or shelved, including Good Omens 3. Fortunately, Gaiman stepped away from the production, allowing fans to get a third season … sort of. Cut down to a single feature-length finale, it still manages to wrap up a surprising number of story threads, and may even produce a few sniffles.

Gaiman’s problematic history aside, worth a watch.
~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

August 17, 2026

Bad Optics for Open Government

It looks innocent enough. The city council taking a short break in a lengthy afternoon agenda. The problem is they were in the middle of discussing and voting on an agendized item; a Workbench housing project for the Peace United Church at 900 High St. A motion had been made when Mayor Keeley called for the ten-minute break. They all filed into the back room, including the assistant city manager and the city attorney. Fifteen minutes later they emerged and resumed discussion of the motion.

This not only looks bad; it is a violation of the Brown Act. And it is not the first time it has happened. At a previous meeting, all the microphones suddenly went dead during council deliberations on an agendized item. The Vice-Mayor called for a fifteen-minute break (the mayor was absent) and they all filed into the back room, including the city manager and the city attorney. When they emerged it was obvious there had been back-room discussions since the council member who had been feisty before the break, was subdued, apologized for being harsh on staff and made the motion she had previously been criticizing.

Back to the 900 High St. project. This was being brought back with significant changes from the original which had been previously approved by council against formal appeals by neighbors. The grounds for the new submission were due to increased construction costs; Workbench representative Sibley Simon said the former project would not pencil. That’s right, the new buzz word is pencil, not pencil out…do try to be au courant. The new submission has many substantive changes including an increase in height to five stories, an increase in unit and bed numbers and a brand-new design shape.

It is arguably a new project and that could have been the council’s focus, but it was not addressed by council although it was addressed by neighbors who spoke to council. The focus of council’s concern was the 3 new waivers and 3 new concessions sought by the developer to reduce the costs of constructing the project. These included the added height, changed shape and increase in bed space plus replacing the city required design guidelines of non-vinyl windows with vinyl and also requested was a streamlined tenant selection process. This last concession was the focus of council push-back. Since any push-back by council on a building project is a rarity, it was a breath of fresh air to see councilmember Susie O’Hara meticulously demand answers from Mr. Simon and staff. The only downside was that the question of this being a new project was off the table.

Councilmember O’Hara demanded to see evidence that the project would not pencil without the changes. The city attorney clarified that the developer has no obligation to demonstrate that assertion (thanks Sacramento for your draconian housing laws). It’s up to the city to demonstrate whether the developer’s assertion is valid and the city had not done that calculation. As someone who has adjusted to the council’s rubber stamping of projects, I was thrilled with this new showing of guts on the part of some city council members. The neighbors did not get support for council denying the project, nor support for the need for hydrogeological studies since Westlake Pond might be impacted. That study will perhaps be done at the building permit stage which proves the need to keep public hearings for all projects. Staff is working to discontinue public hearings via its design guidelines proposal and its overlay district proposal. An early community meeting is no substitute for public hearings at the building permit end stage. Nor are they merely “subjective” and “opinion-based” as planning staff like to say. The hydrogeological issue proves that point.

Regarding the streamlined tenant selection issue, which council member O’Hara and Kalantari-Johnson succeeded in removing from the concessions, there was a glaring staff mistake and council seemed unaware of it.

Workbench representative Simon sought the streamlined selection process to avoid the considerable work involved if a thousand people apply for each one of the eight affordable units in the project. (The number 1000 is just a guess and likely overstated, but the point remains). The city’s housing manager was called to the dais, and said, incorrectly, that the city is “merely asking for notification” when an affordable unit is available.  That “we don’t manage a process; we simply advertise the vacancy.” That is wrong on so many levels. Either that, or the city has no intention of requiring property managers to uphold the city’s local and local worker preferences; and the city  required to track and verify that they are being followed and implemented. The community prevailed in getting council support for a local and local worker ordinance. The teeth in that ordinance is in its guidelines which should soon be available for public review (staff requested 90 days to get that together.) Council and staff should be far better apprised of this ordinance.

However, let’s celebrate and support council finding some spine to hold developers and staff accountable. It is only a beginning, and much more should follow. But a start is a start.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org  Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
WE SHOULD BE PROUD OF THIS?

At a time when the County government’s financial condition is none too rosy, the Board of Supervisors just voted to make it easier to give themselves a pay raise.  What prompted that?  Since 2021, their salaries were tied to being 62% of salaries made by Superior Court judges.  This year, the Judicial Council did not approve any pay raises for the judges, so the Supervisors also will not get more money.  
 
Apparently, that did not set well with our elected leaders, prompting the discussion to break the link to judicial pay, and approve returning to approving their own pay increases.
Chair Monica Martinez stated before  the 3:2 vote in favor of breaking the established link that the Board uses a system based on cost of living and other factors to approve other County employees pay increases, “so, we should be proud of that and apply it to our own needs.”   Hmmmm….
 
Well, why did then-Supervisor Greg Caput  in 2021 feel linking Supervisor salaries was important enough to return to the doing such?  He felt it was wrong to be voting on his own pay increase, funded by the taxpayers.  He donated the pay increase amounts to local charities.  Across the Board | Good Times
 
“The practice of linking Supervisor salaries to that of judges was initiated after 1970, following the passage of a California Constitutional Amendment California Proposition 12.  This allowed county governing bodies to set their own pay by local ordinance.

  •  “Once granted local control, counties began experimenting with objective benchmarks to avoid conflicts of interest. For example, San Diego County passed an ordinance linking supervisor pay to Municipal Court judges in 1977, while Humboldt County officially tied supervisor pay to Superior Court judges in 1979. Santa Cruz followed shortly after in 1980.”

Counties in California use the salaries of Superior Court judges to link Board of Supervisors’ pay primarily to remove the political conflict of interest of elected officials voting on their own compensation. 

The specific reasons this judicial benchmark became a widespread practice across California counties include:

1. Insulation from Political Backlash
When supervisors vote directly to increase their own pay, it frequently triggers public outrage and accusations of self-dealing. Tying compensation to an automatic, external formula shifts the mechanism out of the board’s immediate hands, insulating supervisors from the political fallout of enacting a vote for a raise. [1, 2, 3, 4]

2. Reliance on State-Regulated Increases
Superior Court judges are considered state-level legal professionals whose base salaries are prescribed strictly by California state law. Their annual adjustments are automatically dictated by the average salary increases given to regular California state employees. By tethering to this system, counties defer the calculation to state-level metrics rather than local political whim. [, 2, 3, 4]

3. Clear Professional Equivalence
Being a county supervisor in modern California is a demanding, full-time role requiring intense regulatory, budgetary, and civil oversight. Grand juries and county human resources departments regard judges as a stable proxy for highly skilled public-sector executives, establishing a professional baseline that helps attract qualified candidates to local office. [1, 2, 3]

4. Scalable Local Flexibility
The system allows individual counties to account for their local economy and cost of living simply by adjusting the target percentage. For example: 

This provides a uniform, legally clean framework that can scale depending on whether a county is large and urban or small and rural.” 
Contra Costa supervisors expected to tie their salaries to those of judges
https://www.nevada.courts.ca.gov/system/files/0708-cog-compensationandbenef.pdf

Well, at a time when the Supervisors are expecting the public to dig deeper into our pockets for a new sales tax increase, they should be leading by example.

HOUSING NEXIS STUDY FOR COUNTY CAUSES VOTE TO VIOLATE MEASURE J?
Last week, the Board heard a long-awaited presentation by Keyser-Marston consultants to evaluate the nexis of housing and developer fees aimed at supporting affordable housing.  The Board had asked for this in 2023.
 
The consultant emphasized that the analysis evaluated the maximum legally-supported fee vs. a “feasible” fee.  A survey of what other jurisdictions charge showed that developer fees collected to support affordable housing projects could be as high as $21-$28/SF for saleable single family residences, $3-$8 /SF for rental  residential projects, #1.41-$3/SF for agricultural development and $4.22-$7/SF for non-residential development.  
 
The County has been charging $2-$15/SF for saleable single family residential projects, $2/SF fro residential rental projects, $1/SF for ag development, and $3/SF for non-residential development.  In 2024-2025, that brought in $551,000, and in 2025-2026, developers paid $370,000.  
 
So, what did the County do with that money???  That was not discussed.  
 
However, Supervisor Koenig was exasperated with a constituent report that they had to pay $800 in developer affordable housing fees to get a permit to build a 400SFtiny home.
 
There was much discussion between Planning Dept. staff and Supervisor Cummings that market rate projects were not really counted in housing number analysis. Staff said there just isn’t interest in those kinds of projects, but due to recent State law changes, developers are interested in building 100% affordable projects.   That likely is because these projects no longer require public hearings or neighborhood notices, being now deemed “ministerial approvals”.

  • Supervisor Cummings was not happy that the Nexis Study did not include what was requested by the Board in 2023, with clear direction to include analysis of a 5% Section 8 Voucher number in new developments.  Staff  told him that if the Board wanted Keyser Marston to look at that, the Board would have to come up with the money.
  • It was shocking to see that Staff did not follow direction back in 2023 for scoping the Nexis Study, and was not willing to take responsibility for their mistake.

The Keyser-Marston consultant recommended reducing the inclusionary affordable housing rate to 11%.

Supervisor Cummings was worried the County would suffer losing a lawsuit by reducing the required affordable inclusionary housing under Measure O, and thus  made a motion (seconded by Supervisor Hernandez) to require 15% of new residential development, for sale and for rent, would be dedicated to affordable inclusionary housing, as is mandated by Measure J, the voter-approved referendum from 1978.

  • County Counsel Justin Heath argued that Measure O was irrelevant, even though he admitted he knew nothing about it.  He said Measure J does not require 15% of each project (over 7 units) to be deeded affordable but rather only 15% of the County’s overall construction.  Staff had made a comment that over the last three years, about 84% of the permitted projects in the County have been affordable housing.  Mr. Heath said that proves that the County is meeting the 15% affordability threshold, and therefore supported Supervisor Koenig’s motion to remove any inclusionary requirements on developers..
     

  • Supervisor Koenig made a substitute motion (seconded by Supervisor DeSerpa) to reduce or eliminate inclusionary affordable housing required in residential projects, and reduce or eliminate the developer impact fees.  He wanted to support growth in moderate income housing.  (Hmmm….is that related to his side job as a realtor?)

Amazingly, the conversation by staff and Supervisor Koenig and Chair Martinez turned to clamoring for action to support growth.
That passed, 3:2.
 
There supposedly will be public hearings to gain further insight on the market and what is needed, and the issue will return to the Board in March.

  • You may enjoy watching the Presentation for Item #9 at this morning’s Board meeting.  Supervisor Cummings did an excellent job of defending inclusionary affordable housing.  
     
    You can watch the proceeding here

    Click on #9 to go directly to that area of the meeting.  
     
    County Counsel Heath’s arguments regarding Measure J and Measure O begin at about minute 4:30:00.  
     
    Like Supervisor Cummings, I feel the Staff failed to uphold the decision of the Board, and it is not right to demand the Board fund what it would take to make it right.

  • Take a look at the data below and give this some thought.

 
Many thanks to Linda S. for sending this information:
[Almost nowhere in California is building enough, according to the state. Here’s why]

                                                          

                                                     

                                                                    

                                                                         

                                                                            

page v. low  low moderate >moderate
Santa Cruz County 27 2% 40% 35% 11%
City of Santa Cruz 10 197% 248% 49% 30%
Scotts Valley 31 70% 87% 0% 35%
Watsonville 34 14% 9% 0% 34%
Capitola 37 29% 21% 7% 10%

LOTS AND LOTS OF SUGARY MONEY IN SANTA CRUZ
Have you wondered about the money Santa Cruz City is gathering with the sale of sugar-sweetened drinks?  I have, and took advantage of a spare moment to sit in on the Measure Z Citizen Oversight Committee for that tax passed in 2024 to collect 2cents per fluid ounce of sugar-sweetened drinks sold within the city limits. 
 
Maybe you should sit down. 
 
While Measure Z anticipated bringing in $1.2 Million annually, it has actually racked up $3.5 Million for the City in one year!  Legal counsel advised the Committee not to spend any of it just yet, due to the law suit filed by the American Beverage Association.  

The lawsuit, filed May 28, 2025, argues that the tax violates the Keep Groceries Affordable Act of 2018, which prohibits California cities and counties from creating new taxes on groceries, including beverages, through January 1, 2031. Included in the act was a penalty that would have stripped a local authority of its sales and use tax revenue should it impose a new grocery–related tax or fee.

Beverage industry sues to overturn Santa Cruz soda tax

The Court ruled in favor of keeping the tax, but American Beverage Association has appealed the decision.  It may take 18 months to resolve, so spending the money now could potentially cause having to claw it back.
 
It will be interesting to see what happens, given there have been other rulings supporting the ability of charter cities to tax sugar-sweetened drinks. Ruling Affirmed in California Sugary Drink Tax Preemption Lawsuit

In the meantime, the Committee that will be tasked with developing a way to give what seems to be potentially bringing the City $3.5 Million annually is looking at launching a voter survey to determine what they actually thought they were voting on, and how the money would be used.    Staff had no idea when that polling might happen.   Hmmmm…..
 
WHAT WILL HAPPEN TO RESTORE SEACLIFF STATE BEACH?
Recent storms hammered Seacliff State Beach, demolishing the RV camping area that was so popular.  What will happen next?  

Take a moment to join this Community sounding board and voice your thoughts on what this place should offer for The People. Seacliff Resilience | Seacliff State Beach

WHEN WILL YOUR ROAD BE FIXED?
Many thanks to Ms. Lynn Sestak, FireWise Coordinator for the Santa Cruz County FireSafe Council for sharing the information below about an upcoming meeting to talk about the status of road repair and evacuation planning in Santa Cruz County.

A special meeting with First District Santa Cruz County Supervisor Manu Koenig on September 9  at 6pm via Zoom.  He will review which repairs are funded, which are not, how the County measures evacuation risk, and what we can do to make our roads safer.

This meeting will focus on roads in Santa Cruz County with some comparisons to Santa Clara County. 
All are welcome.

This presentation will be recorded and the recording shared afterwards.

Here is the zoom meeting invitation:

Time: Sep 9, 2026 06:00 PM Pacific Time (US and Canada)
Join Zoom Meeting
Join our Cloud HD Video Meeting

Meeting chat link

Meeting ID: 865 2530 8270
Passcode: 014731

COMMUNITY MATTERS INTERVIEWS SUPERVISOR KIM DESERPA THIS FRIDAY
This Friday, August 21, at 2pm Pacific Time, Second District County Supervisor Kim DeSerpa will talk about what is happening in her district.  What are the greatest challenges?  What has been a surprise?
 
Listen and call  in on KSCO Radio AM 1080 or live stream at ksco.com/

The program will be recorded and posted on the KSCO website

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  ATTEND ONE PUBLIC MEETING ON A TOPIC THAT MATTERS TO YOU.
DO ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
The Past, The Future: Monterey Bay Conservation

A brief ode to some of the region’s more recent conservationists and suggestions to where we need to go from here.

Last column, last week, I urged readers to reflect on what we see happening with conservation around the Monterey Bay. I shared what I have been seeing, which is not altogether positive. And, I noted that prior generations of conservationists would be sad to see what has become of their work. Can we recall prior conservationists or adequately recognize those at work now? How will future conservationists succeed?

Conservation Leaders

In my time here since 1986, I have been inspired by some amazing conservation leaders around the Monterey Bay. I often think about R. Morgan, who many consider the most important conservationist of modern times. He generously shared his always growing extensive understanding and insights into botany and wildlife biology. He knew where every native plant grew in Santa Cruz County, was always discovering new species, could recall a litany of bird occurrences and their natural histories, was familiar with most of the geography of the county, and tracked and helped focus others on conservation priorities accordingly. Dean Taylor and Roy Buck complimented his work in botany, cataloging species occurrences and furthering our understanding of conservation approaches. There were also Celia and Peter Scott and Bruce Bratton adding very important leadership and energy to the Santa Cruz County conservation movement. To the South, for decades, Mary Ann ‘Corky’ Matthews and Jeff Norman led the plant conservation charge for Northern Monterey County into Big Sur, learning much, sharing more, and inspiring generations of others to help conserve and better manage many areas. All of these souls are gone now, much missed.

We too often fail to recognize and support other, super-knowledgeable and incredibly generous conservationists like Bruce Delgado, Sam Farr, Julie Packard, Steve Singer, Bill Parkin, Jonathan Wittwer, Frans Lanting and Chris Eckstrom, and my co-contributors to the BrattonOnline e-periodical, Becky Steinbruner, Gillian Greensite, and Gary Patton.

Where is the next generation?

The Current Problem

The Old Guard is aging out and the morale of the next generation has been laid waste, thrown into the abyss of a seemingly anxious and hopeless mire. It is too expensive for anyone who might be inspired to spend time on conservation. One literally risks one’s well-being as a conservationist, even in the ‘liberal’ Monterey Bay area. Try pursuing right livelihood and the Bosses will threaten you for speaking out in favor of conservation. Overtly or by insinuation, they declare “Every moment you live, you represent The Company, and you better not endanger Our Funding!” A gap in employment means you can’t pay rent. You can barely afford groceries, anyway, with the few jobs available that are involved with, or adjacent to, conservation. Raise a family doing conservation-type work around the Monterey Bay? Well, only if you keep your mouth shut about the compromises one must make to keep the funding flowing for your employer. But, most people have already self-censured for fear of the stress of conflict. Even the supposed allies with the dominant center-right social democrats spare no margin in cracking down on anyone critical of their watered down, milktoast, pro-business, condescending nods to what they hope you will interpret as pro-conservation. They are something to fear, especially if one tries to get elected to, appointed to, or advise governmental institutions.

In the past, one could work through organizations to advocate for conservation and follow such advocacy with legal action when necessary. As outlined in my last column, those organizations have largely retired from that kind of work.

The Future

The last generation of conservation had a sense of belonging to what became known as the Deep Ecology movement, and I believe that philosophy is in need of revival. I recently saw the leader of a statewide “conservation” organization give the opening speech to a large convention where they suggested that the main problem with conservation was the lack of recruitment of the next generation into the natural sciences. As they continued, it became clear that the speaker thought in terms of academic pursuits and was oblivious to the deeply personal reasons most people are drawn to conservation: their love of nature, their desire for clean air and clean water, and a rebellion against the greed that toxifies and privatizes the planet.

“The battle for conservation must go on endlessly. It is part of the universal warfare between right and wrong.” – John Muir

It seems to me that we need to cultivate a new generation of conservation leaders through a common understanding of the difference between right and wrong.

Is it not right that a river be given its floodplain? If the San Lorenzo, Pajaro, Salinas, and Carmel Rivers had their rightful floodplains, they would: sustain salmon, steelhead, lamprey and a world of other wildlife; recharge crucial groundwater; reduce flooding and the resulting environmental contamination, and; enrich humans’ lives immeasurably.

Is it not right that all species have healthy populations, sustained for generations to come? Most native plant and animal species are declining around the Monterey Bay because of greed and poor planning. We need to better manage our public lands, better plan for private lands, and think about growth through the lens of the future 7 generations.

Is it not right that the First Peoples should have primacy in caring for this land? We cannot embrace a Just Future without pursuing healing from the criminal activities of the not-so-distant past where genocide and violence usurped these lands from the original peoples.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, August 18, 2026

Ben Rhodes, an Obama Administration insider, is a person whose ideas about politics can be taken seriously. That’s my judgment, at least.

In the August 14, 2026, edition of The New York Times, Rhodes outlines what he calls “The Winning Formula For Democrats In “Red States.” This is the hardcopy headline on his August 14th opinion column. When you click either that link, or the following link, and read Rhodes’ column online, you’ll run into a different headline: “He’s Young and Thoughtful, With Kennedyesque Good Looks. Can He Break the Republican Grip on His State?” The state at issue, incidentally, is Iowa.

If you pay close attention, you will immediately note that the two headlines are incompatible – unless, that is, the “winning formula” for Democrats, in the upcoming midterm elections, is for all Democratic candidates to be “young,” and “thoughtful,” and to possess “Kennedyesque Good Looks.” That doesn’t, really, seem like a “formula,” does it?

In fact, Rhodes isn’t really betting on “good looks.” Here is the “formula” he is advocating (emphasis added):

For all our obsession with national politics and policies, the path out of corrupt, one-party government starts at the local level. That’s where you can take advantage of a party that has become lazy in power, build organizing muscle and test approaches that can be repurposed for other states or scaled up nationally.

As a former local government official (in a “non-partisan” office, by the way), I think the “formula” just highlighted is, in fact, a very real way forward towards political achievement and success, in a time in which our “partisan” politics is both perceived as, and actually is, “corrupt.”

Of course, while it is a lot easier to get people engaged in the thrilling adventure of “self-government” when they are operating at the “local” level, in the communities in which they live, the “formula” identified by Rhodes won’t work at the “local” level any more than at the state or national level, if ordinary men and women don’t get involved in politics themselves.

I’m telling you (and I know about this), getting together with your friends, forming some kind of political “club,” and working at the local level for political change (the kind of change that can transform our “political world” to achieve what we decide we want) is not only the high road to effective political power, it’s a lot of fun!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
DISUNITED, OUT OF THE BOX, ONE EYE

Tom Engelhardt writes on Nation of Change, “If only we could walk out on him the way he recently walked out on NBC’s Kristen Welker in the middle of an interview, when she challenged him over his wild claims of election fraud in California’s primaries. But no such luck, of course.” Tom says that with two and a half years to go, “Trump is undoubtedly going to give decline (and fall) a new meaning. It’s true that all great powers invariably go down in their own fashion, but never, I suspect, quite in the fashion of Donald J. Trump’s America.” Pronouncing Trump as uncontrollable, even by himself, he has set himself up as president, ruler, king, and dictator of a (dis)United States of America.

Trump has failed to notice that since WWII, the greatest power on earth has been unable to win its wars of choice against countries whose power bore no relation to America’s, and now Iran has become all too typical in his disastrous “excursion.” Even the elected officials and other leaders have blithely followed along, ignoring the painful lessons in the years since 1945. Only China seems to have taken note, its leaders avoiding war, aside from minor skirmishes, with Russia following in the footsteps of the US as it continues to waste its resources in Ukraine. Engelhardt credits the world’s military with having refrained from use of atomic weaponry, however, he feels that we are in a slow-motion version of atomic warfare called ‘climate change.’

He says that Trump is at war with this planet, big time, calling this mild all-to-slow-motion reality a hoax, a scam, a con job. In a true Trumpian statement, the president has insisted that the Earth is “cooling as a planet,” even as heat indexes continue to rise annually. Even the Environmental Protection Agency had stated that any actions to deal with climate change will be “futile.” As the planet continues to heat up, the powerful nations of the world worsen the situation by adding disconcerting amounts of fossil fuels to the atmosphere. Engelhardt apologizes by ending his piece on a grim note, asking us to think of Donald J. Trump as our end times president.

A post on The Intellectualist says, “A third world war is not inevitable. The conditions at issue are not a predictive checklist. They are mechanisms through which conflicts that begin separately can start changing one another. The danger is not simply that several wars are occurring at once. Regional wars can be extraordinarily destructive without becoming direct great-power wars. They remain regional when outside great powers — even while supplying weapons, intelligence, financing or political support — and do not enter sustained direct combat against one another.” The piece says that both world wars crossed that boundary because the leading powers fought one another across multiple theaters — scale does not determine the category, only the identity of the combatant does. The warning here is that the distance between regional war and great-power confrontation is narrowing by the day.

Doug McKinnon, a former White House and Pentagon official, in his opinion piece in The Hill asks, “Is the US already in WWIV — and losing?” He recalls Einstein’s dystopian vision statement: “I know not with what weapons WWIII will be fought, but WWIV will be fought with sticks and stones.” McKinnon doesn’t view it that way, speculating that weapons of mass destruction will be substituted with cutting-edge systems created and perfected for WWIV. No nuclear warheads, ballistic missiles or mushroom clouds — only mouse pads and joysticks! Military operations fought with debilitating cyber-attacks to shut down water supplies or electrical grids would be far-reaching and more effective.

Panic would ensue if financial systems or investment accounts were hacked and zeroed-out; hacking transportation computer systems for commuter trains, air traffic control systems, or self-driving cars would cripple all travel. And orbiting satellites would be endangered, paralyzing a wide array of informational sources. This is not fantasy or the stuff of science fiction — such cyber and social manipulation systems have been years in the making, with regular testing, especially with AI gaining prominence. We have recently seen the evidence with Iran hacking into water systems in at least 12 states. McKinnon says, “Advancing technology is a miracle, right up until the moment cyber-criminals or cyber-warriors learn how to exploit it.” The warp-speed progression of AI and robotics is meant to take human beings “completely out of the box.”

“A largely automated military, a digital currency, driverless electric vehicles with ‘kill switches,’ AI-controlled utilities — all of these conveniences also make us more vulnerable, in addition to whatever they do to worsen unemployment. Despite our perceived advances, and often because of them, adversaries, rogue states, and terrorists have entirely new avenues by which to manipulate and weaken us,” writes McKinnon. And despite the warnings of our growing vulnerabilities being relegated to white noise, we stay on the path toward empowering AI and robotics, with the smart money on our continuing to ignore the threats. What if, on its own, Artificial Intelligence concludes that humans are standing in the way of its destiny? Doug leaves us with the proverb: “In the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is King.” Picture the “2001: A Space Odyssey” computer named ‘HAL’ and its one ‘eye’!

The bone spur afflicted, draft-dodging Donald Trump posted an AI-generated image a couple of weeks ago, casting himself as a battlefield leader portraying him as a general, flanked by generals Patton and MacArthur of WWII prominence. Trump displays four stars on his epaulets, whereas the two outranked generals are showing only two stars — well below Patton’s actual four, and Mac’s actual five. Perhaps Trump’s fantasy image of four stars represent his deferments for education — he could have added a fifth for the bone spur. His chest is bedecked with countless ribbons and medals, resembling some Russian general’s photos we are probably familiar with. Missing is an eye patch for our One-Eyed Donny.

Trump’s brush with soldiering came when he was attending the New York Military Academy, earning the rank of cadet captain, hardly enough glorification for his military résumé. Problem solved by adding to his AI general persona, the Medal of Honor — conspicuous gallantry, indeed! In April, The Wall Street Journal reported that he was considering awarding himself with the coveted medal, all because his plane flew into Iraq to visit troops, landing on an unlit runway during his first term as president. “I flew to Iraq and was extremely brave. In fact, so brave I wanted to give myself the Congressional Medal of Honor,” he was quoted at the time. Perhaps he should be encouraged to have his plane land on an unlit runway in Iran to add credence to his claim of bravery.

Posts by readers in reaction to the brave AI general quickly followed: “Four student deferments? With a documented GPA of 1.2 from Fordham University, and graduating 364th in a class of 366 from the University of Pennsylvania (part of public record). How was it possible for him to receive one II-S, let alone four?” Another posted, “I could also point out that both Patton and MacArthur were relieved of command for insubordination. Eisenhower relieved Patton for his resistance to denazification in Germany, and MacArthur was relieved by Truman for his insubordination regarding statements of policy contrary to Truman, and his overtures about using atomic bombs on China.” Suppose it will take an AI five-star general to remove this doofus?

Expatriate Robert Harrington offered, “That image is physically sickening…and shows how twistedly sick his mind is. That image is an absolute disgrace and insult and disrespect to our military and those who serve(d) and those who paid the ultimate sacrifice. That image of HUMPTY is a textbook example of ‘STOLEN VALOR’…a persistent, strange, psychological behavior when an individual who has never served in the military claims to have performed heroic deeds and thus earned/deserved medals for their deeds (there is even a federal law regarding Stolen Valor since 2005). Every person, military and nonmilitary, should be sickened and appalled by this image, and it’s time to call out HUMPTY’S despicable behaviour.”

Appropriating humorist Jack Handey’s Risky Situation joke: “He knew he would be taking a chance by signing the Declaration of Independence. But he signed anyway. ‘Hey, what are you doing, Mr. Trump? That’s the Declaration of Independence,’ said the museum guard, chasing after him.” Doesn’t sound so far-fetched, does it?

A Bob Dylan quote gets the last word: “Some people feel the rain. Others just get wet.” Our president is soaked to the bone by now!

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com. 
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust.

   “Nuggets” If I find something topically relevant, but not necessarily directly related to the week’s selection, you’ll see it under the Nuggets heading. Note: for reasons of brevity, sources are usually dropped when I reproduce an entry. You can always email me if you’re curious, or, even better, buy a copy of the book!

Dateline: August 19, 2026
Once again, a railroad stop yields a place name. This entry is less interesting for the included particulars, than the information about the name itself, which I presume was taken out of a desire to convey the same kind of fashionability as its original namesake, Tuxedo Park in New York State. Formal wear not being at all typical attire for me, I had no idea as to the origins of the name of the tuxedo (which is an Americanism, the Brits call it a “dinner suit”).

Finding more sources of information about this item was an interesting application of Google-fu; obviously, a simple search for the name and “Santa Cruz” would yield a lot more hits about formalwear than geography. I found the referenced sites, which of course included a page from the wonderful Santa Cruz Trains, by filtering out “suit”, “rental”, “sale” and “cat”… the latter, of course, is because the Internet is for cats, and tuxedo kitties are adorable. Still had to click through multiple pages of noise. There’s apparently a very popular local band called “Tuxedo”. 🙂 Which an experimental AI query seemed much more interested in than the “Historical Footnote” of Tuxedo Junction (which it did identify via a link to the Trains page). After I discovered that the hotel was renamed the Zayante Inn, I did a quick search for information on that, and of course, the results were far less noisy and far more numerous… sometimes, searching for ancillary or related information is a better tactic.

According to the entry for Mount Hermon Bridge on the Sahale, LLC web site (interesting on its own as an example of recent historical legacy–they built many trails and bridges in the area from 1992 to 2010 when the owner died), “Tuxedo Junction” is a former name for Mt. Hermon, used in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. It also states that the Tuxedo Hotel was renamed the Zayante Inn after the resort was turned into a “Christian camp” (there’s plenty of photos of the latter, the link goes to one from the USCS University Library digital historical photograph collection, another wonderful resource available for exploration of locale history).

The hotel burned down in 1918 according to the Zayante In Resort entry on the SCPL Local History Wiki.

Interestingly, Clark doesn’t specifically cite this as a former name for Mt. Hermon.

The entry for Mount Hermon station on the Santa Cruz Trains web site added that Southern Pacific’s name for this stop was originally, “Campus”, which the owner, Thomas L. Bell (link to page on Santa Cruz Trains), wanted renamed to Arcadia (a utopian term referring to a “vision of the pastoral and harmony with nature”, which makes sense for someone trying to market a resort in Santa Cruz at the time), but since the name was in use elsewhere, he choose Tuxedo, which in turn became the name of the resort itself (Santa Cruz Trains makes the same historical connection, which I wonder if they just lifted from Clark’s entry without credit, or derived on its own as a well-known fact).

I really do love that a few minutes of digging can yield such a rich variety of resources and information about a Santa Cruz County location essentially picked at random from the book, even though Santa Cruz County’s documented history is rather foreshortened as compared to “Old World” locations in Asia, Africa and Europe. We’re truly gifted to live here in that respect.

tuxedo

The name of a former railroad “stop” on the South Pacific Coast Railroad, resort, and settlement located at the junction of Bean and Zayante creeks in the present-day Mount Hermon area. SEQ, Section 15, T1OS, R2W. The resort was created in 1901 by Thomas L. Bell, a lumberman and land developer, who named it Arcadia. “When it was brought to Bell’s attention that there was another Arcadia on the same Southern Pacific Railway line which traversed his site, he renamed it Tuxedo.”–Gudnason (1972, p.11). The name is probably a transfer name taken from that of the Harriman estate, Tuxedo Park, in New York State, near the present-day Harriman State Park. The word tuxedo for “a tailless dinner jacket” took its name, according to Mathews (1951, p.1785) from Tuxedo Park, “a fashionable resort and country club where this article was first worn.” Tuxedo is said to have been the name of an Algonquin Indian subtribe.

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Labor Day”

“For working people and union members, Labor Day stands for something special and profound. It’s a day to honor the deep commitment each of us has to serve the children we teach, the families we heal, and the communities we love.”
~Randi Weingarten

“The candidate out front on Labor Day has historically been the one who stayed ahead in November.”
~Peter Jennings

“As we celebrate Labor Day, it is important to recognize the contributions of labor unions’ crucial role in building and safeguarding the rights of American workers, including their wages, benefits, and working conditions.”
~Al N. Green

“I believe that summer is our time, a time for the people, and that no politician should be allowed to speak to us during the summer. They can start talking again after Labor Day.”
~Lewis Black

“If all the cars in the United States were placed end to end, it would probably be Labor Day Weekend.”
~Doug Larson

Things other rock stars said about Freddie Mercury…


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice as soon as the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

August 12 – 18, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on the fallacy of Design Guidelines… Steinbruner… Supervisor raise… big piles of dirt… Hayes… A Look Around the Monterey Bay… Patton… Worst War Ever… Matlock… …turning point…5 – 4 = 43…brain play… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… AI robocall scammers… Quotes on… “Burning Man”

...

EARTHQUAKES?? HOW ABOUT FIRES???? This is Pacific Avenue and Cooper Street on April 14, 1894 and because the water happened to be turned off that day, the fire consumed almost the entire block between Pacific and Front Street. That funny little “hut” on the right was the bank vault.

photo credit: Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: August 12, 2026

IT’S THAT TIME OF YEAR AGAIN… and yeah, that could apply to so many things: school starting again, summer being over, Burning Man… Personally, I’m referring to the latter. I haven’t been to Burning Man proper since 2010. Brian and I did go to the non-Burning Man Burning Man during the pandemic (2021). That was a fantastic experience – it was so much more like how it was in the old days, before it got so huge, complicated, expensive, commercialized, and commodified. You could buy a ticket at the gate, and vehicle passes didn’t exist.

Now that all makes it sound like I’m complaining, and it makes it that much more surprising that I’m going this year! Not only that, I’ll be working on a Pyro project, so I get early entry. That’s nothing compared to Brian, who will be on the Pyro crew for the Man. As in, he’s one of the people setting up all the fireworks that set off the Man on Burn night. Watch some videos on YouTube, and you’ll see what I’m talking about. To say that we are all excited is an understatement!

I may schedule the column ahead of time, and I may post from the Playa. We leave on the 25th of August.

Meanwhile, enjoy this week’s contributions!

~Webmistress

...

THE BACKROOMS. In theatres, PrimeTV. Movie. (6.8 IMDb) ***-

The Backrooms, like Slenderman and Creepy Pasta, grew out of the internet, a new kind of horror born from the post-Covid emptying of once-populated spaces. The Backrooms are both a genre and a reaction to liminal spaces: those empty places between places. Abandoned terminals, shopping malls, office buildings. They can be fascinating, but also deeply unnerving.

The Backrooms movie takes that unease and turns it up to 12, suggesting these are places misremembering themselves: genuinely endless hallways, random fragments of stairs, windows where windows shouldn’t be. Even people become fragmented, misremembered.

For anyone who’s ever found themselves unnerved not by boogeymen, but by places that just aren’t right, this hits a very particular nerve. Well worth a watch
~Sarge

THE ODYSSEY. In Theaters. Movie. (8.5 IMDb) ****
The “Helen is DEI casting!” and “Achilles is trans!” outrage tells me you looked up The Odyssey just long enough to be angry, without actually reading it or seeing the film. I’ve read it multiple times, from adolescence through university. It’s a legend Homer recorded centuries after the supposed events, preserved through oral tradition, and all the variations that adds to the story. Helen’s skin color has no significance to the story, and Achilles is already dead when The Odyssey begins. Elliot Page doesn’t play Achilles at all, but Sinon, the young man sent to war in another’s place.

Nolan’s Odyssey is a solid, faithful-ish telling, briskly told in about three hours (I know, that sounds like an oxymoron but it’s true). It adds some believable depth to Odysseus, gives Penelope less screen time than she deserves, and as a mythology geek I could nitpick the lack of spear fighting or the anachronistic Corinthian helmets instead of the Achaeans’ boar’s tusk helmets. But that’s fanboy trivia. At its heart, it’s a powerful story about responsibility and loss. Well worth a watch. Twice, if you can.
~Sarge

MASTERS OF THE UNIVERSE. PrimeTV. Movie. (6.8 IMDb) ***

Masters of the Universe (2026) was a genuine surprise. Rather than forcing the franchise into a dark, gritty reboot, it embraces the colorful, larger-than-life spirit of the original. It balances action, fantasy, and humor without winking at the audience, making the whole adventure feel sincere, fun, and delightfully goofy.

This isn’t trying to be the next great fantasy epic—it’s trying to be a Masters of the Universe movie, and it succeeds. Ignore the toxic nostalgia crowd complaining about the diverse casting of characters like Man-At-Arms, Triclops, and Ram Man, and you’ll find a tonally accurate adaptation that answers plenty of questions longtime fans have had for years (particularly namings). Stick around for the mid- and post-credit scenes. Well worth the watch.

~Sarge

QUICK LOOK AT NETFLIX. Netflix. Series, Movie. ***-

Here’s some stuff that’s not necessarily current, but currently on Netflix:

Veronica Mars think Buffy, but with no vampires, and lots of class conflicts, roofies … and the result … and murder in a small California coastal town. Young Kristen Bell (The Good Place) lives with her disgraced cop/now PI father, and is determined to solve the murder of her best friend, and the case that tanked her father’s career. A fun watch.

The Dead Don’t Die think Night of the Living Dead directed by Wes Anderson. Only in this case, it’s Jim Jarmusch. Zombies in a small town, with Bill Murray and Adam Driver starring. Tilda Swinton is a samurai. Much more like his 80’s films.

Mindhunter was pretty amazing, on and off; the casting for Big Ed Kemper was spot on. Period piece that follows the building of the FBI’s “profiling” division, focused on this new thing: serial killers.

The Enola Holmes movies: Sherlock (Henry Cavill)’s little sister, Enola (Alone backwards), breaks free of an attempt to ship her off to a deportment school, and takes up the family business on her own. There follow adventures, romance (on her terms), and occasional visits by her anarchist mother, Helena Bonham Carter. The first is a lot of fun, growing less (for me) as the sequels went on.

Marty: Life is Short, let’s hope it’s not for him! I love Martin Short, so this was a gem. An autobiographical history, chock full of familiar clips, as well as previously unseen personal movies, and of course a tremendous group of cameos.

~Sarge

SUPERGIRL. In theatres. Movie. (6.1 IMDb) ***-

Supergirl is 67 years old.

In that time, she’s been through a LOT of attempts to give her her OWN story instead of just being Jr. Girl Superman. She suffers here from 1) the Manosphere complaining that she’s not cute or “feminine” enough, and 2) people stuck on an older version of her, like comparing Super Friends Aquaman to Jason Momoa.

Loosely based on Supergirl: Woman of Tomorrow by Tom King, and honestly drawing from True Grit too, Supergirl stars Milly Alcock (House of the Dragon) as Kara Zor El, who leaves Earth to escape the shadow of her cousin, Superman, and the expectations piled on her while still dealing with PTSD from the destruction of Krypton. She ends up caught in a child’s vendetta and a race against time to get medical help for Krypto (played by Krypto, from Superman).

The pacing isn’t the sharpest, but the soundtrack is a banger, the effects are great, and Jason Momoa as Lobo is a role he was born to play. Despite haters and Rotten Tomatoes, well worth a watch.

~Sarge

GOOD GIRL’S GUIDE TO MURDER. Netflix. Series. (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Think Nancy Drew meets True Detective. Five years after the apparent murder of a popular high school student, aspiring journalist Pip Fitz-Amobi decides the case doesn’t add up. What begins as a school project quickly turns into a deeper investigation, uncovering secrets, lies, and long-buried resentments in a town convinced the mystery was solved years ago.

The show’s biggest strength is Pip herself (Emma Myers – Jenna Ortega’s bouncy rainbow werewolf roommate on “Wednesday”): smart, determined, and believable as an amateur sleuth. While it never gets as dark as True Detective, it avoids feeling like a watered-down teen mystery, delivering genuine suspense, credible twists, and enough suspects to keep you guessing. Based on the novel by Holly Jackson, it’s a fast, engaging binge that captures the appeal of a classic detective story while giving it a modern true-crime sensibility.
~Sarge

GOOD OMENS 3. PrimeTV. Movie. (8 IMDb) ***-

In 1990, fantasy legend Terry Pratchett and young comic fantasy mavin Neil Gaiman collaborated on a novel built around the question, “What if the Antichrist got switched at birth?” and Good Omens was born.

In 2024, the third season of Amazon’s adaptation of the late Terry Pratchett and Neil Gaiman’s Good Omens was put on hold after multiple allegations of sexual assault against Gaiman surfaced in the news.

The Amazon version of Good Omens thrived on the brilliant chemistry between David Tennant and Michael Sheen as Crowley, a demon, and Aziraphale, an angel, who have spent millennia on Earth in what increasingly resembles a Cold War marriage. Faced with the impending Apocalypse, both come to the conclusion that maybe it might be altogether better … NOT doing that.

Featuring a host of charming side stories that all somehow linked together, plus a simmering relationship between the two leads, the first season felt like a delightful Douglas Adams pastiche. Since season one adapted the novel itself, the second season came as a complete surprise. Crafted entirely by Gaiman, it leaned harder into the Crowley/Aziraphale relationship, along with a gloriously naked and amnesiac Jon Hamm as the angel Gabriel. A great deal happens, and it all ends on a heartbreaking cliffhanger.

Then came season 3 … NOT!

As allegations against Gaiman mounted, stretching from the mid-80s into relatively recent years, comics, films, and television projects tied to him began getting canceled or shelved, including Good Omens 3. Fortunately, Gaiman stepped away from the production, allowing fans to get a third season … sort of. Cut down to a single feature-length finale, it still manages to wrap up a surprising number of story threads, and may even produce a few sniffles.

Gaiman’s problematic history aside, worth a watch.
~Sarge

PANTHEON. Netflix. Series. (8.5 IMDb) ****

What if the threat isn’t AI? What if it’s UI: uploaded intelligence. Human brains destructively scanned, living only in the cloud. “Pantheon” explores this idea as exquisite, real science fiction. Not cheesy animated sci-fi melodrama, but a genuine exploration of love, grief, immortality, endless simulations, conspiracies, global politics, and so much more.

The animation is restrained, there to serve the story rather than distract from it. The characters are rich, not cardboard cutouts, whether good or bad. No supervillains. No Mary Sues.

It’s a dense story, so if science fiction concepts tend to lose you, this may not be for you. But if they don’t, this absolutely deserves a watch.
~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

August 10, 2026

Design Fallacies

The buildings above are the latest large-scale mixed-use housing projects built in the heart of the city of Santa Cruz. You can’t miss them. They are the tip of the iceberg. Check out “significant projects” on the Planning Department website to see six pages of more to come. Technically they aren’t “high rise” but relatively speaking and compared to what local businesses were bulldozed to make way for them, they are massive.

Under the “more to come” category, the latest is a 281-apartment project at Soquel and Seabright. It is another project from developer Workbench. To make way for it, they will bulldoze Ace Hardware, the Bagelry, Real Thai Kitchen and other small businesses at that site. Since the Ace Hardware at Front and Laurel will soon be bulldozed to make way for a massive eight-story project on that site, you’re going to have to drive further to get that plumbing part. Yes, there will be commercial on the ground floor but probably not at the size or rent to attract an Ace Hardware. I still miss University Copy on Front St. Not just the business but the human connection with the business owner as well as other long-time small businesses that have been shoved aside. New businesses move in, but they come and go rather quickly.

The social impacts within the new large-scale housing projects do not concern the supporters of these projects (YIMBY et al) nor the city planners, but they should. The project described above at Seabright and Soquel will have 281 apartments, meaning a likely resident population of around 400. Compare this number with the population of the 19 condos at the three-story Walnut Commons on Walnut and Center. You don’t need a psychology degree to predict there might be more social problems in a building with 281 units of housing compared to one with 19 units. The only time I heard this concern addressed was from a newly appointed Planning Commissioner at a recent hearing regarding the very large Coral Street project. Her questions and comments were a breath of fresh air in this dank atmosphere of state and city-fueled build, build, build.

Some city council members are responding to the growing voices in the community protesting this overbuilding. The council is focused on the design of the projects. Yes, they are ugly, but the primary community concerns are the size of the projects, the lack of parking, and the impact on existing neighborhoods. Those not so impacted can debate design but for the neighbors who will have six or seven story buildings at their property line, taking away privacy, sunlight and parking, these are the more pressing concerns.

The July 23rd meeting of the Planning Commission was the first public airing of some design guideline options for new projects. The public was invited to give input and suggestions. I attended the meeting. We were told this was not the place to discuss what incentives the city might offer a developer who chose to adopt a set of new designs, a voluntary choice, but the major incentive was that the developer could avoid any public hearings. That fact was buried under planning jargon of ministerial hearings only, which was never explained. Also buried was the fact that reducing the size of a project was “not economically viable.” Not a lot left. A few commissioners understood that. Whether the public is fooled remains to be seen.

Planning staff will take newly proposed design guidelines to city council by December, after a public survey and another round with a group of Design Professionals and a second Planning Commission meeting. I doubt Planning staff will level with the public that they will lose the democratic right to public hearings if any small design guidelines are adopted. We will see if city council understands that trade-off and its significance. Not a good time to be a bystander.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org  Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
SUPERVISORS WANT TO RAISE THEIR OWN SALARIES AGAIN

Although County Supervisors are asking us to approve a new 1/2 cent sales tax this November to fund cash-starved services, they now want to make it easier to give themselves a hefty raise.
 
The optics are not good.
 
During the August 11 meeting, Item #12, the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors will consider rescinding County Code 2.02.060 to eliminate linking salaries of Supervisors to be a fixed 62% of salaries of Superior Court Judges. [August 11 Meeting]

This Board action comes about because the California Judicial Council did not approve any salary increases for Superior Court judges this year, and the Supervisors want a raise.
 
If approved,  Supervisors will once again  vote on approving their own salary increases, as was the practice prior to action in 2021 by then-Supervisor Greg Caput. 
 
Do you think it is right for Supervisors to ask us all to tighten our belts but not do so  themselves?
 
Please contact your Supervisor right away with your thoughts: 831-454-2200.  E-mail is Supervisor’s < FirstName.LastName@santacruzcountyca.gov >, although looking at their website it seems only two of the five follow that convention…
 

If the Board does take action to proceed with this County Code change, it will need to come back for a second reading, so it is not too late for you to take action now.  
 
PROMISES, PROMISES…

When the Aptos Village Project was pushed to the public by then-Supervisor Ellen Pirie, and also Supervisor Zach Friend, the Project had a Condition of Permit Approval that there would be a park as a mitigation for bulldozing the world-famous Post Office Bike Jumps.  
 
Those promises fell to the wayside as the Aptos Village Project received many concession from the County, and changes in design that reduced landscaped spacing between buildings.  
 
What happened to the park that we were promised? 
 
Behind closed doors, County Parks Director Jeff Gaffney rejected the offer of the land from Swenson Builders, without any public meeting or discussion with the people.
 
Consequently, the land was handed over to the Aptos Village Subdivision Homeowners Association to handle.  
Take a look at what the “park” promised looks like now:
 

Local bike jump volunteers are anxious and willing to build and maintain this land as a pump track for youth to have again.  Current Supervisor Kim DeSerpa refuses to get involved and help negotiate anything to further the development of this park.  
 
Write Supervisor DeSerpa and ask that she step in and help make the promised park happen.  
Kimberly DeSerpa <kimberly.deserpa@santacruzcountyca.gov>   831-454-2200.  When I last asked her to help, she said a pump track would only benefit little boys.  Hmmm…..
 
MOVING MOUNTAINS OF DIRT FROM THE CREEKSIDE
About two years ago, then-CEO Zeke Fraser of the Santa Cruz County Fairgrounds allowed Granite Construction to dump an enormous amount of dirt being excavated from the Highway One area of the Capitola Avenue overcrossing.  The dirt, with questionable contaminant levels, spilled into the creek adjacent to the parking lot area where it was being dumped and compacted.  
 
Somehow, CEO Fraser wasn’t paying attention, but then again, the trucks all came at night.  
 
It developed into a legal issue when the Central Coast Regional Water Quality Control Board stepped in, since the creek feeds into College Lake.  The Lake is now part of a water reclamation project by Pajaro Valley Water Management Agency for agricultural irrigation and injection into the groundwater.
 
Mr. Fraser soon resigned and the area has been not only covered with thick plastic but also a continued item on the Fair Board’s Closed Session Agenda.  
 
Last month, the new Farigrounds CEO, Dori Rose Inda, let  the Fairgrounds Board know that there would be work commencing on the soils area soon, and to expect five weeks of ongoing work.  She did not disclose exactly what all that work would entail. 
 
Last week, I stopped in to see what was happening.  Wow.
 

Mountains of dirt!
 

Large excavators removing the soils that Granite had dumped next to the creek.

 

So, what is going to happen with all that soil…is it clean or not?
 
Stay tuned.
 
THE BATS MUST GO
The livestock barns at the Santa Cruz County Fairgrounds have been a source of angst ever since then-CEO Dave Kegebein allowed all permanent pens connecting the upright posts to be removed so that he could use the space to park his personal farm equipment.  The Fairgrounds Board never discussed the changes to the barns publicly, but Dave’s cadre of volunteers removed it all and put up metal straps to help return seismic stability to the barns.  
 
Then, the State found out.  The barns were not allowed to be used at all one year, causing the Fairgrounds to rent large tents for the goats and sheep exhibitions.  The State then allowed the barns to used for another two years with clear safety modifications, but no more.
 
The Fairgrounds Board voted to demolish the barns, and in July, awarded a contract for demolition. 
 
However, last month, CEO Dori Rose Inda told the Board that it became known that bat colonies live in the barns and demolition cannot take place until California Fish & Wildlife okays “re-roosting” the bats.  Apparently, that agreement has been approved, and, according to the information at the Fairgrounds Building & Grounds Committee last Friday, demolition and re-roosting will happen this week.
 

How does one “re-roost” a number of bat colonies?????  

Ask CEO Dori Rose Inda: (831) 724-5671      

Aaand…..stay tuned.
 
INTERVIEW WITH ORIN MARTIN THIS FRIDAY
This Friday at 2pm Pacific Time on “Community Matters” on KSCO Radio, I will be interviewing  Mr. Orin Martin, long-time Manager of the Alan Chadwick Gardens at UCSC.
 
Is it difficult to grow your own food in Santa Cruz County?   Are the apple orchards in Pajaro Valley destined to become something else?
 
Please listen in on your radio AM 1080 or livestream  www.ksco.com/
If you miss the interview, the recording will be posted here.
 

WHAT ARE THE SCIENTISTS LEARNING AFTER MOSS LANDING’S VISTRA BATTERY FIRE?
Tune in this Friday on KSCO Radio at 6pm Pacific Time to learn what the scientists who presented last Friday at the Battery Fire Science Symposium.  
 
Please listen in on your radio AM 1080 or livestream from ksco.com.
If you miss the interview, the recording will be posted here: Bratton on KSCO – ZBSRadio.com
 
WHAT DOES PG&E HAVE IN STORE FOR AREA UPGRADES?
 
Interview on KSCO with Michael Medeiros, Project Director

There were additional questions sent by listeners after the program.  Ms. Stephanie Magallon, Communications Manager for PG&E kindly provided answers below. 
 
Pay attention to the significant changes planned for the 115Kv transmission lines between Santa Cruz County and Santa Clara County.
 

  1. Information about the PG&E team that monitors EMF readings at existing and upgraded substations and transmission lines.
    The California Public Utilities Commission and the California Department of Health Services have not concluded that exposure to magnetic fields from utility electric facilities poses health risks. However, in light of ongoing public concern, the Commission’s EMF policy, originally established in 1993 via Decision 93-11-013 and later reaffirmed in Decision 06-01-042, directs utilities to implement “low cost, no cost” EMF reduction measures where appropriate. 

    PG&E EMF coordinators and our Applied Technology Services (ATS) team will survey the magnetic fields on any property near PG&E’s electrical facilities upon request. Although EMF readings were not taken at all substations being upgraded, EMF measurements have been taken at some substations. Consistent with the CPUC’s EMF Policy, EMF mitigation is included in the design process for all transmission and substation major upgrades.

    For more information, please visit pge.com/emf. 

  2. Information about the future project he mentioned to upgrade the transmission lines and poles between the Green Valley Substation and Morgan Hill.
    We currently have a big transmission project in the work plan for next year that will benefit Santa Cruz County. 

    The project will upgrade the 15-mile transmission line between our Green Valley and Morgan Hill substations.

    • We will be replacing the existing line with higher capacity conductors that can carry roughly twice as much electricity.
    • We’ll also replace about 120 structures with new steel poles. Which will improve reliability and strengthen the systems’ resiliency during severe weather and high-fire risk conditions.

    I’ve attached a map that shows the route of the transmission lines that will be upgrades.

  3. Is PG&E planning to underground any transmission lines in Santa Cruz County?
    The focus of PG&E’s wildfire safety undergrounding program is on primary distribution powerlines. We target overhead primary distribution lines because they have had a higher risk for ignitions in the past. This approach helps us prioritize our investments to achieve the greatest wildfire risk reduction benefits for all of our customers and hometowns.

    In Santa Cruz County, we have placed approximately nine miles of distribution powerlines underground between 2021 and 2025 as part of our efforts to rebuild after the CZU Lightning Complex fire. We plan to complete an additional one mile of this work in 2026.

    Looking ahead, we are preparing to file a 10-year Electrical Undergrounding Plan (EUP) with California regulators later this year. The EUP will outline thousands of additional miles of undergrounding across our service area between 2028-2037, including additional undergrounding Santa Cruz County. We will provide updates about specific community plans as they become available.

  4. Is PG&E going to use insulated wire in any of the infrastructure upgrades?
    Between 2018 and 2025, we completed approximately 40 miles of overhead system hardening (which consists of insulating wires) in Santa Cruz County. This includes installing strengthened poles and covered powerlines to reduce wildfire risk. Of that total, about 19 miles were completed as part of the rebuild efforts following the CZU Lightning Complex fire.

    We determine where to complete overhead system upgrades using our wildfire risk model, which evaluates factors including the type and condition of equipment, environmental terrain, and surrounding fuel conditions. Based on those results, we determine the most effective mitigation for each location, which may include undergrounding or completing overhead system upgrades. This helps ensure that we are reducing as much risk as efficiently as possible.

    The Green Valley project area is not located within a designated high fire-threat area.

  5. Second District County Supervisor Kimberly DeSerpa has publicly stated that she is advised there is a great existing and future demand for electricity in the Westside Santa Cruz area.   Is this true?  If so, is PG&E planning to upgrade the existing substations and infrastructure serving that area? (Houts, Crusher, Point Moretti, Big Basin or Burns Substations)
    We continuously evaluate our electric system and plan upgrades based on demonstrated customer need, projected growth, and formal requests for new or expanded electric service. At this time, we do not have sufficient known applications, pending loads, or forecasted demand within our most recent planning cycle to justify capacity upgrades at Point Moretti, Big Basin, or Burns substations.
    Infrastructure investments of this scale are supported by data, planning studies, and documented customer needs, and are subject to regulatory review. This process helps ensure we make prudent investments, maintain reliability, and protect customers from paying for infrastructure before it is needed.
    Regarding Houts and Crusher, those are transmission customer substations and are different from the distribution substations that serve homes and businesses.

Best,
Stephanie
 
Stephanie Magallon | Communications Representative  
Pacific Gas and Electric Company | 831.207.1493 | 
stephanie.magallon@pge.com

 
MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  JUST SAY NO TO ANOTHER SALES TAX HIKE.
DO ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
A Look Around the Monterey Bay

Cast your mind’s eye around the Monterey Bay reflecting on how we are doing conserving nature: what do you see? I don’t see ecological conservation as a mainstream value and I don’t see much going on to address pressing conservation problems. Instead, I see a population increasingly disinterested in wildlife and nature, ignoring their need for clean water and clean air. I see people driving to and from work thick in traffic, tourists flocking to beaches on weekends, and neglected open space lands where wildlife is disappearing.

Gauging Progress

If ecological conservation was well supported around the Monterey Bay, what would that look like? As all politics is local, the first thing you’d expect would be regular reports by local government on their progress with conservation: but, there are none. The public cannot know how well their local elected officials are doing at nature conservation with the many planning laws that have been hard-fought to protect places and species.

What we can find out are through news reports about certain species and habitats. The Monterey Bay’s iconic whale, the humpback, has been declining for years. Our local coho salmon are on the precipice of extinction and not trending better. Old growth redwood forests are on the decline due to wildfire. Most remaining old growth prairies are also diminishing due to poor management. The region’s endangered maritime chaparral continues to disappear to vineyards, fire clearance, and invasive species. We are about to experience another catastrophic blow to native oak forests as yet another invasive species, the shothole borer, is on the trajectory for mass devastation. Easements set aside for the protection of the Santa Cruz long toed salamander have been developed, not protected, and are no longer monitored. The endangered marbled murrelet is still disappearing from the Central Coast. The endangered Santa Cruz tarplant is slowly disappearing. Endangered insects such as the Ohlone tiger beetle and Zayante band-winged grasshopper are each season inching closer to extinction. In the past 30 years, badgers and burrowing owls have largely disappeared from the Monterey Bay. Wetlands and riparian areas are getting less, not more, protection even though they are critically endangered: both local and federal governments have given up on protecting them. The water quality entering our rivers, streams, estuaries, and ocean is not improving…on the contrary, it is commonly quite nasty, far below regulatory standards.

Who Cares?

Perusing the websites of environmental advocacy groups reveals an almost universal surrender to the losses outlined above. There are a lot of organizations seemingly focused on nature conservation, such as Save our Shores, Friends of Santa Cruz State Parks, Sierra Club; Surfrider Foundation; Coastal Watershed Council; California Native Plant Society; and Monterey Waterkeeper. It is common for these groups to sponsor litter clean up days, an unfortunately important activity which basically mitigates the greed of local businesses which crave more natural areas visitation to boost their incomes. If these groups were truly proud of our beaches, parks, and forests, then our politicians would advocate for their stewardship, which is beyond litter pickup. But, litter pickup feels good and gives these organizations some credibility. Another common activity of these groups are field trips or other educationally-oriented events. Again, who can argue about those activities, but how effective has public education been in conserving nature around the Monterey Bay? Is there a way to gauge it…because I’m not seeing it (see above).

Instead

Isn’t it sad that the Monterey Bay area is so incredibly rich with Life and Nature and yet most people don’t care enough to do anything about it? Instead, they are just living their lives, trying to get by, and taking whatever opportunities they can to visit parks and beaches to extract an experience without giving anything back.

For instance, examine any of the elected officials Monterey Bay residents have voted into office. Not a one of them has a record of protecting endangered species or rare habitats. Not one of them has suggested any solutions to over visitation of our local parks or for the lack of stewardship staff and budget for those same parks.

Instead, the brew pubs are busy. Expensive restaurants are packed on weekends. Cell phone scrolling is ubiquitous. Beach parties are well attended. The Santa Cruz Beach Boardwalk or Monterey’s Old Fisherman’s Wharf swarms with people. Rescue personnel haul tourists out of automobile wrecks or winch them from being trapped on pocket beaches. At a local natural area, a child is crying to get back to their cozy playroom. A worker stuck in traffic tunes into public radio to hear ‘slightly left’ leaning news featuring a mildly entertaining piece covering negative stuff they can’t do anything about.

This is what the decline of humanity looks like. This is how Nature begins to bat last. What we do to Nature will come to haunt our species. I am just sad, very sad, to see what prior generations fought to conserve slowly lost through thoughtless, thankless generations manipulated into slumber by business and bankers…and their allies, the absent press.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, August 11, 2026

The guy pictured above, Robert Hubbell (an attorney, by the way), does a pretty good job, I think, of “decoding” what is actually going on in our national politics. For anyone reading this blog posting, but who is not already a subscriber to Hubbell’s “Today’s Edition,” let me suggest, right here, that you subscribe yourself. Hubbell would appreciate your paid subscription, of course, but there is a “free” version.

On August 9th, Hubbell’s newsletter had this title: “Trump’s new Iran war strategy: Pretend that it never happened.” My immediate thought was this: wouldn’t that be nice!

In fact, Hubbell immediately outlined what has, in fact, happened because of our current president’s unilateral decision to launch a war against Iran – a “war” that has not been declared by our elected representatives in Congress, which is how our nation is supposed to “go to war,” when the nation decides that it should.

The Constitution, as all should know, requires a debate in Congress, and then a decision by Congress, whenever our nation chooses to go to war. When and if the nation does decide to go to war, our elected president is then the “Commander in Chief.” However, it’s Congress, not the “Commander in Chief,” which is required to make the decision to go to war. As is obvious, Mr. “I, alone, can fix it,” never got the message. Similarly, he also acts like he hasn’t understood that “Executive Orders” do not create new laws, but are intended to provide direction to Executive Branch employees as to how to implement the laws enacted by Congress.

Well, enough talk about “American Government 101.” Almost everyone reading this probably already knows how our government is supposed to work. It’s just too bad that our current president either knows and doesn’t care or doen’t know at all. I think it’s the former, but I am, truly, not sure about that!

Here are a few of Hubbell’s observations about our current (undeclared) war against Iran:

Over the weekend, there was a major shift in Iran’s negotiating position for reopening the Strait of Hormuz. Iran had previously issued a set of preconditions for a nuclear deal; over the weekend, Iran attached those preconditions to reopening the Strait of Hormuz. The demands were issued by the secretary of Iran’s Supreme National Security Council and likely reflect the ascendance of a more reactionary faction within Iran as unconfirmed rumors of Ayatollah Mojtaba Khamenei’s impending death circulate. See Iran Wire, Exclusive: Iranian Leaders are Concerned About Mojtaba Khamenei’s Worsening Health. The demands include:

Payment of billions of dollars in reparations to Iran for damage caused by the US air war against Iran.
The release of all Iranian assets frozen by the US and its allies.
The cessation of insulting or threatening language from the US government toward Iran.
The cessation of the US naval blockade of Iran.
The withdrawal of US troops from the region.
The cessation of US military operations directed against Iran’s allies in the region….

As [a] WSJ news analysis … notes, “For weeks, President Trump had been laying the groundwork to declare victory in the Iran war should Tehran fully reopen the Strait of Hormuz, even floating the idea privately to senior aides that he’s willing to walk away without a nuclear deal, U.S. officials said.”

But that scaled-back objective became more difficult when Iran insisted Saturday on its highest price yet for permitting the free flow of traffic in the waterway, seeking billions of dollars in U.S. payments, the removal of American troops from the region and an end of the U.S. naval blockade, among other things.

Per the WSJ, the new criterion for victory is the reopening of the Strait of Hormuz, regardless of Iran’s control over the strait. To state the obvious, reopening the strait under Iran’s control is a materially worse scenario than existed before the war…. Trump wants to find a pretext to walk away and pretend that the war never happened.

If we actually start following what is happening, we will understand what our undeclared war has accomplished:

  1. we have spent billions of dollars, going further into debt, along with causing the deaths of thousands of people, many hundreds of them, at least, being Americans;
  2. used up scarce military supplies, making the United States more vulnerable elsewhere in the world; and
  3. made everything worse, and that we have particularly given Iran a control lever over energy supplies, worldwide. No elimination of any possible nuclear threat from Iran has or will occur, and nuclear proliferation has actually increased, given our current president’s commitment to provide nuclear bomb-making materials to Saudi Arabia.

I am, hereby, nominating the Iran War (a war never actually approved by the procedures spelled out in the Constitution) as: “The Worst War, Ever!”

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
IMPERFECTION, SOULLESS BULLY, CAN SHE?

Cliff Schecter and Dan Perry in their post on Blue Amp Media, state that most historical turning points are obvious — Pearl Harbor, 9-11, JFK’s assassination — with most realizing that such events will shape all history that follows, only to be revealed with the passing of time. The two pick December 12, 2000 as different, divergent, yet a consequential day that had “greater long-term significance on the health, wealth, and welfare” of the nation within what they term a “biased and corrupt decision” of the US Supreme Court. “In a partisan 5-4 decision that will live in infamy — decided in Bush v. Gore to ignore the traditional role of states in administering their elections (as laid out in the Constitution) and shut down vote counting in Florida with an unnecessary, arbitrary deadline, and ‘selected’ George W. Bush as the 43rd President of the United States,” they wrote.

Florida Governor Jeb Bush, George W. Bush’s brother, had promised beforehand that the state would be delivered to the GOP candidate. Four of the five right-wing Court members who ruled in favor of Bush had been appointed to their stations by none other than President George H.W. Bush, prefacing the “trajectory of American foreign policy, constitutional law, political institutions, and even the Political culture from which later presidents emerged, in ways both profound and incredibly harmful to the American republic.” Schecter and Perry argue that this might be regarded as “the beginning of the division, decadence, and decay of American democracy” as witnessed over the past quarter century — the long decline of the US as a superpower which once had a leadership position around the world.

Events in the intervening years can only suggest that this defining moment was far from an otherwise ordinary decision, with the strongest argument being the invasion of Iraq. A President Gore may have been unable to ward off the 9-11 attacks, but the Blue Amp essay determines that a policy wonk like Al Gore would not have been “clearing brush on a Texas ranch discussing ending stem-cell research,” as his national security team was creating briefings entitled ‘Bin Laden Determined to Strike in the US.’ Greater attention would have been paid to such findings, but in the aftermath of attacks, Gore would assuredly have gone into Afghanistan in pursuit of al-Qaeda, and bin Laden.

Many of Bush’s advisers were chomping at the bit to remove Saddam Hussein before 9-11, and the fake intel on weapons of mass destruction only roared to the fore after the attacks on New York and Washington, DC. The push to go into Iraq proved to be based on lies, resulting in expenditure of trillions of dollars, the loss of countless lives, and the shattering of America’s credibility. As we are all aware, presidents and their administrations tell lies in varying degrees from time to time, with countless pretexts. Lyndon Johnson and Richard ‘I am not a crook’ Nixon are probably standouts for most of us, their having presided over a most calamitous time in our history.

After the 9-11 attack, with nearly 3,000 people killed in the fallen towers, the Pentagon, and a downed airliner in Pennsylvania, the shocked nation unified in its grief. But then fear raised its ugly head, and the unqualified George W. found himself presiding over an anxiety-ridden country that was quickly becoming divided and suspicious. The administration saw that those fears could become politically advantageous, and so began a reorganization that plagues us still. The Department of Homeland Security came into being, with domestic surveillance expanding and security strengthening, resulting in today’s fear of our own government.

A recent viewing of the Molly Ivins‘ documentary, ‘Molly Ivins Can’t Say That, Can She?, and revisiting her 1992 book of essays, likewise entitled, brought forth many chuckles, and a new ‘appreciation‘ for her insightful explorations of the Reagan administration. Her outspokenness led her to begin one article with, “I know some of you humorless old lefties think we shouldn’t gloat publicly over Reagan’s difficulties. Listen, my momma may have raised a mean child, but she raised no hypocrites. I love this. I can’t wait to read the newspapers every morning. I’m entitled to this satisfaction. It has not been easy to be anti-Reagan in Texas for the last six years. Damn, right, I’m gloating.

“One interesting aspect of the big mess is the political sociology of lying. The Republic has sunk to such a state that our public servants not only lie but brag about it and even seem to consider it their chief function. Damage control, deniability, spin, turn. Watching the spin doctors at work is fascinating. The step is to blame the media for everything. If the ‘delicate negotiations’ go awry, it is the press’s fault.” Molly recounts the administration’s attempt to end the terrible war between Iraq and Iran by sending arms to bring peace. “Ah,” the president said with great lucidity, “It’s true we shipped weapons to Iran, but they were defensive weapons.” She concludes, “If the man had a brain he’d play with it.” Contemporaneous observation, as well?

She continues with, “The charm of Ronald Reagan is not just that he kept telling us screwy things; it was that he believed them all. No wonder we trusted him — he never lied to us. His stubbornness, even his defiance, in the face of facts was nothing short of splendid. It made no difference how often you told him something he didn’t want to believe. This is the man who proved that ignorance is no handicap to the presidency. Some days having Reagan for president was like finding Fidel Castro in the refrigerator; like the time he appointed thirteen people to a commission on AIDS — including a sex therapist who thought you could get AIDS from toilet seats; some fruitloop who claimed gays were engaging in ‘blood terrorism’ by donating infected blood; and a longtime friend who ran a controversial ‘AIDS testing clinic’ out of her van. No one on the Commission was a medical specialist with any experience in treating AIDS.”

Ivins explains that Reagan was a candidate for the Moral Majority and the Religious Right, but “unfortunately, his administration was so riddled with corruption that as late as 1985, 563 federal officials were indicted with 470 being convicted — a tenfold increase over the high-water mark of Watergate.” Molly couldn’t let it pass about Nancy Reagan’s gazing in attention at her husband’s speeches, “as if she were witnessing one of the wonders of the world, no matter how many times she had to sit through that drivel.” Ivins claims that Nancy “sought to shed her reputation as a vain, vapid clotheshorse by valiantly combatting the drug epidemic with the most ringingly inane and inappropriate slogan in the history of folly: ‘Just Say No.’ All who have been saved from drugs by Nancy Reagan, please raise your hands. Thank you.”

Esquire contributor, pundit, and author Charles Pierce writes, “I saw Ronald Reagan talk about a shining city on a hill,” in his critique of recent presidents. “In my life, I have watched John Kennedy talk about missiles in Cuba. I saw Lyndon Johnson look Richard Russell squarely in the eye and say, ‘And we shall overcome.’ I saw Jimmy Carter talk about malaise. I saw George H.W. Bush deliver a eulogy for the Soviet bloc, and Bill Clinton comfort the survivors of Timothy McVeigh’s madness in Oklahoma City. I saw George W. Bush struggle to make sense of it all on September 11, 2001, and I saw Barack Obama sing ‘Amazing Grace’ in the wounded sanctuary of Mother Emanuel Church in Charleston, South Carolina.

“These were the presidents of my lifetime. These were not perfect men. They were not perfect presidents, god knows. Not one of them was that. But they approached the job, and they took to the podium, with all the gravitas they could muster as appropriate to the job. They tried, at least, to reach for something in the presidency that was beyond their grasp as ordinary human beings. They were not all ennobled by the attempt, but they tried nonetheless.

“And comes now this hopeless, vicious buffoon, and the audience of equally hopeless and vicious buffoons who laughed and cheered when he made sport of a woman whose lasting memory of the trauma she suffered is the laughter of the perpetrators. Now he comes, a man swathed in scandal, with no interest beyond what he can put in his pocket and what he can put over on a universe of suckers, and he does something like this while occupying an office that we gave him, and while endowed with a public trust that he dishonors every day he wakes up in the White House.

“The scion of a multigenerational criminal enterprise, the parameters of which we are only now beginning to comprehend. A vessel for all the worst elements of the American condition. And a cheap, soulless bully besides. We never have had such a cheap counterfeit of a president as currently occupies the office. We never have had a president so completely deserving of scorn and yet so small in the office that it seems almost a waste of time and energy to summon up the requisite contempt.

“Watch how a republic dies in the empty eyes of an empty man who feels nothing but his own imaginary greatness, and who cannot find in himself the decency simply to shut up even when it is in his best interest to do so. Presidents don’t have to be heroes to be good presidents. They just have to realize that their humanity is our common humanity, and that their political commonwealth is our political commonwealth, too.

“Watch him behind the seal of the President of the United States. Isn’t he a funny man? Isn’t what happened to that lady hilarious? Watch the assembled morons cheer. This is the only story now.”

The turning point of Bush v. Gore and its horrific and illegal outgrowths — torture and its justifications of cruelty and vindictiveness, preventative war, rendition and gulags, erosion of due process with deportations, the placement of unqualified cronies in key government positions — can be viewed as seeds of today’s fully grown lawlessness under Trump’s War Department, ICE, and the Justice Department, and the further corruption of the Supreme Court. Alongside these factors, Schecter and Perry place global warming as an issue that a President Gore would have recognized as a central priority, remaining within the Kyoto Protocol, and pushing the country into the new century with a different posture for this long-term challenge.

The worst predictions about climate change are becoming more evident in today’s world, with rising seas encroaching upon coastal cities, rising temperatures melting glaciers and jeopardizing lakes and rivers that sustain life, displacement of people in regions that are becoming too hot for human habitation from the resultant drought and famine, as ecosystems collapse. Geopolitical conflicts will intensify in the competition for food and water, leaving these survivors to deal with the mess left by the December 12, 2000 court decision, with Trump and his criminal enterprise continuing to stuff their pockets. How long will the world, Charles Pierce included, be content to watch the assembled morons cheer on this story?

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com. 
 

...

Thomas traveled to Arizona this week, and he’ll be back with a new place name next week!

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Burning Man”

“You don’t conquer Burning Man; you only conquer yourself.”
“The doing part is the gateway to the feeling part.”
“I don’t go to Burning Man expecting to have fun.”
“Burning Man is just recreational moving.”
“Instagram didn’t prepare me for this.”

~Unknown

“Which idiot put the GOP convention the same time as ‘Burning Man’ in Nevada? Is there time to change this?”
~Grover Norquist

“Burning Man is a crowning achievement of freedom in festival culture.”
~Alex Grey

“I made a conscious decision to take my life and career in a different direction. I started working on a play, and also, by attending Burning Man for several years, I was incredibly stimulated by the art there. I increasingly wanted to be a part of it, and focused on what I wanted to say as an artist.”
~Scott Cohen

Kitboga is one of the better known scam baiters/busters on YouTube. I’ve shown videos of his to you before. Here’s his take on the latest, namely AI bot scam robocalls. Oy ve!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice as soon as the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment